EL 501 OSP 5020 Electrical Maintenance RevD

5000/5020 CONTROL
LATHE / MACHINING CENTER

ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE
TRAINING MANUAL
EL 501
REV. D
Intro
Factory Training
for
Basic Electrical Maintenance for Okuma
Lathes, Machining Centers and Grinders
with the OSP 5000/5020/500 series control.
Course Code : EL 501

Prerequisite : Basic Electronics
Credits : 3.2 CEU
Course length : 4.5 days
Class Size : 6 persons
COURSE OBJECTIVES - Upon completion, the individual will be proficient in all basic skills
necessary to troubleshoot an electrical side problem on any Okuma CNC machine tool with the
OSP 5000/5020 or 500 control.
The course is designed to provide the information needed to diagnose any machine problem.
The individual will be capable of diagnosing a problem and be able to communicate via the
phone to Okuma service representatives if the need arises for further assistance.
Course emphasis is a blend of classroom instructional theory and “hands on” time spent on the
machine tool.
COURSE REGISTRATION – To obtain program availability dates, please contact Von Pickett
at (803-981-7000) the Institute for Manufacturing Productivity to obtain program availability
dates, or check our website http://imp.okuma.com
Basic Electrical Maintenance for Okuma
Lathes, Machining Centers, and Grinders
with the OSP 5000/5020/500 series control.
Course Outline
MONDAY SECTION
1. Instructor and Class Introductions
2. Okuma History
3. Terminology
4. Safety One
5. Okuma Documentation Two
6. Machine Definition Three

A) Introduction to CNC
7. Machine Operation Four

A) CNC Operation Panel and Functions.
B) Machine operation panel and Functions.
8. Schematics Nine
A) How to Read Okuma Prints
a) Symbols (old and new)OSP 5020 Construction
TUESDAY SECTION
1. OSP 5020 Construction Five

A) Power Supplies
B) Printed Circuit Board Functions
C) Servo Systems
a) Axis Drives
b) Spindle Drives
D) Feedback Systems
2. Diagnostics Six
A) Using Actual Position Pages
B) Using Block Data Pages
C) Using Check Data Pages
WEDNESDAY
1. Diagnostics continued
D) Alarms
2. Parameters Seven
A) Setting Stroke End Limits
B) Setting Zero Offsets
THURSDAY
1. Software Eight
A) Data Management Card
B) Software Transfer Procedures
a) Backing up parameters
b) Initializing a B diskette
c) Loading software
2. Hands-On
FRIDAY
1. Hands-On
A) Troubleshooting
.
Terminology
The following terms or acronyms pertain to some of the terminology used at

Okuma. Some of the terminology is used throughout the industry while some
pertain only to Okuma machines.
AB0 Axis board

AC1 Axis card
ACC/DEC Acceleration/Deceleration
ACP Animation CRT Processor board
AD Analog to Digital
Address A location of a specific cell in a computers memory.
Address bus The wires in a computer that carry signals used to locate a
given memory address.
APT Automatic Programmed Tools
AD-APT Adaption of APT
ALU Arithmetic/Logic Unit
ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange
ATC Automatic Tool Changer
APC Automatic Pallet Changer
BB0 Bubble memory section (control software on 5000/5020
series)
BB1 Bubble memory section (part programs on 5000/5020 se-
ries)
BDU Brushless Drive Unit (1st generation Axis drive)
Bit The smallest unit of information in a computer.
BLD Brushless Drive Unit (2nd generation Axis drive)
BLIID Brushless Drive Unit (3rd generation Axis drive)
Bus Set of wires carrying signals around a computer. A conduc-
tor or set of conductors that transmit information between
parts of a computer.
Byte Eight bits
CAD Computer Aided Design
CAM Computer Aided Manufacturing
CAP Computer Aided Program
CCP Communication Control Processor board
CCOP Communication Control Optical card
CIM Computer Integrated Manufacturing
Okuma America Corporation

Rev. 1-16-01 1
Terminology
Clock A device usually based on a quartz crystal that gives off

regular pulses used to coordinate a computers operations.
CMOS Complementary metal-oxide semiconductor
CNC Computerized Numerical Control
CPU Central Processing Unit
CRP CRT Processor board
CRT Cathode-Ray Tube
DA Digital to Analog
Data bus The wires in a computer that carry data to and from
memory locations.
DBR Dynamic Braking Resistor
DCPS Drive Control Power Supply
DDB Digital Data Bus
DMA Direct Memory Access
DMAC Direct Memory Access Controller
DNC Distributed Numerical Control
DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory
EC/EO I/O board on Okuma Lathes and Grinders
ECP Electrical Control Processor board
I/O control board on Okuma M/Cs
EIA Electronics Industries Association
EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
EPROM Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
FCOM Fieldnet Common terminal card
FDC Floppy Disk Controller board
FDD Floppy Disk Drive unit
Fiber Optics The technology of encoding data or pulses of laser
light beamed through thin strands of glass.
FIPC2 Field Input Photocoupler card
FOPT Fieldnet Output Power Transistor card
Flash Memory Flash memory is a combination of EPROM and EEPROM
technology. A non-volatile storage device.
FMS Flexible Machining Systems
FUB-DR Fieldnet Unit Board-Driver/Receiver board
FUB-P4M4 Fieldnet Unit Board-Photocoupler(4 bytes)MOS-FET(4-
bytes)
2 Rev. 1-16-01
Terminology
FUB-P4R2 Photocoupler(4 bytes)Relay outputs(2 bytes)

GHP Graphics High Power (CPU power supply on 5000*-G)
GLP Graphics Low Power (CPU power supply on 5000*-G)
IC Integrated Circuit
ID Inside Diameter
IF Interface
IGBT Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor
IGF Interactive Graphics Function
IJP Injection Processor board
IOCM Instantaneous over-current in motor
IOCS Instantaneous over-current in servo
ISO International Standards Organization
ISO 24 Vdc Isolated 24 volts dc
LAP Lathe Automatic Programming
LDU Linear Drive Unit
Long Word 32 bits, 4 bytes, 2 words
MAP Machine Automatic Programming
MB Main board
MC Main Card
MD0: Directory in CMOS (Memory Disk) for parameter backup
files
MD1: Directory in CMOS (Memory Disk) for part programs
MOP-Tool Monitored Overload Protection
MPR Multi-Pole Resolver
NC Numerical Control
NIPS Numerical Instruction Per Second
OCON RCON with Acc/Dec activated
OD Outside diameter
ODIF RDIFF with Acc/Dec activated
OPUS Okuma Processing Unit and System
OSP Okuma Sampling Path
Parallel Several bits (8,16, or 32) of information processed at a
time.
PCB Printed circuit board
PG Pulse Generator
PH Pulse Handle
Rev. 1-16-01 3
Terminology
PIP Peripheral Interface Program

PPS Pulse Phase Shift
PTR Paper Tape Reader
PWM Pulse Width Modulation
RAM Random Access Memory
RAPA Actual Position of Axis data (data from A. P. Encoder)
RCON Calculated (Commanded) axis position data
RDIFF The difference between RAPA and
RCON(following error or lag)
RLP Rack Low Power (CPU power supply on 5020)
RHP Rack High Power (Opus power supply on 5020)
RPP RS232C/Printer/Puncher board
RSAPA Axis position when Touchsetter is detected
SAOP Sub Amp Operation
SCSI Serial Communication System Interface
SDU Spindle Drive Unit
SEL Stroke End Limit
SERCOS Serial Realtime Communication System
Serial One bit of information is processed at a time.
SPC Servo Processor Card
SSR Solid State Relay
S.T.M. Spindle, Tool, M Codes
SVP Servo Processor board
TB0 Timing Board
TCC Turret Control Card
TCU Turret Control Unit
TFP Timing Fieldnet Processor board
VAC Spindle Drive on Okumas
Vector Controlled AC Motor Control
Word 16 bits, half a long word, 2 bytes

4 Rev. 1-16-01
D12<5 1 C165DI
?6
2 4?3E=5>D1D9?>
3?>D5>D
3 =1389>54569>9D9?>
4 =1389>5?@5B1D9?>
5 3?>CDBE3D9?>
6 4917>?CD93C
7 @1B1=5D5BC
8 C?6DG1B5
9 C385=1D93CI=2?<C
10 <1D85C385=1D93C
=1389>9>735>D5B
11 C385=1D93C
12
.
OSP 5000/5020 CONTROL
SAFETY
TRAINING MANUAL EL 501
.
SAFETY
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Okuma machines are fully equipped with various safety devices to prevent operators and the
machine itself from accidents. However, operators are urged to operate the machine with safety
in mind. Strict observance of all safety guidelines indicated in the documentation provided with
the machine is essential. The following are some points to observe when working with any
machine tool.
CHECK THE FOLLOWING BEFORE TURNING ON POWER
1) Close the doors of the electric control cabinet and the operation panel.
2) Never place obstacles around the machine.
3) Turn on power to the machine in the following sequence:
Depress the Emergency stop button.

Turn on the Main power disconnect.
CONTROL ON button on the operation panel.
(POWER ON button on the control cabinet on machining centers.)
4) Once the control boots up, release E-stop and press the Control On button.
PRECAUTIONS TO OBSERVE WHEN USING A CHUCK
1) Before starting the spindle or cutting operations, close the front door.
2) Strictly observe the allowable spindle speed for the chuck installed. Never exceed the maxi-
mum allowable spindle speed.
3) When a chuck or fixture unique to the users applications is used, check the allowable
maximum spindle speed and run the spindle within the allowable range. Pay due attention to
workpiece gripping force and balance.
4) The maximum spindle speed can be limited by inputting the spindle speed with G50. To
ensure safety in operation, input this spindle speed limiting command in the program
(G50S****).
5) If the spindle is operated at a speed close to the allowable maximum speed:
Avoid imbalance in the workpiece clamped in the chuck.

Apply the maximum allowable pressure to grip the workpiece since increased centrifugal
force reduces the chucks gripping force.
The maximum allowable spindle speed and applicable pressure for the chuck are indicated
on the name plate attached to the front door as well as on the chuck body. The maximum
allowable speed and the applicable pressure ensure a chucking force larger than one-third the
original chuck gripping force with the standard soft-top jaw set in line with the chuck bodys
outer periphery.
6) When special jaws larger than standard soft-top jaws are used:
Lower the spindle speed because the chucks gripping force is reduced due to increased
centrifugal force and lowered efficiency.
If the jaw clamping nut (jaw nut) is outside the chucks outer periphery, only one clamping
bolt holds the jaws in place, causing very dangerous conditions. Jaw nuts must always be
located within the chuck bodys outer periphery.
Machine the jaws to the shape of the workpiece.

Rev. 8-21-01 1-1
SAFETY
7) Tighten the bolts on the chuck body, jaws, and block securely. Clamping force should be
greater than 40 to 50 kg.
CHECKUP AROUND THE MACHINE
1) Before starting daily operations, always check the lubrication oil levels.
2) Always use the specified brand or grade of lubrication oil.
3) For cutting fluid (coolant), use Okumas recommendation whenever possible.
4) Change and replenish lubrication oil for each reservoir at the predetermined schedule as
explained in the operation & maintenance manual.
5) Clean the filters periodically according to the schedule explained in the operation & mainte-
nance manual.
6) Check the pressure gauges of the air and hydraulic lines to make sure they all read the correct
values as specified in the operation & maintenance manual.
7) For any work required inside the machine door, turn off power and ensure safety beforehand.
For work done at the back of the machine that requires the operator to enter the machine
operating zone, do not forget to turn off power before attempting any work.
PRECAUTIONS FOR MACHINE OPERATIONS
1) Always follow the instructions given in the operation manuals.

2) Never run the machine without protective covers and doors, such as the front door and chuck
cover.
3) Close the front door first before starting the machine.
4) With a new program, never attempt to start actual cutting operations. First run the program
without setting a workpiece in the machine to check machine operations and interference;
after making sure that the program is completely free of bugs, cut a workpiece in the single
block mode operation. Only after making sure that the workpiece can be cut without prob-
lems in the single block mode operation should the automatic mode operation be started.
5) Before attempting the following, always make sure that untended operation can be accom-
plished safely:
Spindle rotation
Turret indexing
Axes movements
6) While the spindle is revolving, never touch chips or the workpiece.

7) Never try to stop a revolving object with hands or tools.
8) Confirm the jaw installation conditions, hydraulic pressure, and allowable maximum speed
for the power chuck.
9) Check the installed conditions and arrangement of the tools.
10) Confirm the tool and zero offset settings.
11) Set the spindle speed and feedrate override dials to 100 %.
12) Before feeding the turret, confirm the soft-limit settings and the emergency limit switch
settings for both X and Z axes.
13) Confirm the position where the turret index or rotation is allowed.
14) Confirm the tailstock position.
15) Make sure that cutting is conducted within the allowable transmission power and torque
ranges.
16) Clamp the workpiece in the chuck or fixture securely.
17) Check the cutting fluid nozzle positions. Set them at positions to supply cutting fluid cor-
rectly to the cutting point.

1-2 Rev. 8-21-01
SAFETY
SETUP
1) Always make sure that the setup is complete.

2) After changing the setup, operate the machine step by step to make sure the cutting can be
conducted without problems.
3) Before replacing the chuck and/or chuck jaws, make sure that the new set fit the job in-
tended.
4) When two or more workers work as a group, establish the necessary safety signs, for ex-
ample, when lifting or setting heavy objects confirm with other workers whether or not its
okay to start the next process.
5) When handling heavy objects use a crane or equivalent tool.
6) When attempting unfamiliar setups check the setup again before going on to the next step.
WORKPIECE LOADING and UNLOADING
1) Load and unload workpieces securely.

2) Retract the turret before loading and unloading a workpiece to a position where the cutting
tools on the turret will not injure the operators hands.
3) Before attempting to load or unload a workpiece, make sure the spindle has come to a com-
plete stop.
4) Before running a new program, first rotate only the spindle to make sure the workpiece is
securely clamped in the chuck.
5) To machine irregularly shaped workpieces, make sure the workpiece is clamped in the chuck
securely without imbalance.
6) When handling heavy workpieces, use a crane, hoist, or other tool.
7) Before setting a workpiece in the machine, make sure the workpiece has portions that can be
used for proper chucking.
MACHINING CENTERS
1) Never touch the spindle or tool while the spindle is rotating.

2) Never touch the spindle or tool while the spindle is being oriented, or while it is changing
speed range. The spindle might rotate suddenly.
3) Never start spindle rotations with a tool or any other object mounted in the spindle in such a
way that it could easily come loose.
4) Always wait until the spindle has come to a dead stop before attempting to remove chips
from the tool.
5) Never begin operations without first checking that the workpiece has been securely mounted
on the table.
6) Never start table movements with anyone on the table.
7) The automatic tool changer and automatic pallet changer are particularly dangerous when
they are in operation and all personnel should be kept clear of their operation zone.
8) Inspection or changes of tools in the magazine of the ATC should be carried out only when
the ATC is in the manual operation mode.
9) If, for whatever reason, the ATC or APC should stop moving during an operation and it
should become necessary to inspect them without first cutting off power, always secure an
emergency escape zone and never touch the problem unit directly with your hands.
10) Never attempt to clean the machine or inspect it while it is operating. Always bring it to a
complete stop before conducting such operations.

Rev. 8-21-01 1-3
SAFETY
AT THE END OF THE DAY
1) Clean the machine.

2) Locate the turret at the predetermined retraction position.
3) Before leaving the machine, turn off all power switches.
4) Turn off power to the machine in the following sequence:
CONTROL OFF button on the operation panel.

The main power disconnect.
WHEN A PROBLEM OCCURS
1) Stop all spindle (s) and axes movement by pushing the closest EMERGENCY STOP switch.
2) Contact the maintenance person to determine what action to take.
3) Use only the fuses and other replacement parts of the specified rating.
4) Be extra careful when handling the following high-voltage units:
Main Breaker
Servo Drive unit (BL-IID)
VAC drive unit
Power cables
OTHER GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
1) Wear suitable safety clothes.

2) Keep work areas clean as well as the machine.
3) Do not touch controls with wet hands.

1-4 Rev. 8-21-01
Notes EL501
Notes EL501
DOCUMENTATION
.
DOCUMENTATION
The following is a list of the common manuals that come with every Okuma machine:
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
SPECIAL FUNCTIONS #1,2,3 or 4
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS
ALARM & ERROR LIST
PROGRAMMING
DRIVE UNITS
PARTS BOOK
The following is a brief description of the subject matter of each manual.
OPERATION Manual
This manual contains information about the basic operation of the machine. The file handling
procedures and communication protocol are also explained in this manual. The last part of this
manual explains the parameters in the control.
MAINTENANCE Manual
This manual has information pertaining to the electrical side of the machine. A description of
the boards and the power requirements along with the layout of the electrical components are
shown in this manual.
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE Manual
This manual has the information pertaining to the mechanical side of the machine. Foundation
and leveling information along with lubrication specifications are in this manual.

Rev. 1-16-01 2-1
DOCUMENTATION
SPECIAL FUNCTIONS Manuals
These manuals are labeled #1,2,3,or 4. These manuals contain information pertaining to the
operation, parameter settings, and alarms associated with special functions on the machine.
The following is a list of some of the topics found in these manuals:
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS
These are the electrical diagrams for the machine. There is a standard set of schematics that
pertain to the standard machine. If the machine has special options, there will be a separate set
of schematics that will accompany the machine.
ALARM & ERROR LIST
This is the alarm book which contains most of the alarms that can occur on the machine. Some
special alarms can be found in the Special Functions manuals.
PROGRAMMING
This manual contains information pertaining to the programming functions of the machine.
DRIVE UNITS
This manual has information pertaining to the BL-IID,VACII, and VACIII.
PARTS Book
This manual contains layouts of the parts on the machine.
The rest of this section provides a topic directory. It is intended as a reference guide when
looking for certain information about an Okuma CNC machine. Some manuals are specific to a
certain application or a certain machine and might not be mentioned here. For example, there is
a manual for first time users of MC-V, MC-H, and MCR-B type machining centers that is
labeled OPERATION GUIDE.

2-2 Rev. 1-16-01
DOCUMENTATION
Topic Manual Section

Air Blower Special Functions Spare Air Blower
Alarms Alarm & Error List Alarms
Print Out Function Special Functions Alarm Data Print Out
Alarm & Error Display Maintenance Self-Diagnostics
Animation Special Functions Animation Function
Any-angle Chamfering Special Functions Any-angle Chamfering
Applications Operation Applications
Automatic Operation Operation Operation/Funct & Oper
Auto Pallet Changer
Construction Operation & Maintenance Auto Pallet Changer
Manual Operation Operation & Maintenance APC
Sequence Number Maintenance Logic Tables
Auto Tool Changer
Adjustment Operation & Maintenance Maintenance
Logic Table Maintenance Diagnosis Messages
Manual Operation Operation & Maintenance ATC
Prep of Cutting Tools Operation & Maintenance ATC
Tool Adjustments Operation & Maintenance ATC
Sequence Numbers Operation & Maintenance ATC
Specifications Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Axis
Nomenclature Operation & Maintenance Operation
Travel Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Back-End Cutting Device Special Functions Back-End Cutting
Bar Feeder Special Functions Bar Feeder
Belt Tension Operation & Maintenance Insp & Maint
BDU/BLD Maintenance Brushless Servo
Alarms Maintenance Brushless Servo
Troubleshooting Maintenance Brushless Servo
Bubble Memory Operation Applications
C-axis
Brake Information Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Control Angle Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Joint Mechanism Maintenance C-axis
Operation Maintenance C-axis
Rapid Feedrate Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Troubleshooting Maintenance C-axis
Calendar Timer Special Functions Calendar Timer
Carriage
Feedrate Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications

Rev. 1-16-01 2-3
DOCUMENTATION

Rapid Feedrate Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Chip Air Blow Operation & Maintenance Operation
Chuck
Clamping Force Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Construction Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Cutting Soft Jaws Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Error Detection Special Function Chucking Error Detection
High/Low Chucking Special Functions Chuck High/Low Select
Indexing Special Functions Index Chuck
Installation Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Long Stroke Special Functions Long Stroke Chucking
Maintenance Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Precautions Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Pressure Adjustment Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Proximity Switch Adj. Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Spindle Speed Chart Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Circular Thread Cutting Special Functions Circular Thread Cutting
Consumable Items Operation & Maintenance Spare Parts
Control Software Load Maintenance Troubleshooting
Control
Auto Functions Operation Specifications
Basic Functions Operation Specifications
Board Operation Maintenance Maintenance & Inspection
Check Data Display Operation/Maintenance Apps/Maint & Insp
CPU Inspection Maintenance Troubleshooting
Description Maintenance Special Features
Diagnostics Maintenance Maintenance & Inspection
Installation Req. Maintenance Maintenance & Inspection
Operation Operation Operation
Operation Functions Operation Specifications
Panel Layout Operation/Maintenance Oper/Appended Figures
Periodic Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance & Inspection
Peripheral Functions Operation Specifications
Specifications Operation Specifications
Structure Maintenance Structure
Coolant
High/Low Pressure Special Functions Coolant High/Low
Unit Maintenance Coolant Unit
Tank Operation & Maintenance Periodic Maintenance

2-4 Rev. 1-16-01
DOCUMENTATION

Cooling Unit Maintenance Cooling Unit
Coordinate Conversion Special Functions Coordinate Conversion
CPU Power Supply Maintenance Troubleshooting
Cross-slide
Feedrate Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Rapid Rate Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
CRT Display Operation Applications
Panel Operation Display of CRT Panel
Cut-Off Device Special Functions Cut-Off Device
Cycle Start Disable Special Functions Cycle Start Disabling
Cycle Time Calculation Special Functions Cycle Time Calculation
Reduction Special Functions Cycle Time Reduction
DC Code Control Special Functions DNC-A
DNC-A Special Functions DNC-A
Data Setting Operation Data Setting
Dimensional Drawings Operation & Maintenance Machine Specs/General
Door Interlock Oper & Maint/ Mach Oper/Front Door
Special Functions Interlock
Door Open/Close Special Functions Auto Door Open/Close
EC Power Supply Maintenance Troubleshooting
EIA/ISO Code Chart Operation Program Creation
Edit Aux. Mode Operation Applications
Edit Interlock Special Functions Edit Interlock Function
Electrical Equip Layout Maintenance Appended Figures
Electrical Spare Parts Operation & Maintenance/ Spare Parts List/
Maintenance Electrical Spare Parts
Executable Conditions Maintenance Machine Executable Cond
External M codes Special Functions External M Signal
External Prog Select Special Functions External Prog Select
Feedrates Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
File Management Operation Applications/
Program Management
Filters Operation & Maintenance Periodic Maintenance
Floppy Disk
IBM/OSP Format Special Functions NC Mach Prog I/O
Functions
Loading Software Maintenance Troubleshooting
Handling Operation Floppy Disk Handling
Maintenance Maintenance Maint & Insp
Foundation Requirements Operation & Maintenance Handling & Installation

Rev. 1-16-01 2-5
DOCUMENTATION

Gauging Attachment Operation & Maintenance Optional Specifications
Spare Parts Operation & Maintenance Optional Specifications
Print Out Function Special Functions Gauging Data Functions
Gib Adjustment Operation & Maintenance Periodic Maintenance
Headstock
Alignment Operation & Maintenance Periodic Maintenance
Lubrication Operation & Maintenance Periodic Maintenance
Hydraulics
Circuit Diagram Operation & Maintenance Technical Data
Oil Requirements Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Power Unit Operation Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Pressure Adjustments Operation & Maintenance Mach Oper/Maint
Pressure Settings Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Spare Parts Operation & Maintenance Spare Parts
Installation Operation & Maintenance Handling & Installation
Interlock Function Operation Operation
Leveling Operation & Maintenance Handling & Installation
Limit Switch Insp. Maintenance Troubleshooting
Layout Operation & Maintenance Appended Diagrams
Loader Interlock Special Functions Loader Interlock
Logic Table Layout Maintenance Logic Table
Lubrication
Adjustments Operation & Maintenance Periodic Maintenance
Chart Operation & Maintenance Periodic Maintenance
Specifications Operation & Maintenance Periodic Maintenance
Symbols Operation & Maintenance Prep of Machine for Oper
M-Tool
Flat Turning Special Functions M-Spindle Flat Turning
Power/Torque Chart Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Spindle Speed Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Machine Dimensions
Distance Between Ctrs Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Maximum turning dia Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Swing over bed Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Swing over carriage Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Machine Height Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Machine Operation Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Machine Specifications Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Magnetic Relays Maintenance Troubleshooting
Manual Data Input Operation Operation

2-6 Rev. 1-16-01
DOCUMENTATION

Manual Mag. Op Panel Maintenance Appendix
Manual Operation Operation & Maintenance Operation
Math Operation Function Operation Applications
Maximum Tool Dimensions Operation & Maintenance ATC
Motors
Spindle Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Carriage Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Cross-slide Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Hydraulic Pump Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Guideway Lube Pump Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Headstock Lube Pump Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Coolant Pump Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
C-axis Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
M-tool Spindle Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Specifications Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Net Weight Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Oil Mist Operation & Maintenance Operation
Operation Operation Operation
Operation Monitor Special Functions NC Operation Monitor
Optional Specifications Operation & Maintenance Operation
OSP 5000/5020 Control
Check Data Display Maintenance Maintenance & Insp/Diag
Description of Comp Maintenance Maintenance & Insp
Periodic Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance & Insp
Self Diagnostics Maintenance Maintenance & Insp
Structure Maintenance Structure
Summary of Operation Maintenance Summary of Operation
Troubleshooting Maintenance Troubleshooting
Overload Detection Special Functions Overload Detection
Overload Monitor Special Functions Overload Monitor
Pallet Dimensions Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Panel Layout Maintenance Appendix
Parameters Operation Applications/Parameters
Periodic Maintenance Operation & Maintenance Periodic Maintenance
Phase Matching Function Special Functions Phase Matching Function
Pick-Off Attachment Special Functions Pick-Off Attachment
Pitch Error Comp. Special Functions Pitch Error Comp.
Pneumatic Circuit Diagram Operation & Maintenance Appended Diagrams
Position Encoder Insp. Maintenance Troubleshooting
Power Chuck & Cylinder Operation & Maintenance Technical Data

Rev. 1-16-01 2-7
DOCUMENTATION

Power Requirements Operation & Maintenance/ Installation/
Maintenance Power Requirements
Power Transistor Insp. Maintenance Brushless Servo
Pre-start Checklist Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Preparation for Delivery Operation & Maintenance Handling & Installation
Program Format Operation Applications
Program Selection Operation Applications
Pulse Generator Maintenance C-Axis
Relay Layout Maintenance Appended Figures
Relay Inspection Maintenance Troubleshooting
Robot Interlock Special Functions Robot Interlock
RS232C Special Functions Tape Punch Interface
Safety Precautions Operation & Maintenance Safety Precautions
Sequence Number Search Operation Applications
Sequence Restart Operation Applications
Shear Pin Replacement Operation & Maintenance Periodic Maintenance
Skeleton Diagrams Operation & Maintenance Appended Diagrams
Slide Hold During Thread Special Functions Slide Hold Function
Cutting
Solenoid Valve Layout Operation & Maintenance Appendix
Spare Parts Operation & Maintenance/ Spare Parts List/
Parts Book/Elec Schem. D-drawings
Specifications Operation/Oper & Maint Specifications/General
Spindle
Diameter Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Drive Unit Maintenance Spindle Drive Unit
Gear Ranges Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Nose Dimensions Operation & Maintenance Technical Data
Nose Type Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Orientation Maintenance/Special C-axis/Spindle Orientation
Functions
Power/Torque Chart Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Speed Range Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Taper Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Through Hole Size Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Structure of OSP Maintenance Structure of OSP
Sub Programs Special Functions Sub Programs
Swing Arm Loader Special Functions Swing Arm Loader
SSR Output Maintenance Troubleshooting
Table Specifications Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications

2-8 Rev. 1-16-01
DOCUMENTATION

Tailstock
Adv/Ret During Rotate Special Functions Adv/Ret During Rotate
Auto-tailstock Adj. Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Bearing Life Chart Operation & Maintenance Optional Specs
Center Work Interlock Special Functions Cancellation of CW int.
Dimensions Operation & Maintenance Technical Data
High/Low Thrust Special Functions Tailstock High/Low
Live Center Load Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Operation Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Position Setting Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Positioning Function Special Functions Programmable Tailstock
Pressure Adj. Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Spindle Diameter Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Spindle Taper Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Spindle Travel Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Swing Operation Special Functions Tailstock Swing
Thrust Chart Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
Timing Belt Adj. Operation & Maintenance Periodic Maintenance
Working Range Diag. Operation & Maintenance Optional Specs.
Tape Data I/O Special Functions Tape Data I/O
Tape Format Operation Program Creation
Tape Punch Interface Special Functions Tape Punch IF
Tape Reader Operation Operation Tape Reader Handling
Technical Data Operation & Maintenance Technical Data
Through-the-Tool Coolant Operation & Maintenance Operation
Timing Belt Replacement Operation & Maintenance Maintenance
Toolholder Dimensions Operation & Maintenance Technical Data
Tool
Interference Chart Operation & Maintenance Technical Data
Offsets Operation Operation
Life Management Special Functions Tool Life Management
Retraction Special Functions Tool Retraction Cycle
Settings Oper & Maint/Oper Mach Oper/Oper
Touch Setter Operation & Maintenance Touch Setter
Spare Parts Operation & Maintenance Touch Setter
Trace Special Functions Tool Path Display
Transportation of Machine Operation & Maintenance Handling & Installation
Troubleshooting Maintenance Troubleshooting
Mechanical Operation & Maintenance Insp & Maint
Spindle Maintenance Spindle Drive

Rev. 1-16-01 2-9
DOCUMENTATION

Turret
Alignments Operation & Maintenance Periodic Maintenance
Control Card Maintenance Turret Control
Control Unit Maintenance Turret Control
Coolant Trottle Adj. Operation & Maintenance Machine Operation
ID Tool Size Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Index Speed Adjust Operation & Maintenance Periodic Inspection
Limit Switch Inspect Maintenance Troubleshooting
Lubrication Operation & Maintenance Lubrication
NC Turret Maintenance NC Turret
OD Tool Size Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Offsets Operation Operation
Troubleshooting Operation & Maintenance Troubleshooting
Tool Capacity Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Type Operation & Maintenance Machine Specifications
Unloader by M Code Special Functions Unloader Adv/Ret
VAC
Diagnostics Maintenance Spindle Drive Unit
Fuse Replacement Maintenance Spindle Drive Unit
I/O Signal Table Maintenance Spindle Drive Unit
Layout Maintenance Spindle Drive Unit
Status Indicators Maintenance Spindle Drive Unit
Troubleshooting Maintenance Spindle Drive Unit
Work Catcher Special Functions Work Catcher
Work Counter Special Functions Work Counter
Working Range Diagram Operation & Maintenance Technical Data
Work Reset Special Functions Work Reset by M Code
Zero Offsets Operation Operation

2-10 Rev. 1-16-01
Notes EL501
Notes EL501
MACHINE DEFINITION
.
MACHINE DEFINITION
Machine Tool
A machine tool is a power driven machine used to shape solid work by removing material
with a suitable cutting tool or by deformation of the metal.
Numerical Control Machine
A Numerical Control (NC) machine is a machine tool whose actions is controlled by direct
insertion of numerical data by way of coded instructions. An NC machine is positioned
automatically along a pre-programmed path by these coded instructions. These instructions
are letters, numbers, and other symbols that are translated into binary code.
Computerized Numerical Control Machine
A Computerized Numerical Control (CNC) machine is an NC machine that uses a computer

as the control system. A CNC is composed of two major components: the machine tool and
the Machine Control Unit (MCU). The CNC improved the handling of machine data (coded
instructions) which resulted in increased speed and accuracy of the machine tool.
A CNC needs at least four hardware items to exist:
1. Main Processing Unit - The main processing unit has a central processing unit (CPU)
which is the nerve center or main controller of the CNC and an Arithmetic/Logic Unit
(ALU) which handles all arithmetic and logical functions within the control. With the
miniaturization of electronic circuits, the CPU and ALU circuitry are built into the same
IC chip and have adopted the name microprocessor (µp).
2. Memory - The memory stores all data, whether temporary or permanent, that is used by
the microprocessor.
3. Servo System - The servo control system is needed to control axis movement and spindle
rotation.
4. Input/Output system (I/O) - This area of the (CNC) carries out the sending and receiving
of information to external devices.
The following information describes these four areas in more detail to give the student a
basic understanding of how a control functions:

Rev. 8-21-01 3-1
MACHINE DEFINITION
MICROPROCESSOR
All operations that take place in the CNC are under direct control of the CPU. The CPU
directs the flow of data in a computer system. It constantly keeps track of what is taking
place within the control by performing a series of diagnostic operations. If any hazardous
conditions are detected it will shut down operations to prevent damage to the machine or
injury to an operator.
The microprocessor (µp) acts on instructions from programs stored in memory. It runs the
executive program (Control Software) which defines the capabilities of the machine. This
program initiates all operations and controls all data management functions. Without the
executive program the µp could not function.
The ALU determines axis position, spindle and axis speed, and performs program calcula-
tions in a CNC control. It also determines what to do if a limit switch is activated or an
overload is detected. The ALU performs all the calculations and logical decisions necessary
when processing information.
MEMORY
The computer cannot run without some means of storing information. There are numerous
types of memory available for this purpose and they fall into one of three categories: Perma-
nent, Long-Term, or Temporary.
Permanent Storage
Data resident in permanent storage is information that will be required for all applica-
tions. This data is not updated under normal operating conditions. This type of memory
is referred to as nonvolatile memory. The data is not lost when the machine is turned off.
The most common storage device in this category is ROM (Read Only Memory). ROM
comes in different styles.
PROM (Programmable Read Only Memory) - Data is stored in this device

through electronic means and cannot be erased. If data is unusable or must be
changed a new PROM must be made.
EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory) - After data is stored in

the EPROM, it can later be erased by placing the device under an ultra violet light
source. This restores the EPROM to a blank state and new information can then
be entered. This device usually has a clear plastic window on top of the chip to
expose the components to the UV light source. Under normal operating condi-
tions this window is covered with a piece of tape to prevent accidental changing
of the data. On Okuma controls, this chip contains the System Boot Program.

3-2 Rev. 8-21-01
MACHINE DEFINITION
EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Read Only Memory) - Similar to the EPROM,

the stored information in an EEPROM can be erased by using a higher than
normal current rather than a UV light source. Because of this ability, the
EEPROM can be erased and new data stored while it is in the CNC control.
A new type of permanent memory device is appearing on some computers and CNC
controls which is referred to as Flash Memory. This device is also a nonvolatile
memory device. It is basically a combination of EPROM and EEPROM technology.
Flash memory has the advantage of having the physical size of the EPROM and the
quick erase capability of the EEPROM.
Long-Term Storage
There are certain types of data that need to be stored for a long period of time, but will
need to be changed or deleted periodically. Information such as part programs, param-
eters, tool offsets, etc. can be stored in this type of device. Two types of long term
memory storage devices currently being used on Okuma controls are C-MOS and Bubble
memory.
C-MOS Memory - This is a RAM (Random Access Memory) type device. Under
normal operating conditions this type of memory would lose the stored informa-
tion when power is shut off. A device that loses stored data when power is turned
off is said to be volatile. To prevent the loss of this information, a battery is
attached to the unit to maintain backup power in the event machine power is lost.
Bubble Memory - This is a non-volatile storage device. It does not lose informa-
tion when power is lost. Data is stored on tiny bubbles of a ferrous material that
is magnetized to represent the binary information. Large quantities of data can be
stored in a very small area. However, unlike C-MOS, the data must be read in a
set order (serially) which makes it slow in responding with information.
Temporary Storage
Some information is only needed once, or for a limited number of times, and then is
discarded. This type of information is stored in temporary memory. Active programs or
numbers that are continuously changing would fall into this category.
RAM - This type of memory is used to run the active programs such as the ma-
chine operating system or the active part programs. Once power is cut off to the
machine, this memory is lost. Okuma uses both D-RAM and S-RAM. D-RAM
stands for Dynamic Random Access Memory. Its memory is constantly being
refreshed. S-RAM stands for Static Random Access Memory. Its contents can be
saved by battery back-up.

Rev. 8-21-01 3-3
MACHINE DEFINITION
Register - This is a small (one or two bytes in size) temporary device designed to
store data for a very short period of time. Registers are used to hold numbers
during arithmetic operations or to hold memory addresses during data transfer.
They temporarily house data entering and leaving the microprocessor chip.
SERVO SYSTEM
Every CNC has to have some means of controlling axis movement and/or spindle rotation.
A servo system needs a command signal, a servo control amplifier, a motor, and a feedback
device.
The main processing unit acting on instructions from a part program will send the posi-
tioning and speed information to the servo control unit which will convert the informa-
tion it receives into a command signal.
This command signal is sent to the servo control amplifier. The servo amp acting on
the command signal sends the proper amount of voltage in the proper sequence to the
axis or spindle motor.
For safety and accuracy purposes, some kind of feedback device is needed to monitor
actual servo movement. The feedback device sends a signal back to the servo control
unit and/or the servo amp. This feedback signal is compared with the command signal.
If they are not the same or very close to being the same the servo control unit will send
out an alarm signal to the main processing unit which will stop machine operation.
I/O Devices
I/O devices connect the CPU with the outside world through interfaces. The interfaces are
electronic circuits that permit controlled data flow from the CPU and its memory compo-
nents to various peripherals.
Tape Reader
This is one of the first I/O devices ever used on an NC control and was carried over to the
CNC. This unit reads a paper tape which has a number of holes arranged in a specified
pattern along its length. Each pattern represents a code or character which can be deci-
phered by the control.

3-4 Rev. 8-21-01
MACHINE DEFINITION
Disk Drives
A floppy disk drive is constructed similar to a record player. A platter or disk coated
with a ferrous material is rotated while a read/write head is moved over the surface and
magnetizes the ferrous material in patterns representing binary data. Data is stored in
concentric circles on the surface of the disk. Each circle is referred to as a track. Each
track can be divided into a number of sectors. When data is written on the disk, the head
actuator pushes or pulls the read/write head over the surface of the disk until it is aligned
with the proper track. The sectors are then searched until the proper location is found to
read or write the data.
On a hard disk drive, the head floats above the surface of the platter. If it were to come
into contact with the disk surface, or if some form of contamination were to get between
the read/write head and the disk, it would cause damage to the ferrous material.
Technically, tape readers and disk drives are also referred to as permanent storage de-
vices.
RS-232 Interface
Data is sometimes generated or stored using a device that is not a part of the CNC
control, i.e., external disk drive, PC (Personal Computer), main frame computer,
etc. This data can then be transferred from the external device to the CNC control
via an RS-232 port. This port can also be used for DNC (Direct Numerical
Control) communications. DNC has several levels of operation. In its simplest
form it transfers data from an external device to the CNC control. In some appli-
cations it has the capability of transferring all control of the machine to an exter-
nal computer.
External Switches
The simplest form of an I/O device is the external switch. Examples of input
devices are limit switches, proximity switches, pressure switches, etc. Relays,
solenoids, LEDs, and lamps are examples of output devices.

Rev. 8-21-01 3-5
MACHINE DEFINITION
LATHE
A Lathe is defined as a machine tool for the removal of material from a workpiece by grip-
ping it securely in a holding device and rotating it under power against a suitable cutting
tool. On lathes the tool moves along a rotating workpiece. The carriage or Z-axis moves the
tool toward the spindle. The cross slide or X-axis, mounted on the carriage, moves the turret
that holds the tool toward and away from the spindle. The origin of the coordinate system is
the center of the spindle. Okuma lathes can be Flat bed or Slant bed type lathes. The slant
bed allows the chips to fall into the chip pan rather than on tools or slideways. Figure 3-1
shows the axis nomenclature for an Okuma lathe.
Fig. 3-1

3-6 Rev. 8-21-01
MACHINE DEFINITION
MACHINING CENTER
A machining center is an NC machine that can perform milling, drilling, boring, and tapping
operations. On machining centers, the rotating tool machines the workpiece as it moves
across the face of the tool. The workpiece moves due to the movement of the table. The
rotational axis is perpendicular to the table on vertical machining centers and parallel to the
table on horizontal machining centers. The origin of the coordinate system is the center of
the table.
Figure 3-2 shows the axis nomenclature for the vertical machining center. The X axis is the
table longitudinal movement and is positive when fed left. The Y axis is the saddle cross-
wise movement and is positive when fed towards the operator. The Z axis is the spindle head
vertical movement and is positive when fed upward.
Figure 3-3 shows the axis nomenclature for the horizontal machining center. The X axis is
the table longitudinal movement and is positive when fed right. The Y axis is the spindle
head vertical movement and is positive when fed upward. The Z axis is the saddle crosswise
movement and is positive when fed towards the operator. The rotating motion of a rotary
table is positive when fed clockwise.
Fig. 3-4 shows the axis nomenclature for the traveling column type machining center. Fig. 3-
5 shows the axis nomenclature for the double column type machining center.
VERTICAL MACHINING CENTER
X axis: Longitudinal movement of the table (positive when fed to the left)
Y axis: Crosswise movement of saddle (positive when fed toward the operator)
Z axis: Vertical movement of Spindlehead (positive when fed upward)

Rev. 8-21-01 3-7
MACHINE DEFINITION
HORIZONTAL MACHINING CENTER

X axis: Longitudinal movement of the table (positive when fed to the right)
Y axis: Vertical movement of Spindlehead (positive when fed upward)
Z axis: Crosswise movement of saddle (positive when fed toward the operator)
B axis: Rotating motion of NC rotary table (positive when fed clockwise)

3-8 Rev. 8-21-01
MACHINE DEFINITION
TRAVELLING COLUMN TYPE HORIZONTAL MACHINING CENTER
X axis: Longitudinal movement of the table (positive when fed to the right)
Y axis: Vertical movement of Spindlehead (positive when fed upward)
Z axis: Crosswise movement of Column (positive when fed away from the operator)
B axis: Rotating motion of NC rotary table (positive when fed clockwise)
Fig. 3-4

Rev. 8-21-01 3-9
MACHINE DEFINITION
DOUBLE COLUMN MACHINING CENTER
X axis: Longitudinal movement of the table (positive when fed toward the operator)
Y axis: Spindlehead crosswise movement (positive when fed leftward)
Z axis: Spindle Quill vertical movement (positive when fed upward)
W axis: Crossrail vertical movement (positive when fed upward)
Fig. 3-5

3-10 Rev. 8-21-01
MACHINE DEFINITION
GRINDER
A grinder is a machine tool that employs a rotating abrasive wheel instead of a cutting tool.
The purpose of grinding is to leave a finely finished surface on the metal and at the same
time to remove the small amount of stock left after the previous finishing operation has
brought the piece almost to size.
On Okuma grinders there are two types of coordinate systems. One is a work coordinate
system for grinding and the other is a wheel coordinate system for wheel dressing.
The work coordinate system is based on the workpiece. For external grinding, the origins
of the work coordinate system is located at the end point of the center on the headstock.
See figure 3-6.
For internal grinding, the origin is similar to that of lathes. The center of the chuck
holding the workpiece is the origin. See figure 3-7.
The origins of the wheel coordinate system is referenced to the grinding wheel itself for
both OD and ID grinding. See figure 3-8.

Rev. 8-21-01 3-11
MACHINE DEFINITION
a) Plane OD Grinding (GP-N, GU-S) b) Angle OD Grinding (GA-N, GU-S)
Work Coordinate System for OD Grinding
Fig. 3-6
c) ID Grinding (GP-N, GU-S) d) ID Grinding (GI-N)
Work Coordinate System for ID Grinding
Fig. 3-7

3-12 Rev. 8-21-01
MACHINE DEFINITION
For External (OD) Grinding
a) Plane OD Grinding (GP-N, GU-S) b) Angle OD Grinding (GA-N, GU-S)
Wheel Coordinate System for OD Grinding
For Internal (ID) Grinding
c) ID Grinding (GP-N, GU-S) d) ID Grinding (GI-N)
Wheel Coordinate System for ID Grinding
Fig. 3-8

Rev. 8-21-01 3-13
.
Notes EL501
Notes EL501
MACHINE OPERATION
CH .
MACHINE OPERATION
The OSP 5000 series family has been around since 1981. In 1985 Okuma incorporated the
graphics function into the 5000 series control. In 1988 Okuma introduced the OSP 5020 series
control whose speed and accuracy was dramatically increased. The newly developed high-
precision digital servo technology and 32-bit double-engine architecture increased the machines
cutting feedrate from 1.25 m/min to 15 m/min. The following is a chart of the OSP 5000 series
controls. For the rest of this manual, if the specific control type is not mentioned, the topic
being discussed refers to all these controls.
OSP 5000 Family OSP 5020 OSP 5020L

OSP 5020M
OSP 5020G
OSP 5000 OSP 5000L-G
OSP 5000M-G
OSP 5000G-G
OSP 5000N
OSP 5000L
OSP 5000M
OSP 5000G
OSP 500 OSP 500L
OSP 500M
OSP 500G
OSP 5 OSP 5
Basic Construction of the Operation Panels
Okuma machine tools with the OSP 5000 series controls mainly consist of four panels.
1. NC Operation Panel (Common Panel)

2. Machine Operation Panel
3. Pendant Operation Panel
4. Option Panel
NC Operation Panel
The NC operation panel is common on all Okuma machines. The 5000 series controls are
equipped with a 12-inch CRT. The 500 series controls are equipped with a 9-inch CRT. A
picture of a 5020M and a 5020L NC operation panel can be seen on page 4-31 and 4-33 respec-
tively. The following is a description of the OSP 5000 series NC operation panel.
This control has eight function keys located below the CRT. These function keys are used to
access the different menus on the control. Each mode key has a different set of menus. Depend-
ing on which mode the control is in, the function keys will help the user to access the menus
associated with these individual modes.

Rev. 8-21-01 4-1
Lathe
The following is an outline of the menus associated with the different operating modes on the
(OSP 5020L) control. for LATHES
AUTO
The following shows the functions available when the AUTO mode key is pressed.
PROGRAM ACTUAL PART BLOCK TOOL CHECK

SELECT POSIT PROGRAM DATA LAYOUT DATA EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to Used to Used to Used to Used to Used to Used to

select a part display
pro-gram for coordinates
display a display the display the display access
a desired cut- of the actual part data in one data of the I/O signals other
ting position of program BLOCK tools to be and menus
operation the axes in DATA used various
relation to the
zero offset
other data
D
NUMBER SP SP - N
SEARCH RESTART SELECT SEARCH EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to Used to Used to Used to Used to

search for the search for the
specified specified
selected a search for access
BLOCK BLOCK scheduled a specified other
DATA of the DATA of the program BLOCK menus
part program part program DATA in
currently currently
selected by selected; the
the
turret data up to scheduled
selection that BLOCK program
(also possible DATA are all
by locating read
the cursor)n
A
STD/EXT NORMAL ENLARGE TRACE/ MATE-

GRAPHIC SCALE SCALE ANIMATE RIAL CLEAR EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to Used for Used for Used for Used for Used for Used to
select the setting the setting the selecting the displaying
standard or scaling on the scaling on the tool path/ blank
clearing return to
enlarged standard enlarged animation material, the display first menu
graphic graphic graphic display chuck and
display display display tailstock

4-2 Rev. 8-21-01
Lathe
B C
B
AUTO SCALE SCALE

SCALE SET QUIT
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to set Used for Used to

scaling to setting the
automatically required
quit
match the scaling normal
program scale
setting
FRAME FRAME SCALE

ENLARGE REDUCE QUIT
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to Used for Used to

enlarge the contracting
frame the frame
quit
enlarge
scale
setting
LAYOUT LAYOUT
EXEC. QUIT
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Begins Ends
display of
tool data
display of
being used tool data
being used

Rev. 8-21-01 4-3
Lathe
MDI
The following shows the functions available when the MDI mode key is pressed. All the func-
tions are the same as in AUTO except for the PROGRAM SELECT (F1) is DATA INPUT and
function F6 is blank.
DATA ACTUAL PART BLOCK CHECK

INPUT POSIT PROGRAM DATA DATA EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Press this key Used to Used to Used to Used to Used to

and then display
enter desired coordinates
display a display the display access
codes to of the actual part data in one I/O signals other
perform MDI position of program BLOCK and menus
functions the axes in DATA various
relation to the
zero offset
other data
A
MANUAL
The following shows the functions available when the MANUAL mode key is pressed.
All the functions are the same as in DATA INPUT except F1 is blank.
ACTUAL PART BLOCK CHECK

POSIT PROGRAM DATA DATA EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to Used to Used to Used to Used to

display
coordinates
display a display the display access
of the actual part data in one I/O signals other
position of program BLOCK and menus
the axes in DATA various
relation to the
zero offset
other data
A

4-4 Rev. 8-21-01
Lathe
The following describes what is shown in the Actual Posit, Part Program, Block Data and Check
Data menus.
Actual Position
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
By using the PAGE key on the NC operation Panel, various screens can be accessed after the
ACTUAL POSIT function key has been pressed. The following bullets describe what the differ-
ent screens show:
P
• Displays the actual position data of the individual axes in enlarged characters. This
actual position is in relation to the zero offset.
• Simultaneous display of actual position data and the NC program being executed.
• Simultaneous display of actual position data, machine status (i.e. chuck clamped) and
load conditions.
• Simultaneous display of actual position data, distance remaining to target point, actual
data from absolute position encoder, tool offset and shift data.
PART PROGRAM

F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
PART PROGRAM function key has been pressed. The following bullets describe what the
different screens show:
• Displays the NC program for the currently selected turret, A or B.

• Simultaneous display of NC program for both turrets, A and B.
• Display of data entered through the keyboard in MDI mode.
• Display of the scheduled programs.

Rev. 8-21-01 4-5
Lathe
BLOCK DATA
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
BLOCK DATA function key has been pressed. The following bullets describe what the different
screens show:
P
• Displays the data in the block currently being executed.

• Displays the data in the NEXT block to be executed.
• Displays the data in the block succeeding (QUEUED) the next block.
• Displays the data last stored in the buffer (READ) register.
CHECK DATA
DATA ACTUAL PART BLOCK TOOL CHECK EXTEND
INPUT POSIT PROGRAM
DATA LAYOUT DATA
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
CHECK DATA function key has been pressed. The following bullets describe what the different
screens show:
• Displays servo data related to individual axes.

• Displays EC inputs (machine side inputs).
• Displays EC outputs
• Displays Machine Operation Panel inputs.
• Displays Machine Operation Panel outputs.
• Displays machines specification codes.
• Displays machines model code.
• Displays machines machine specification codes.
• Displays history of alarms (last 12 alarms).
• Displays ATC I/Os (if applicable).
• Displays post process gauging data (if applicable).
• Displays in process gauging data (if applicable).
4-6 Rev. 8-21-01
Lathe
Data Setting Mode Keys (Tool Data, Edit Aux, Zero Set and Parameter)
TOOL DATA
BACK CONST. CONST. GUIDE

UP ADD ADD SUB ON/OFF ITEM ↑ ITEM ↓ EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to Used to Used to Used to Used to select displays Used to

add to add subtract turn on related to tool data access
currently parameter parameter and off other
stored data set data set data graphic menus
guide
display
E
By using the ITEM ↑ or ITEM ↓ key, various screens can be accessed after the TOOL
DATA mode key has been pressed. The following bullets describe what the different
screens show:
• The tool offsets are displayed and can also be changed in this menu. Use the P
key to access tools # 13 to 32 if applicable.
• Displays tool interference data.
• The tool interference data (TOOL FORM SELECT) are displayed and can also be
changed in this menu. (not available for the graphics specification) Use the
key to access tools # 13 to P
32 if applicable.
• Displays tool group data
• Displays post process gauging results.
• Setting and displaying of ATC tool data (if applicable).
E
GUIDE
SET CAL ON/OFF ITEM ↑ ITEM ↓ EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to Used to Used to select displays Returns to

add turn on related to tool data main
parameter and off menu in
set data graphic Tool Data
guide
display

Rev. 8-21-01 4-7
Lathe
EDIT AUX
DATE DIR PIP EDIT FREE LIST IGF EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to Used to Used to Used to Used to Used to Used to Used to

enter and display the access the edit a file. display the display access access
display filenames file remaining more
date when in the transfer memory contents the IGF menus
preparing directories data capacity of the function
a file or active (option)
other data file
MULTI-
TIME INIT DELETE RENAME PIP PROTECT EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to enter Used to Used to Used to Used to Used to Used to

and display initialize
time (format) a
delete a rename a output all protect a access
directory specified file program file more
file files menus
TAPE DATA
CONV PIP EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Available on Used to Returns to

Tape
conversion
transfer or main
specification backup menu of
parameters Edit Aux

4-8 Rev. 8-21-01
Lathe
D-PIP
INPUT OUTPUT VERIFY QUIT
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Inputs Outputs Compares Used to

A.TOP file A.TOP file data sent terminate
from to to or from data
peripheral peripheral peripheral transfer
device device with data procedure
in memory
ZERO SET
BACK
SET ADD CAL UP
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to set Used to Calculates Used to immediately back

new data add to data from up data. On newer OSP
currently the actual 5020 (1994 and newer)
stored data position
(RAPA)

Rev. 8-21-01 4-9
Lathe
PARAMETER
BACK
SET ADD CAL UP ITEM ↑ ITEM ↓
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to set Used to Calculates Used to Used to access displays

new data add to data from immediate related to parameter data.
currently the actual ly back up
stored data position data. On
(RAPA) newer
OSP 5020
(1994 and
newer)
By using the ITEM ↑ or ITEM ↓ key, various screens can be accessed after the PARAMETER
mode key has been pressed. The following bullets describe what the different screens show:
• User Parameters
• Chuck/Tailstock
• Common Variable
• System Parameters
• Optional Parameter (Long Word)
• Optional Parameter (Word)
• Optional Parameter (Bit)
• Turret Angle
• Turret Parameter Bit
Some of the screens displayed will have more than one page. These pages can be accessed by
pressing the key on the NC Operation Panel.
P

4-10 Rev. 8-21-01
Machining Center
The following is an outline of the menus associated with the different operating modes on the
Machining Center (OSP 5020) control.
AUTO Mode
PROGRAM ACTUAL PART BLOCK SEARCH ATC/APC CHECK

SELECT POSIT PROGRAM DATA DATA EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8

select a part display
display a display the search for display the display access
pro-gram for coordinates
a desired cut- of the actual part data in one particular status of I/O signals other
ting position of program BLOCK Check the ATC and menus
operation the axes in DATA Data or APC various
relation to the
zero offset
screen other data
LIBRARY TOOL PERSONAL DIAGNOSIS AXIS MESSAGE

P. SET DISPLAY CHANGE EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8

store display the display display display display access
library tool data print data. any data the any other
programs page. messages individual messages. menus
which are pertaining axes.
basically to the
sub- ATC or
routines. APC.
NUMBER RESTART NUMBER SP SP - NO.

SEARCH STOP SELECT SEARCH EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Searches Prepares Stops at a Selects a Searches Used to

for a for a number scheduled for a return to
sequence sequence sequence program. scheduled first menu
number restart program
number
Graphics option G

Rev. 8-21-01 4-11
Machining Center
GRAPHIC TRACE/ TOOL MATE- GRAPHIC DATA HIGH

ANIMATE KIND RIAL ERASE ON/OFF DRAW EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Displays Changes Turns on Displays Deletes Turns on Turns on Used to

display
graphics between tool
or off the blank graphic or off the or off the display
paths and display material display data high-speed other
animation. function displayed drawing menus
for tool during mode.
kinds graphics.
GRAPHIC GRAPHIC AUTO AREA ANGLE

DATA SCALE CHANGE CHANGE EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Displays Used to Used to Used to Used to

access
graphics drawing data
automatica access view angle
mode. lly set the area change
drawing change mode.
area. mode.
I J J
RELATI RELATI
ZEROSET PRESET EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to show a point Returns to

relative to the program main
zero. menu.

4-12 Rev. 8-21-01
Machining Center
MARKER SET QUIT
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Changes Ends
view point area/angle
marker view
change.
SET ADD SELECT QUIT
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to set Used to Ends data

the data. add to setting
existing mode.
data

Rev. 8-21-01 4-13
Machining Center
MDI
The following shows the functions available when the MDI mode key is pressed. All the functions
are the same as in AUTO except for the DATA INPUT (F1) function.
DATA ACTUAL PART BLOCK SEARCH ATC/APC CHECK

INPUT POSIT PROGRAM DATA DATA EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Press this key Used to Used to Used to Used to Used to Used to Used to
and then display
enter desired coordinates
codes to of the actual part data in one particular status of I/O signals other
perform MDI position of program BLOCK Check the ATC and menus
functions the axes in DATA Data or APC various
relation to the
zero offset
screen other data
MANUAL
The following shows the functions available when the MANUAL mode key is pressed. All the
functions are the same as in DATA INPUT except F1 is blank.
ACTUAL PART BLOCK SEARCH ATC/APC CHECK

F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8

display
coordinates
of the actual part data in one particular status of I/O signals other
position of program BLOCK Check the ATC and menus
the axes in DATA Data or APC various
relation to the
zero offset
screen other data
TOOL PART BLOCK SEARCH ATC/APC CHECK

SET PROGRAM DATA DATA EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8

4-14 Rev. 8-21-01
Machining Center
The following describes what is shown in the Actual Posit, Part Program, Block Data and Check
Data menus.
Actual Position
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
ACTUAL POSIT function key has been pressed. The following bullets describe what the differ-
ent screens show:
P
• Displays the actual position data of the individual axes in enlarged characters. This
actual position is in relation to the zero offset.
• Simultaneous display of actual position data and the NC program being executed.
• Simultaneous display of actual position data, machine status (i.e. chuck clamped) and
load conditions.
• Simultaneous display of actual position data, distance remaining to target point, actual
data from absolute position encoder, tool offset and shift data.
PART PROGRAM
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
PART PROGRAM function key has been pressed. The following bullets describe what the
P
• Displays the NC program for the currently selected turret, A or B.

• Simultaneous display of NC program for both turrets, A and B.
• Display of data entered through the keyboard in MDI mode.
• Display of the scheduled programs.
Rev. 8-21-01 4-15
Machining Center
BLOCK DATA
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
By using the PAGE key on the NC operation Panel, various screens can be accessed
after the BLOCK DATA function key has been pressed. The following bullets describe what the
P
• Displays the data in the block currently being executed.

• Displays the data in the NEXT block to be executed.
• Displays the data in the block succeeding (QUEUED) the next block.
• Displays the data last stored in the buffer (READ) register.
CHECK DATA
DATA ACTUAL PART BLOCK TOOL CHECK EXTEND

INPUT POSIT PROGRAM
DATA LAYOUT DATA
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
CHECK DATA function key has been pressed. The following bullets describe what the different
screens show:
P
• Displays servo data related to individual • Displays history of alarms

axes. (last 12 alarms).
• Displays EC inputs (machine side inputs). • Displays ATC I/Os (if applicable).
• Displays EC outputs • Displays post process gauging data
• Displays Machine Operation Panel inputs. (if applicable).
• Displays Machine Operation Panel outputs. • Displays in process gauging data
• Displays machines specification codes. (if applicable).
• Displays machines machine specification
codes.
4-16 Rev. 8-21-01
Machining Center
Data Setting Mode Keys (Tool Data, Edit Aux, Zero Set and Parameter)
TOOL DATA
BACK ADD CONST. CONST. GUIDE ITEM ↑ ITEM ↓

UP ADD SUB ON/OFF EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to Used to Used to Used to Used to select displays Used to

add to add subtract turn on related to tool data access
currently parameter parameter and off other
stored data set data set data graphic menus
guide
display
E
By using the ITEM ↑ or ITEM ↓ key, various screens can be accessed after the TOOL DATA
• The tool offsets are displayed and can also be changed in this menu. Use the P
key to access tools # 13 to 32 if applicable.
• Displays tool interference data.
• The tool interference data (TOOL FORM SELECT) are displayed and can also be
changed in this menu. (not available for the graphics specification) Use the P
key to access tools # 13 to
32 if applicable.
• Displays tool group data
• Displays post process gauging results.
• Setting and displaying of ATC tool data (if applicable).
E
GUIDE
SET CAL ON/OFF ITEM ↑ ITEM ↓ EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to Used to Used to select displays Returns to

add turn on related to tool data main
parameter and off menu in
set data graphic Tool Data
guide
display

Rev. 8-21-01 4-17
Machining Center
EDIT AUX
DATE DIR PIP EDIT FREE LIST IGF EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8

enter and display the access the edit a file. display the display access access
display filenames file remaining more
date when in the transfer memory contents the IGF menus
preparing directories data capacity of the function
a file or active (option)
other data file
MULTI-
TIME INIT DELETE RENAME PIP PROTECT EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to enter Used to Used to Used to Used to Used to Used to

and display initialize
time (format) a
delete a rename a output all protect a access
directory specified file program file more
file files menus
TAPE DATA
CONV PIP EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to
transfer or
Available on Returns to
Tape backup
conversion parameters main
specification menu of
F Edit Aux

4-18 Rev. 8-21-01
Machining Center
D-PIP
INPUT OUTPUT VERIFY QUIT
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Inputs Outputs Compares Used to

A.TOP file A.TOP file data sent terminate
from to to or from data
peripheral peripheral peripheral transfer
device device with data procedure
in memory
ZERO SET
BACK
SET ADD CAL UP
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to set Used to Calculates Used to immediately back

new data add to data from up data. On newer OSP
currently the actual 5020 (1994 and newer)
stored data position
(RAPA)

Rev. 8-21-01 4-19
Machining Center
PARAMETER
BACK
SET ADD CAL UP ITEM ↑ ITEM ↓
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Used to set Used to Calculates Used to Used to access displays

new data add to data from immediate related to parameter data.
currently the actual ly back up
stored data position data. On
(RAPA) newer
OSP 5020
(1994 and
newer)
By using the ITEM ↑ or ITEM ↓ key, various screens can be accessed after the PARAMETER
•
User Parameters
• Chuck/Tailstock
• Common Variable
• System Parameters
• Optional Parameter (Long Word)
• Optional Parameter (Word)
• Optional Parameter (Bit)
• Turret Angle
• Turret Parameter Bit
Some of the screens displayed will have more than one page. These pages can be accessed by
pressing the P key on the NC Operation Panel.

4-20 Rev. 8-21-01
MACHINE OPERATION
NC Status Display Lamps
RUN This lamp comes on when the machine is running in Auto or MDI mode.
S.T.M. This lamp comes on when a command other than axis motion is executed.
If an S, T, or M command is executed, this lamp will stay on until the
confirmation signal is received.
The S.T.M. lamp will flicker if a spindle speed, speed range, or tool
change command is changed during automatic mode operation. Changing
one of these three commands can be done with the manual operation
intervention function.
SLIDE This lamp comes on when the Slide Hold button on the machine
HOLD operation panel is pushed.
With two-saddle lathes, this lamp will also come on when the designated
commands for one saddle are being completed and the other is placed in
slide hold mode. This condition only occurs when the single block func-
tion is activated.
PROGRAM This lamp comes on when the control sees a program stop (M00),
STOP optional stop (M01), or end of program code (M02).
This light will flicker when the control reads a dwell command (G04).
The duration depends on the F word programmed with the dwell com-
mand.
LIMIT This lamp turns on when an axis has reached the soft-limit position. It
will start flickering if:
1) The active spindle speed reaches the specified limit.

2) The selected spindle speed is too high or too low for the selected
gear range.
ALARM This lamp will come on whenever the control detects certain
alarm conditions. An alarm number will be displayed on the
CRT. Details concerning the alarm displayed are provided in
the Alarm & Error List manual.
Mode Selection Keys
The mode keys are classified into two groups, data setting mode and operation mode.
Data Setting Mode:
TOOL Pressing this key will allow the operator to check, set, or modify
DATA tool offset data. This mode is also used to set tool management, cutter
compensation, and tool nose radius compensation data.
ZERO This mode is used for checking and or setting the zero offsets of
SET the individual axes.
PARA- This mode is used for setting, checking, or modifying the various
METER parameters.

Rev. 8-21-01 4-21
MACHINE OPERATION
EDIT This mode is used for editing or transferring programs. This

AUX mode is also used for setting the date and time. Any kind of file handling
would be done through this mode key.
Operation Mode:
MANUAL This mode is used for manual operation of the machine. For example,
jogging the axes or using the pulse handle would be done in this mode.
MDI Manual Data Input mode is used when a block of commands are entered
through the keyboard on the control.
AUTO This mode is used for automatic operation. In this mode a stored NC
program is entered and executed.
IGF This mode key is not classified as one of the two groups mentioned above
but is used to access the Interactive Graphics Function. This is an on
board graphics programming option.
When any one of these mode keys are pressed, an indication lamp on the upper left side of the
key will turn on. When going from one of the three operation modes to one of the data setting
modes, the indication lamp will flicker to remind the operator which operation mode the control
is in.
Character Keys
These keys are used to input alphabetic characters and other symbols shown on the upper right
side of each key. To input one of these symbols, use the UPPER CASE key. The SP key is used
to insert a space. The CTRL key is a control key which is not used under normal conditions.
The HT key is also not used under normal applications. It stands for horizontal tabbing.
BS This is the back space key. Each time this key is pressed, the last charac-
ter entered is erased.
This key is also used to display the next page of a file or directory.
CAN This is the cancel key. This key is used to delete a block (line) of data.
WRITE This is the enter key. This key is pressed whenever data is set or after
inputting the name of the program to be executed.
Numeric Keypad
The numeric keypad is used to input the numeric characters. Included in the numeric keypad are
the operator keys. These are the basic arithmetic keys.
_ The subtraction key can be used to input a minus or hyphen symbol.
+ This key is used to input the addition symbol.
* This key is used to input the asterisk symbol for multiplication. It is also
used as the wild card symbol when working with files.
/ This key is used to input the division or forward slash symbol.

4-22 Rev. 8-21-01
MACHINE OPERATION
Cursor Keys
These four arrow keys are used for moving the cursor on the CRT.
Page Keys
These two keys are used for changing the display page on the CRT. In some cases, the item up
and item down function keys (F6 and F7) are used to change the display screen when going
from one page to the next in a menu (i.e. Parameter mode).
Turret Keys
These two keys are used to select A or B turret display menus on lathes with two-saddle and two-
turret capability.
LATHE Machine Operation Panel
The following is a description of the various switches on a machine operation panel for an OSP
5020L type control.
CYCLE Press this button to start machine operation in Auto or MDI

START mode.
SLIDE Pressing this button will stop all axes movement. It will not stop
HOLD spindle rotation. If this button is pressed when no axis movement is active, the
machining cycle will stop when an axis movement command is read and
decoded.
Press the cycle start button to resume axis movement.
EMG. When this button is pushed all power to the machine is

STOP shut off except for the power to the control.
SLIDE The four slide jog buttons are used to manually jog the axes.
JOG The Feedrate override dial is effective in this mode.
FEEDRATE The feedrate override dial is used to modify the commanded feedrate for
optimizing the cutting operation. Override range is 0 to 200 % in 15
steps.
This rotary switch setting is ignored during the thread cutting

function(G33).
The Feedrate override switch is effective if:
1) G00 is programmed in MDI mode.

2) Single Block mode is ON in AUTO mode.
3) Jogging the axes in MANUAL mode.

Rev. 8-21-01 4-23
MACHINE OPERATION
This rotary switch is not effective in Auto mode with G00 programmed
and Single Block mode off.
PULSE The pulse handle is used to manually feed the individual axes.
HANDLE The control must be in Manual mode to use the pulse handle.
A magnification selection and an axis selection button determines which

axis movement is initiated. The magnification selection is used to select
the axis feed amount per pulse (notch).
1/1 Axis moves 1µm/pulse (.001 mm)(.0001in/pulse in inch mode).

SPINDLE These buttons are used to manually turn and stop the spindle.
STOP Stops the spindle rotation after the CCW or CW buttons have been
pressed.
CCW Makes the spindle turn counter clockwise. Must press the STOP button to
stop the rotation.
CW Makes the spindle turn clockwise. Must press the STOP button to stop
the rotation.
JOG With this button pressed, the spindle will rotate clockwise. Forward
rotation will stop as soon as the button is released.
For the CCW and CW buttons to work properly, the following conditions must
be met:
1. The spindle speed has been entered beforehand through MDI.

2. The spindle gear range selection (M41M44) has been made.
3. For center work, the tailstock is advanced.
4. Chuck fulfills the spindle rotation condition:
Chuck closed during OD gripping.
Chuck open during ID gripping.
On machine models with DC spindle drive motors, it is not possible to go from CW to

CCW instantaneously.
SPINDLE OVERRIDE
The spindle override rotary switch is used to modify the commanded

spindle speed. This switch will not override the maximum allowable
spindle speed or the spindle speed set by the G50 code.
COOLANT
The coolant keys are used to control the coolant supply condition.
AUTO and Coolant is not supplied regardless of the

MANUAL OFF operation mode selected.

4-24 Rev. 8-21-01
MACHINE OPERATION
AUTO ON Coolant on/off mode is controlled by M codes. (M08-ON

M09-OFF)
MANUAL ON Coolant is supplied in any operation.
Auto and Manual modes cannot be on at the same time.
SPINDLE GEAR
This function allows the operator to place the spindle in neutral. This enables the chuck
to be rotated by hand. The control has to be in Manual mode. This function is only for
models with a spindle speed change mechanism where some kind of mechanical gear
shifting and a neutral is involved. The following keys are associated with this function.
NEUTRAL
When this key is pressed the spindle is placed in the neutral state. The
gear position data is saved and can be recalled even after the power has
been turned off and back on again.
ENGAGE
By pressing this key, the spindle gear range selected previously is auto-
matically selected. The selected range is displayed on the CRT at the
MACHINE STATUS display on the ACTUAL POSITION display screen.
The corresponding M code will be shown (M41 M44).
The lamp at the upper left corner of the ENGAGE key will light up when
the gear position and confirmation limit switch match. If they do not
match, the light will flicker at intervals of 0.4 sec. This holds true when
operating in Auto or MDI modes.
For a machine with a mechanical gear change mechanism but no neutral

position, the ENGAGE key LED will flicker during gear change opera-
tion. The LED will flicker until the confirmation signal is read. The
Cadet (LNC-8) has this feature.
The spindle speed does not change when the gear range is changed only the torque is
increased or decreased.
LOAD This function is an option which is used to monitor the cutting

MONITOR load of the feed axes or the spindle.
TOOL This button is used to rotate the turret. Push it once and the
INDEX turret will index one position. Keep the button pressed, the turret will
rotate until the button is released.
For two-saddle or two-turret models, the turret to be index has to be

selected via the turret select keys (INDIVIDUAL MODE) on the machine
operation panel.
In most cases the X or Z axis have to be at the positive variable soft limit
before the turret will index. This can be checked by observing the LIMIT
status lamp on the NC operation panel. As a precaution, a visual inspec-
tion of the turret should be made before attempting to rotate the turret.

Rev. 8-21-01 4-25
MACHINE OPERATION
LIGHTING This key is used to turn on or off the work light on the machine.
SINGLE When this function is used, the control will execute one block
BLOCK (line) of a program at a time. This function is used in AUTO mode when
machining a part for the first time. CYCLE START must be pressed after
each block of data is processed.
BLOCK When this key is turned on, the blocks in a program that are
DELETE preceded by a forward slash (/) will not get executed.
OPTIONAL If this key is turned on, the control will stop executing a program
STOP when it sees an M01 (optional stop) command. It will complete all the
commands on the same block as the M01 and then stop. When this key is
turned off, the M01 command is ignored.
DRY RUN Turn on this key when checking a newly prepared part program in AUTO
mode. With this function activated, cutting feedrate commands, with the
exception of manual feed and G00 mode feed, are all executed at the
milling feedrate (mm/min) set by the parameter. The parameter long word
No. 9 is factory set to 2,400 mm/min.
MACHINE When a part program is executed with this key activated, all
LOCK commands in the part program are executed without actual machine
operation. The simulated operation can be checked on the CRT. In this
mode, the cutting feedrate is determined by the programmed spindle
speed.
MID AUTO Press this key to interrupt an AUTO mode operation; carry out
MANUAL the required manual mode operation, and resume the AUTO mode opera-
tion.
INDIVIDUAL
MODE
These keys are available on two-saddle machines. On these machines,

normal operation is made in the simultaneous 4-axis control mode. These
two keys are used to select the required operation mode:
Individual A turret operation:
A ON With this setting, only the A turret is activated in

B OFF the operation modes.
Individual B turret operation:
A OFF With this setting, only the B turret is activated in

B ON the operation modes.
Individual A/B turret operation:

4-26 Rev. 8-21-01
MACHINE OPERATION
A ON A and B turrets are activated individually according
B ON to the designated synchronizing commands.
Normal operation:
A OFF Normal machining cycle is performed according to
B OFF the programmed commands.
INTER This key is used to activate the following keys:

LOCK
DRY RUN
MACHINE LOCK
INDIVIDUAL MODE
The INTERLOCK key must be pressed at the same time as the aforemen-
tioned keys in order to activate those functions.
CRT This key is used to turn off the CRT display. It is used to
DISPLAY extend the life to the CRT.
SEQUENCE This key is used to restart the AUTO mode operation which has
RESTART been interrupted due to a tool breakage or a machining cycle was too long.
For details refer to the Operation Manual.
CONTROL Press this switch to turn on the power supply to the control and
ON/RESET the servo systems. The main switch on the side of the control cabinet has
to be turned on first. When the CONTROL ON switch is pressed, the
pilot lamp inside this push switch will turn on. This switch is also used to
reset the control.
CONTROL Press this switch to turn off power to the control and the servo
OFF systems. Always press this button first before turning off the main switch.
NC PANEL
EDIT LOCK The EDIT AUX and PARAMETER mode keys are
(OPT)(PL) disabled when the key is placed in this position.
UNLOCK All controls on the NC and Machine operation panels are

(ON)(|) enabled.
LOCK All controls on the NC operation panel are disabled.

(OFF)(O)
Stroke End Limit Cancel/Load Mode Panel
This small panel is found on the right inside wall of the control cabinet on the LNC-8 (Cadet)
and the LB 15. The following is a description of the switches on this panel.
Load Mode Turning this toggle switch on will put the control in the Load mode to load
new software.
Load Start Pushing this button will initiate the loading procedure.
System Reset Pushing this button resets the control. This is sometimes referred
to as a soft boot.
Stroke End With this toggle switch set to ON, the operator is allowed to use
Limit Cancel the Pulse Handle to move an axis off of a stroke end limit switch.
Rev. 8-21-01 4-27
MACHINE OPERATION
Machining Center Machine Operation Panel
The following is a description of the various switches on the machine operation panel for an
OSP 5000/5020M type control. A picture of this panel can be seen on page 4-34.
AXIS This set of keys allows the operator to choose which axis he or
SELECT she wants to move in Manual mode. The pulse handle mode key is turned
on if the operator wishes to go into PH mode.
RAPID Press the RAPID + or RAPID to feed the designated axis in

+/ the plus or minus direction. The axis will move as long as one of these
button are pressed and the control is in Manual mode.
RAPID This rotary switch is effective when the RAPID +/ push
OVERRIDE buttons are used and during programmed rapid feed modes (G00, G60,
etc.). This setting can be observed in the Block Data screen of the CRT
(fm).
SPINDLE
ORIENTATION
Pressing this key while holding down the INTERLOCK RELEASE key
will orient the spindle. The spindle will be positioned at a preset angle to
allow for proper tool changes. This key is effective with the spindle at rest
or in motion. Once this key is pressed, the indicating lamp on the upper
left corner will start to blink. Once the spindle orientation is completed,
the light will stay on until the spindle is given a command to rotate or the
RELEASE key is pressed.
CW Pressing this key while holding down the INTERLOCK RELEASE key
will initiate spindle rotation in the clockwise direction. The control must
be in Manual mode. The spindle speed is dependent on the S command
given through MDI mode before pressing the CW key. The spindle speed
commanded (So) and the actual spindle speed (Sr) can be viewed in the
Block Data screen on the CRT.
STOP Press this key to stop the spindle rotation.
CCW This key has the same function as the CW key except the spindle will
rotate in the counter clockwise direction.
RELEASE
Pressing this key will place the spindle in a neutral state. This allows the
operator to rotate the spindle by hand. This push button is effective only
when the spindle is at rest and the tool clamping mechanism is on.
SPINDLE This is a spindle speed override rotary switch. The spindle gear
OVERRIDE range is automatically selected when an S command is given. The spindle
override switch will effect the speeds that fall within the gear range se-
lected.

4-28 Rev. 8-21-01
MACHINE OPERATION
JOG These keys are called the JOG feed buttons. Press the JOG +/
+/O/ keys to move the selected axis in a plus or minus direction. The control
must be in Manual Mode. To stop the axis motion, press the JOG OFF
key (O). While the axis is moving, pressing a JOG feed button which
requires the axis to go in the opposite direction will stop the axis motion
and start the axis moving in the new direction.
JOG This is the jog feedrate selector switch. The jogging feedrate can
SPEED be adjusted in inches or millimeters per minute through this switch. This
feedrate can be observed on the Actual Position page of the CRT.
FEEDRATE This is the cutting feedrate override switch. This switch is effective for
programmed cutting feedrates (G01, G02, and G03). This setting is
ignored during tapping cycles (G74 and G84). The override rate is set at
100% when M136 is programmed regardless of the switch setting. When
the M137 code is commanded and executed, the cutting feedrate override
switch becomes effective.
COOLANT When this key is pressed, the coolant pump motor is turned on and cool-
ant is sprayed on the tool. The indication lamp on the upper left corner of
the key will turn on to show that the motor is on. This key is effective no
matter which operation mode is on.
OIL MIST When this key is pressed, an oil mist is delivered to the tool. An example
of this would be a tapping function.
A. B. This key is the air blower nozzle switch. The nozzle used for the
NOZ. oil mist is also used for the air blower. This function is used to blow chips
away from the cutting area.
OIL HOLE This key is used to manually spray coolant. This push button is used
when a machining center has the Through-The-Tool Coolant Supply
System. High pressure coolant is sprayed out from the drill tip. The drill
is cooled and lubricated and chips are removed from the drilling area.
A. B. This key is used when an air blow adapter is mounted to the

ADAPT machine. This function is used as an air only blower.
SHOWER This key is used mostly to wash off chips on a pallet before moving the
pallet away from the chip conveyor.
LIGHT This key turns on or off the work light.
CRT OFF This key is used to turn off the CRT display to prolong the service life of
the CRT.
LUB. When this key is pressed, the axis slideways are lubricated. Each time
this key is pressed, the axis lube pump runs for 60 seconds.
CHIP CON This key is used to turn on and off the chip conveyor.
RESET This button resets the control. This button is also used to clear certain
types of alarms.

Rev. 8-21-01 4-29
MACHINE OPERATION
NC PANEL
EDIT LOCK The EDIT AUX and PARAMETER mode keys are disabled when
the key is placed in this position.
UNLOCK All controls on the NC and Machine operation

panels are enabled.
LOCK All controls on the NC operation panel are disabled.
CYCLE The cycle start button is used to start machine operation of a

START scheduled program (AUTO) or a block of instructions (MDI). It is also
used to restart a program after slide hold has been pressed.
SLIDE Axis movement and program execution are temporarily stopped

HOLD when this button is pushed. On machining centers this switch can be
deactivated by using the M140 command.
EMG. When this button is pressed all power except for the control
STOP power is shut off.
NC Operation
MIRROR Each axis on a machining center has a key for turning on and off
IMAGE the mirror image function. The sign of the designated axis is reversed.
The INTERLOCK RELEASE key must be held down when turning on
this function.
INTERLOCK This key is used to turn on certain keys on the machine operation
RELEASE panel. This is to prevent certain keys from accidentally being turned on.
MACHINE This function is used to check a new program. The actual

LOCK position values are displayed on the CRT as the program is executed but
actual machine movements are prohibited. The INTERLOCK RELEASE
key must be held down to turn on this function.
DRY RUN Dry run is a function for running the machine at the feedrate set by the
cutting feedrate rotary switch. NC optional parameter No. 2 bit 2 deter-
mines whether dry run is effective or not. This function is also effective
while the machine lock function is active. This function is used mostly to
check the cutting feedrates of a new program.
BLOCK Any block preceded by a forward slash (/) can be disregarded

SKIP when the block skip key is switched on. These three Block Skip switches
are assigned codes of /1, /2, and /3. / is equal to /1.
CYCLE When this key is turned on, the machine will stop after the
STOP execution of a main program.

4-30 Rev. 8-21-01
MACHINE OPERATION
S.T.M. This is the function to check the program by executing the axis
LOCK movement commands without miscellaneous commands.
AXIS This is the axis command cancel function. An axis can still be
COM. moved by Manual mode or manual intervention operation.
CANCEL
OPTIONAL With this key activated, the program will stop executing when the
STOP control sees the optional stop command (M01).
SINGLE This function is used to check the program, block by block. The
BLOCK machine stops after every block and cycle start must be pressed to execute
the next block of the program.
MID When this key is turned on, a manual operation can be performed
AUTO during AUTO mode. The procedure on how to carry out this
MANUAL manual intervention function is described in detail in the Operation
manual.
PULSE With this key on, axis motion control by the pulse handle can be
HANDLE inserted into the program. An example of this would be when
SHIFT machining a cast workpiece on which stock removal varies.
SEQ. When a machining cycle is interrupted during automatic

RESTART operation due to a tool breakage or other problem, the sequence restart
button is used to resume the program after the necessary measures have
been taken to resolve the problem.
The (on or off) condition of the NC operation keys are saved (backed up). If, for example, the
DRY RUN key is turned on and the power to the machine is then turned off, the control will
remember that and turn the DRY RUN mode on when the control is powered up again.
If a key is turned on or off, and the back up key is not pressed or the allotted time has not
elapsed (three to six minutes) before the power is turned off the control will not retain the condi-
tion of the key just pressed.
ATC Operation
ATC Pressing this button will put the control in the ATC mode of operation.
This allows the operator to move the ATC in manual mode. The ATC
DATA screen on the CRT can be accessed by pressing the atc/apc
function key (F6).
APC Pressing this button will put the control in the APC mode of operation.
This allows the operator to move the APC in manual mode. The APC
DATA screen on the CRT can be accessed by pressing the atc/apc
function key (F6).
INTER When this key is pressed, the spindle orientation completion

LOCK conditions and the tool change position conditions are ignored.
RELEASE It will not ignore other mechanical conditions.

Rev. 8-21-01 4-31
MACHINE OPERATION
1 CYCLE Pressing this key automatically carries out one complete

START automatic tool change cycle. This operation consist of a series of tool
change cycles in which a tool picked up from the magazine is set into the
spindle and the tool that was in the spindle is returned to the magazine.
This operation is only allowed when the message READY is displayed
on the CRT with the ATC sequence number set at 01.
RETURN This button can be pressed with the ATC operation sequence set
CYCLE to any number. If the tool change arm has not completed its 180
START degree rotation, pressing this button will start the tool return cycle and no
tool change cycle will occur. If this button is pressed after the tool change
arm has completed its 180 degree rotation, the automatic tool change
cycle will be completed.
1 STEP Pressing this key advances the ATC operation one step at a time.
ADVANCE If the RUN message is being displayed on the CRT, this key will not
work. If the sequence does not advance because of some unfulfilled
condition, it is possible to ignore those conditions and continue opera-
tions. Pressing the 1 Step Advance key while holding down the INTER-
LOCK RELEASE key will allow the operation to continue. If a mechani-
cal condition is not met, the operation is not allowed to continue and the
RUN message is displayed on the CRT.
1 STEP The function of this key is the same as the 1 STEP ADVANCE
REVERSE key except the operation is done in reverse.
If the E-STOP button is pressed while the tool change arm is in operation, the signals AHP (X,Y,
and Z-axis tool change position) and SHP (spindle orientation complete) turn off. This some-
times renders the ATC operation keys inoperative. If so, press the 1 STEP ADVANCE key while
pressing the INTERLOCK RELEASE key, and the tool change sequence will advance to the next
step.
The tool in the spindle will be clamped when the ATC cycle is interrupted by an E-STOP condi-
tion. This will render the ATC operation keys inoperative. In this case, press the TOOL
UNCLAMP button on the operation panel at the side of the main operation panel.
APC Operation
The control must be in MANUAL mode and the APC key on for the following keys to be
effective.
1 CYCLE When this key is pressed, one automatic pallet change cycle is
START carried out. During this operation, the pallet on the machine is unloaded
to the APC and the pallet on the APC is loaded to the machine. This
operation is effective only if the READY message is displayed on the
CRT.
RETURN When this key is pressed, the automatic pallet change cycle is
CYCLE carried out in the reverse order back to sequence number 01.
START This will return the pallet to the machine.
1 STEP The automatic pallet change cycle will advance step by step every
ADVANCE time this key is pressed. This operation is ineffective if the RUN mes-
sage is displayed on the CRT.

4-32 Rev. 8-21-01
MACHINE OPERATION
1 STEP The function of this key is the same as the 1 STEP ADVANCE
REVERSE key except the steps are reversed.
If the E-STOP button is pressed while the shifter is moving, the shifter retraction position signal
is turned off. This sometimes renders the APC operation keys inoperative. If so, press the 1
STEP ADVANCE key while pressing the INTERLOCK RELEASE key. This should advance
the automatic pallet change cycle one step at a time.
When the RUN status lamp is on, the ATC/APC operation keys mentioned above are inopera-
tive. Press the RESET key to turn off the RUN lamp. In other words, these keys are ineffective
when the control is in AUTO or MDI operation mode.
Pendant Operation Panel
The pendant operation panel will differ from machine to machine. These types of panels are
mostly used on double column machining centers. Most of the switches on this type of panel are
the same as the switches on the Machine Operation panel. For a description of the switches on
this panel, please refer to the Operation manual of the machine in question.
Optional Panel
This panel is for switches and lamps related to the optional functions that can be purchased with
the machine. An example of an option panel would be a panel for Auto door open/close and the
Touchsetter option.
On machining centers the Power ON and OFF buttons are located on an option panel located on
the control cabinet door. The following is a description of the controls that are on this option
panel. A picture of this panel can be seen on page 4-35.
Puncher
SERIAL This is the RS-232C interface connector. This interface connector is

called the CN0 port and is now standard.
PARALLEL This is the parallel port interface.
AC 100V 2A This is the power receptacle for the Paper tape puncher.
HOUR METER
The first hour meter with the lightening symbol is the power on time meter. It accumulates the
amount of time the machine has been on.
The second hour meter is the NC Running Time meter. It accumulates the length of time the
RUN lamp on the NC operation panel is on.
Operation End Mode
BUZZER This is the Operation End Buzzer activation switch. If this switch is on,
the buzzer will sound at the end of a program run. The length of time it
sounds is set by MC user parameter word No. 7.
LIGHT This is the Operation End Light activation switch. If this switch is on, the
YELLOW light on the pendant arm will come on when an end of program
code is read.
Rev. 8-21-01 4-33
MACHINE OPERATION
ERROR This is the Error Light activation switch. If this switch is on, the RED
error light will come on if an alarm state is detected.
AUTO This switch is called the Auto Power Shut Off switch. If
POWER this switch is on, the power will shut off automatically
OFF after the execution of an End of Program (M02) command or after
executing an End of Tape (M30) command in a main program. This
switch is ineffective when single block mode is on. On some of the new
machines this function is a parameter setting. (Optional Parameter Bit 14
bit 0)
Control On/Off
POWER This is the Power On button. Press this button after

ON turning on the main circuit breaker on the side of the control cabinet to
power up the machine.
POWER This is the Power Off button. Press this button first
OFF before turning off the main circuit breaker when turning off the machine.
If any peripherals are hooked up to the machine, they should be powered
off first.
EMG. This is an extra emergency stop button. If any of the E-stop buttons are
pushed
STOP in, the red indicator lamp on this panel will be on. The green indicator
lamp will come on as soon as the main breaker is turned on. It turns off as
soon as the Power On button is pressed.

4-34 Rev. 8-21-01
Rev. 8-21-01
OKUMA
NC-STATUS
SLIDE
RUN STM HOLD
PROGRAM
STOP LIMIT ALARM
MODE
P
AUTO MDI MANUAL EDIT AUX PARAMETER ZERO SET TOOL DATA
! " # $ ( )
A B C D E F G HT
4-35
@ & ’ ? %
H I J K L M N SP
\ ^ [ ]
O P Q R S T U CTRL
- ; < > UPPER

V W X Y Z : , CASE
A B
7 8 9 / BS
P P 4 5 6 * CAN
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 1 2 3 +
0 . = -
MACHINE OPERATION
WRITE
OSP5020L
MACHINE OPERATION
OPTIONA
COOLANT SINGLE BLOCK

L
BLOCK DELETE
CYCLE START STOP CONTROL ON/RESET
PULSE HANDLE
I SLIDE JOG X Z 1/1 10/1 50/1

STOP
SPINDLE
I
MACHIN
SPINDLE DRY MID AUTO
CW E
CCW GEAR RUN
LOCK
MANUAL
SLIDE HOLD
JOG CONTROL OFF
+
4-36
O - LOAD MONITOR
INDIVIDUAL
MODE
SPINDLE
ON AUTO A B
FEED RATE %
OVERRIDE % SET
EMERGENCY STOP 110
70 80 90 90 100 120 TOOL INTER CRT SEQUENCE
50 100 OKUMA 80 INDEX LIGHTING LOCK DISPLAY RESTART NC PANEL
130 UNLOCK
30 110
10 120
70 150
200
I-L CRT ISR
EDIT LOCK LOCK
50
5 130
2 150
0 200
E5409-770-002
Rev. 8-21-01
Rev. 8-21-01
AXIS SELECT NC OPERATION ATC OPERATION

MIRROR MIRROR MIRROR MIRROR BLOCK BLOCK BLOCK OPTION-
SINGLE INTER
I CYCLE START
X Y Z IMAGE
X
IMAGE
Y
IMAGE
Z
IMAGE
4
SKIP
1
SKIP
2
SKIP
3
AL
STOP
BLOCK ATC APC AAC LOCK
RELEASE
MID
PULSE SEQ
CYCLE S.T.M. AXIS AUTO
4 5 INTER
LOCK MACHINE
DRY
RUN STOP LOCK COM.
CANCEL
MANUAL
HANDLE
SHIFT
RESTART 1 CYCLE
START
RETURN
CYCLE
1 STEP
ADVANC
1 STEP
REVERSE
RELEASE LOCK START E
RAPID JOG
ORIENTATIO O SLIDE HOLD
COOLANT A.B. NOZ. A.B.ADAPT
N SPINDLE LIGHT LUBE
+ + o //
4-37
RESET
CW STOP CCW OIL MIST OIL HOLE SHOWER CHIP CON
%SPINDLE INCH / MIN JOG

RAPID OVERRIDE
MM / MIN SPEED % FEED RATE
% OVERRIDE NC PANEL
110 20 500 1000 40 70 80 90 100 UNLOCK EMERGENCY STOP
10
30 50
70 90 100 120 60 105 EDIT LOCK LOCK
5 80 130 8 200 2000 80 50 110

80
70 150 40 120
1 90
50 200 4 100 4000 160 130
0 100 30 140
6000 240 20 150
2 50
10 160
0.04 1 170
10000 400 5 0 180
200
MACHINE OPERATION
MACHINE OPERATION
OPTIONAL
OPTIONAL OPTIONAL
PUNCHER HOUR METER OPERATION END MODE

SERIAL PARALLEL Xh
BZ
READY EMG STOP
BUZZER LIGHT
POWER ON
01234 6 11
POWER OFF
4-38
2A Xh
AC100V
ERROR AUTO POWER

01234 6 11 LIGHT OFF
EMG STOP
RESET
Operational Panel above Tape Reader

Rev. 8-21-01
MACHINE OPERATION
MG MANUAL
INDEX START
MANUAL INT
CW CWW
EMG. STOP
RESET
ATC Magazine Operation Panel
MANUAL TOOL CHANGE
TOOL CHANGE CYCLE TOOL CLAMP TOOL UNCLAMP
Manual Tool Change Operation
IGF - > LOADING

LS EMERGENCY
LOAD
LOAD
X Y Z MODE
RETURN - > LOADING/SYS RESET SYS. RESET START
4 5 TOUCH
SENSOR
Check Panel

Rev. 8-21-01 4-39
MACHINE OPERATION
MDI Operation
MDI is an abbreviation for Manual Data Input. One block (line) of data is entered at a time.
Each block of data entered is executed once the CYCLE START key is pressed. To execute a
block of commands in MDI, do the following:
1. Press the MDI mode key. The following functions are displayed:
DATA ACTUAL PART BLOCK CHECK

INPUT POSIT PROGRAM DATA DATA [EXTEND]
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
2. IN is displayed on the lower left side of the screen (21st line). Enter the desired com-
mands. On lathes with the OSP 5020 series control, the F1 key has to be pressed to get
the IN cursor.
3. Press the WRITE key.
4. Press the CYCLE START button. At this time the commands are executed.
The following is a list of some of the codes that are useful to know when troubleshooting a
machine side problem.
Code Description
M03 Spindle rotation (CW)
M04 Spindle rotation (CCW)
M05 Spindle stop
M40 Spindle gear range neutral for Lathe
M41 1st gear
M42 2nd gear
M55 Tailstock quill retract
M56 Tailstock quill advance
M83 Chuck clamp
M84 Chuck unclamp
M86 Turret indexing direction (CW)
M87 Turret indexing direction (CCW)
G00 rapid positioning

X X axis positioning
Y Y axis positioning
Z Z axis positioning
S Spindle rotation speed in RPM.

4-40 Rev. 8-21-01
Notes EL501
Notes EL501
CONSTRUCTION
CH .
CONSTRUCTION
This section will cover the basic construction of the electrical side of any Okuma machine tool
with a 5000/5020 series control. The various power supplies, the boards in the control rack and
in the EC I/O rack (mostly on M/Cs), and the different servo systems found on Okuma machine
tools with the 5000/5020 series control will be discussed.
Every Okuma machine tool comes with a set of electrical schematics and there is a System
Configuration Sheet at the beginning of these schematics which shows a basic electrical layout
of the machine. The system configuration sheet for some machining centers can be seen in the
maintenance manual for the machine in question. An example of a System Configuration
Sheet is shown on the following page.
Power Supplies
Most Okuma machines are designed to work on 208 volts AC incoming power. On some ma-
chines, a multi-tap transformer is standard. As a precaution, the incoming power and the taps on
the transformer should be checked before power is supplied to a newly installed machine.
As a precaution, the incoming power and the taps on the transformer should
be checked before power is supplied to a newly installed machine.
If more than one machine tool is connected to the same single power source, the Power Source
Inductance should be noted if power related problems start occurring. Power Source Induc-
tance can be obtained by dividing the value in the table by the number of machine tools con-
nected to the single power source.
Wiring inductance in 50 meters (164 ft ) of cable is approximately 12 µH when general cable is

used.
VAC Unit Applicable Motor Power Source Inductance Power Source Inductance
220V 200V
D45 37/30 kW to 55/45 kW Less than 45 µH. Less than 115 µH.
D30 22/18.5 to 37/30 kW Less than 70 µH. Less than 170 µH.
D22 22/15 to 30/22 kW Less than 110 µH. Less than 230 µH.
D11 11/7.5 to 15/11 kW Less than 230 µH. Less than 480 µH.
D6 Less than 7.5/5.5 kW Less than 350 µH. Less than 850 µH.
If the Power Source Inductance is too high, the following problems will arise.
• Deceleration time will be extended.

• During deceleration, the motor will generate noise.
• Transistor modules in the servo drives will fail prematurely.

Rev. 10-09-02 5-1
CONSTRUCTION
If the system is operated in an environment where the inductance is too high, the control will
generate an excessive power source voltage fluctuation alarm.
To verify the incoming power source is sufficient, divide the KVA rating of the machine by [the
square root of 3 (1.732) times the incoming voltage]. This will give you the amount of current
(amperage) needed to operate the machine.
KVA
I (amperage) =
3 X incoming voltage
Another way to verify if the incoming power is sufficient is to check the impedance of the
incoming power. Impedance is the total opposition to the flow of current in an AC circuit. When
the spindle decelerates a load is put on the incoming power source and the voltage increases
slightly. This voltage variation has to be less then 6 %. To determine if the incoming power is
sufficient, do the following calculation:
Vdec - Vstop X100% = Vvar (Vvar should be less than 6% at 220V or 15% at 200V)
Vstop
In other words, (Vdec minus Vstop) divided by Vstop times 100% should be less than 6%.
Vstop is the voltage measured across the same to terminals of the spindle drive unit when it is at
a standstill. Vdec is the voltage measured across the same two terminals when the spindle starts
to decelerate.
When determining the Vdec the programmed spindle speed should be the maximum program-
mable spindle speed for the machine. The measuring device should be an analog volt meter or
an oscilloscope. Some of the latest DVMs are fast enough, i.e. Fluke 87.
SDU
R U AC
S V SPINDLE
T W MOTOR
E E

5-2 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
A power supply is defined as a device for converting external alternating current (AC) into the
direct current (DC) needed to run a computers electronic circuits.
The incoming power gets branched off to various power supplies in the system. The system
configuration sheet shows how the power gets distributed throughout the system.
The EC control power source is a step down transformer and a 24 volts DC power supply. These
two components are usually mounted next to each other. The step down transformer takes the
incoming single phase power and converts it to 100 and 120 volts single phase AC. This power
source also provides the -24 volts DC working 24 volts which controls or turns on the various
solenoids and relays on the machine. The EC control power source provides power to such
things as the operation panel, work light, hour meter, and the ISO 24 volt power supply.

Rev. 10-09-02 5-3
CONSTRUCTION
SYSTEM BUS
MAIN BOARD
CRP BOARD
II-B OPTICAL
9 CRP BOARD SVP BOARD II-D EC BOARD
COMMUNICATION
II C I/F
(OPTIONAL)
SPC6 CARD
BUBBLE MAIN CARD
MAIN CARD 11 or
CARD 13
12 RAM
0.5M 2M BYTE
256 BYTE RS-232-C
PULSE HANDLE
PUNCHER SENSOR BLII-D LIMIT SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
X-AXIS
Z-AXIS
TAPE READER
DC POWER
SUPPLY
5-4
VAC III
SPINDLE MOTOR
DRIVE UNIT
OPUS 5020 HYDRAULIC
OPERATIONAL PANEL PUMP MOTOR
AXIS EC CONTROL
POWER SOURCE DRIVR POWER SOURCE
UNIT POSITION MOTOR
ENCODER
X-AXIS AC220V 3 ph
SPINDLE PULSE
GENERATOR Z-AXIS
220V AC100V
1 ph 1 ph
SOLENOID
SPINDLE MOTOR DC24V
AC220V 3ph
Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
The servo systems (axes and spindle drives) receive the incoming 3 phase power and convert it
to the DC voltage (300 Vdc) needed to drive the motors. These power supplies will be discussed
in the servo systems part of this section.
220 volts single phase AC also gets sent to the OPUS power supply unit (CPU power supply)
which provides all the power needed for the control rack.
On machining centers, 220 volts single phase also gets sent to the EC I/O rack. Once there, the
voltage gets distributed and rectified as needed for the I/O boards.
OPUS 5000/5020 Power Supply Unit
Okumas CPU power supply converts the incoming 220 AC voltage into the various stabilized
DC voltages needed to run the OSP 5000/5020 control. It controls the On/Off sequence. It
provides power to the CPU first and makes sure the CPU is the last to power off. There are two
types of CPU power supplies on 5020 controls: RLP and RHP.
The RHP (Rack High Power) outputs the following voltages:
+ 5V For the integrated circuits (ICs) in the control.

+ 12V For the bubble memory, position encoder, main spindle pulse
generator, and the manual pulse generator (Pulse Handle).
+24V For the bubble memory and tape reader.
The RLP (Rack Low Power) outputs all of the above DC voltages plus:
ISO +24V For the photo-couplers used in the CNCs I/O system.
The ISO 24V is an isolated power source used to protect the internal circuitry of the
control. The ISO 24V is generated externally when an RHP is used. It is generated by a
DC power supply that converts 120 volts AC to 24 volts DC. The ISO 24V circuitry
does go through the RHP for monitoring purposes.
The RLP and RHP are located or housed in the CPU rack.
The first CPU power units that came out with the OSP 5000 series control were called HP and
LP. When the graphics capability was incorporated into the control, the power units were la-
beled GHP and GLP. These four CPU power supplies output all the voltages mentioned above.
These four units are physically larger than the RLP and RHP units. They are located above the
CPU rack. Some of the latest models (5020 controls) still use the GHP CPU power supply
instead of the RHP.

Rev. 10-09-02 5-5
CONSTRUCTION
The RHP power supply has two pins that can be jumpered to disable the ISO under voltage
alarm function. These two pins should only be jumpered for troubleshooting purposes. The
location of these two pins can be seen in figure 5-2. Make sure to remove this jumper after
checking this power source.
Only the + 5 volts supply is adjustable on these CPU power supplies. It is factory set at 5.1
volts. If an adjustment is necessary, measure the voltage between the check terminals 0V and
+5V. Make sure to check this voltage under a full load (machine on). When making adjust-
ments, make sure to turn the +5V adjustment potentiometer very slowly.
The low voltage detection alarm for the 5 volt supply turns on when approximately 4.6 volts is
detected. If this alarm occurs, proper adjustment cannot be made without disabling this low-
voltage detection function. On the non-rack type CPU power supplies, a toggle switch is used to
disable this 5 volt low-voltage alarm detection function. On the rack type power supplies, the
machine must be powered off and the power supply has to be removed from the control rack.
Once the CPU power supply is removed from the rack, the shorting jumper on the PCB has to
be moved to the UV OFF position as shown below.
Once the adjustment procedure is completed, make sure to move the shorting jumper back to the
UV ON position. This will ensure that the 5 volt monitoring circuit is re-activated.
UV
VBCOM
OFF
ON
COM
UV2
UV1
ISO
V1
UV OFF
CN2
+5V
ADJ.
+5V
0V
+12V
+24V
0V
ISO
+24V
OKUMA
O P U S 5 00 0 R HP
P O W E R S U P P LY
CN1
Fig. 5-2

5-6 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
The following is a description of the alarm and CPU status LEDs located on the control rack.
For the non-rack type CPU power supplies the alarm LEDs are located on the power supply
itself.
Alarm LEDs
AC Input voltage dropped too low.

TEMP Temperature in power supply rose too high.
UV Under voltage or possible short circuit.
OV Voltage rose too high. (over voltage)
ISO 24V One of these LEDs will be on when a UV or OV alarm occurs

+24V to indicate which voltage source is affected.
+12V
+5V
CPU status LEDs
POWER There is 5 volts going to the mother board (back plane).

Main board is plugged into mother board.
RUN CPU is operational or running.
BUS Error More than one error occurred at the same time. The CPU stops
running.
ECC Error Error in the main memory of the system.
DIA Error An error occurred during the self-diagnosis function.
LOOP Error The CPU interrupt time has exceeded its limit.
CYCLE Error The CPU tried to access a peripheral device and did not get a
response within the specified time (17 micro seconds).
WPRT Error The CPU tried to access a user inhibited address.
Printed Circuit Boards
In 1981 Okuma introduced the industrys first 16 bit CNC which incorporated Motorolas 68000
microprocessor chip. This chip had the capability of multiplying two 16 bit numbers in 3.2
millionths of a second. Okuma still uses Motorolas family of 68000 microprocessor chips as
the nerve center of the OSP 5000/5020 series control. The following is a description of each
major unit that makes up the control rack of the OSP 5000/5020 series control. The control (or
logic) rack is referred to as the OPUS (Okuma Processing Unit and System).

Rev. 10-09-02 5-7
CONSTRUCTION
Main Board IIB Main Processor Board
The MB-IIB is the main control board for the OSP 5000/5020. It consists of a main processor
and associated interfaces for data communication. The system features a high performance
Motorola 68000 microprocessor with a clock frequency of 15Mhz. The MB-IIB controls the IC
memory (ROM), bubble memory, slave processors, and interface circuits. A system bus (mother
board or back plane) and a local bus (ribbon cables) are provided for system expansion purposes.
Typically the 5000 controls have the MB main board and the CRT display is green in color. The
5000*-G controls can have the MB-II, MB-IIA or MB-IIB main boards. These controls have
graphics capability and have a color display. The 5020* controls have the MB-IIB main board
and also have graphics and color display.
Bubble Card Bubble Memory
This memory is used to store control software, machine parameters, and part programs. Bubble
cards come in the following capacities: 4, 8, 12, and 16 Mbits. Up to two bubble cards may be
mounted on the MB-IIB, with a maximum bubble memory capacity of 32 Mbits (4 Mbytes).
The latest OSP 5020 controls (as of 11/93) are now using CMOS memory instead of bubble
memory. These CMOS memory cards have a back up battery pack mounted on them. To re-
place this battery, the main board is pulled out of the rack and the battery pack is replaced. A
super charge capacitor retains the memory while the battery is being replaced.
A911-1511 4Mbit X 1
A911-1512 4Mbit X 2
A911-1513 4Mbit X 3
A911-1514 4Mbit X 4
If Alarm 2045 is displayed one of two things must be done to clear the Alarm:
The first is to perform the procedure below after the Battery has been replaced. The procedure
only works if you are getting Alarm 2045 with a code of 0000010C. The 1 being the determining
factor.
1. Software Load Mode Switch on.
2. Control Power on . After booting Control Floppy Loading Wait will appear.
3. Press the & key, (Upper Case I), C-Mos Memory Initial Test Wait will appear.
4. Press the Load Start Button. C-Mos Memory Initial Test Start will appear.
5. When completed C-Mos Memory Initial Test Finished will appear.
6. Turn the Load Mode Switch off and push System Reset. Finished.
If a code other than 1 is displayed, the System Software must be reloaded.

5-8 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
Main Card 11, 12 RAM

When the machine is turned on, the software is downloaded from bubble memory to RAM. The
active program is run from DRAM on the MC 11 and MC 12 cards. These cards are mounted
on the MB-IIB. MC 11 can handle 512 Kbytes of memory while the MC 12 can handle 2
Mbytes of memory. Up to three MC 11 or three MC 12 cards may be mounted on the MB-IIB
but a combination of both kinds is not permitted. The CPU can only access one or the other. As
of January 94 the MC 11 card is no longer being used on new models.

Rev. 10-09-02 5-9
CONSTRUCTION
The following is a summary of the main control boards memory capability on the 5000/5020
series control. A listing of the memory cards and their part numbers is shown below. Also
shown are which memory cards are compatible with the different main boards associated with
the 5000/5020 series control. On Okuma controls, the bubble memory capacity is usually
referred to in bits and ram memory capacity is referred to in bytes.
1Mbit X 1 = 256Kbit X 4 = 128Kbyte
Main Board Bubble Memory Ram Cards

A911-1520 MB-IIB A911-1224 4 Mbit X 1 A911-1522 MC 11 .5 Mbyte
A911-1225 4 Mbit X 2 A911-1523 MC 12 2 Mbyte
The maximum bubble A911-1226 4 Mbit X 3
memory capacity on the A911-1227 4 Mbit X 4 The MB-IIB has no standard
MB-IIB is 32 Mbits. ram memory on it. The rams
maximum capacity is 6 Mbytes.
A911-1509 MB-IIA A911-1220 128 Kbyte A911-1501 MC1-II .5 Mbyte
A911-1221 1 Mbit X 1 A911-1505 MC5-II 1.5 Mbyte
The maximum bubble A911-1222 1 Mbit X 2 A911-1510 MC9 1 Mbyte
memory capacity for the A911-1223 1 Mbit X 4
MB-IIA is 32 Mbits. A911-1224 4 Mbit X 1 The maximum ram capacity for
A911-1225 4 Mbit X 2 the MB-IIA is 2 Mbytes. This
The 1220 card is sometimes A911-1226 4 Mbit X 3 board has .5 Mbytes of standard
referred to as 256 Kbit X 4. A911-1227 4 Mbit X 4 ram memory.
A911-1500 MB-II A911-1220 128 Kbyte A911-1501 MC1-II .5 Mbyte
A911-1221 1 Mbit X 1 A911-1505 MC5-II 1.5 Mbyte
The maximum bubble A911-1222 1 Mbit X 2 A911-1510 MC9 1 Mbyte
memory capacity for the A911-1223 1 Mbit X 4
MB-II is 16 Mbits. The MB II has .5 Mbytes of
standard ram and a maximum
capacity of 2Mbytes.
A911-1100 MB A911-1220 128 Kbyte A911-1105 MC 5 384 Kbytes

A911-1221 1 Mbit X 1 A911-1101 MC 1 128 Kbytes
The maximum bubble A911-1222 1 Mbit X 2
memory capacity on the MB A911-1223 1 Mbit X 4 The MB has 128 Kbytes of
board is 16 Mbits. The MB standard ram and a maximum
board is sometimes referred capacity of .5 Mbytes
to as the MB0 board.

5-10 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
The following is an explanation of the different board configurations which can be found on
Okuma machines with the OSP 5000 series control. Not all the boards are mentioned here, just
the standard set of boards that are found with the particular main board.
Main Board
MB0 (128K of RAM) MBII (.5 M of RAM) MBIIB (no RAM)
MBIIA (.5 M of RAM)
Memory
As mentioned in the
Any array of 1megabit X 4 previous table, the MBIIA Any array of 4 megabit
bubble memory sections can use any array bubble sections and new CMOS
memory cards. memory cards
RAM
MC1 (128 Kbytes of ram) MC1-II (.5M) MC 11 (.5M)

MC5 (384 Kbytes of ram) MC9 (1M) MC 12 (2M)
MC5-II (1.5M)
Servo Control
AB0 (axis board)for SVPII,IIB, or IIC SVPIID

LDU’s
AC1 (axis card) SPC1 (axis card)
SPC6 (VAC II & III)
SVP0 (BDU’s) TB1 (for M/C), TB2
TB0 TB2-1, (flat panel)
TB2C, TB2C-1 (VAC II)
I/O boards
EC board for lathe same same

ECP board for M/C ECPII ECPIIA
Video Control
CRPIIC
MC2(PTR & panel IF) CRPII CRP-9 (monographic)
MC4-1 (PTR & panel IF)
MC4-2 (PTR & panel IF)
Communication Boards
MC3 (Com and Puncher) MC2-II (PTR IF) FDC II (3.5” FDD)
FDC board (8” FDD) MC3 (RS-232C and FRP card (8” FDD to
puncher IF) 3.5”FDD)
FDC board (8” FDD) MC13 (RS-232C only)
*FDC board could also be labeled FDO

Rev. 10-09-02 5-11
CONSTRUCTION
Main Card 13 (A911-1521) RS-232 card
This card contains the RS-232-C interface and is mounted on the MB-IIB with the component
sides of both boards facing each other. Tape readers, punchers, printers, PCs, and any other
peripheral which conforms to the RS232-C standard can be connected via this interface.
Main Card 15 (A911-1526) Sub CPU card
This is an optional card on the OSP 5020M controls only. It incorporates a 32 bit double engine
architecture. A microprocessor (M68020) and a math co-processor (M68881) for the Hi-speed/
Hi-Accuracy machining centers are the two engines on this card. This option is referred to as
Hi²NC.
This card is standard equipment on the OSP 5020M controls. This card performs the multi-axis
contouring functions for the machining centers.
This is an option card employed when the One-Touch IGF function is purchased. This option
allows the operator to do some graphics programming at the machine.
CRP-IIC (A911-1692) or (A911-1693) CRT Processor board
This board is used for data communication with the OSP 5000/5020 NC operation panel. It
transmits the video signal to the NC operation panel for the CRT display. This board is com-
prised of a Character IF, a Color Graphic IF, and a Serial IF. The 1692 board is the standard
board. The 1693 board is used if the TM-APT (Remote programming station) option is pur-
chased with the machine.
Character IF
This interface is used to control the character display mode (half-size, normal size, and
enlarged size). After being combined with the color-graphics IF video signals, the char-
acter IF signals are transmitted to the NC operation panel as video signals and the char-
acters are displayed at the CRT.
Color-Graphics IF
The graphic controller provides a total of 4 color graphic screens. Graphic control is
possible only by using the graphic controller. After being combined with the character
IF video signal, the color graphic video signal is transmitted to the NC operation panel,
with the color graphic signal then being displayed at the CRT.

5-12 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
Serial IF
The Serial IF is used for data communication between the CRP board and the NC
operation panel. The CRP board transmits the LED indicator data and buzzer data to
the NC operation panel. The NC operation panel in turn transmits the keyboard data
and the switch data of the machine operation panel back to the CRP board. The status
of the switches and lamps can be viewed at the Panel I/O screen in the Check Data
function.
CRP 9 (A911-1580) CRT Processor board
This board has the same function as the CRPII-C board. The only difference is the CRP 9
board has no graphics support. It does not have the Color graphics IF. The CRP 9 board is
standard on the OSP 500 control.
SVP-IID Servo Processor board
This board is used to control the brushless servo motors. The SVP board determines the axis
speed and position. The SVP is equipped to handle one DA/AD, one pulse generator, one
pulse handle, and six sensors. The three major signals that are computed by the SVP are
RAPA, RCON, and RDIFF. RAPA is the actual axis position data coming from the absolute
position encoder used on the axis servo motors. RCON is the computed or commanded axis
position data. RDIFF is the following error. A single SVP board can control two axes. For
control of more than two axes, additional SVP boards and axis cards can be added to the
system. Up to 10 axes may be controlled by one OSP 5020 CNC.
There are three versions of the SVP-IID board. The part number for the standard SVP board
used on lathes is A911-1531. The part number for the standard SVP board used on machining
centers is A911-1533. This board has no DA interface (IF).
Machines with more than five axes use the SVP board part number A911-1531 along with the
SVP board part number A911-1532. The 1532 board has an SPC5 card mounted to it which
receives the clock signals from the SPC4 card. The SPC5 card is only used with the 1532
board.
The DA IF generates a full scale +/- 10 volts analog signal which is used for spindle speed
control. The AD IF is a 0 to 10 volts signal which is used to display the spindle load status at
the CRT.
The pulse generator IF is used for spindle speed and position feedback. The pulse handle IF is
used for determining and storing the number of notches the pulse handle has moved. The six
sensors are used for touch setter options.
Prior to the design of the SVP-IID, the SVP-IIC was used in conjunction with the TB board.
The TB board provided timing for the SVP as well as providing the DA signal for the spindle.
These two functions have now been combined into the SVP-IID board.

Rev. 10-09-02 5-13
CONSTRUCTION
SPC1 (A911-1534) Additional 1 axis card
This card contains one axis control, position encoder IF, and sensor IF. Up to 3 SPC1 cards
may be mounted on an SVP IID.
SPC2 (A911-1535) Additional Pulse Handle card
This card contains two additional pulse handle circuits. This card is frequently used on Grind-
ers.
SPC3 (A911-1536) Additional Pulse Generator and DA card
This card contains an additional pulse generator and DA IF. An example of where this could
be used is on a machine with a sub-spindle.
SPC4 (A911-1537) Clock Driver card
When additional SVP-IID boards are used this card is used to transfer the clock signals from
one board to the next. A ribbon (flat) cable is used to transfer these signals.
SPC6 (A911-1538) Fiber Optics card
This card is used when high-speed communications is needed. This card serves as an I/O card
and has no CPU. The SPC6 is mounted on the SVP-IID board and is connected to a high-
precision VAC unit by a fiber optic cable.
EC Board (A911-1120) Electrical Control board
This board provides the I/O information to the main processor (MB-IIB). This board has no
CPU. It reads the machine status from the limit switches, etc. and controls the various solenoids,
indicator lamps, and relays, etc. This board has 72 inputs and 40 outputs. Up to 6 EC boards
can be added to the OSP 5020 CNC. The EC boards are labeled E0 to E5 and the address
setting switch has to be set accordingly. This board is used on Lathes and Grinders.
ECP Board IIA Electrical Control Processor board
This is the Electrical Control board for the OSP 5020M controls. It is also used on some OSP
5020L controls that have special functions, such as robot or gantry loader systems. It contains a
main processor with main memory and back-up memory. This board has a high-speed 16 bit
microprocessor with a clock frequency of 15 MHz. This board has the following features: up to
3 DA channels, 2 channels for F-type encoders, EC bus IF.
The main memory is a 128Kbyte D-RAM. This type of RAM is continually being refreshed to
keep it from losing any data. The back-up memory is a 48Kbyte S-RAM. This type of RAM is
a C-MOS type memory device whose contents are retained by a 3.6 V lithium battery. The back-
up memory is used to save tool location and position data. It also saves APC data.

5-14 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
There are three versions of the ECP-IIA board. The ECP-IIA (A911-1542) has three DA
channels, (A911-1547) has one DA channel, and (A911-1548) has no DA channel. The
DA channels are for the D type servo drives and VAC I (spindle drive unit).
The ECP board converts the spindle motor speed command into an analog voltage and
sends it to the VAC. If a High-Precision VAC (VAC II & III) is used, this signal comes
from the SVP board.
The ECP board can handle two F-type encoders which provide the feedback signals from
the EC controlled servo drives of the ATC and APC.
The EC bus IF has a buffer memory. The data communication between the buffer
memory and the EC I/O rack is transmitted via the EC bus.
ECP Card 2 (A911-1142) Expansion card
This card provides an additional 32 inputs and 32 outputs.
ECP Card 3 (A911-1143) Expansion card
This card provides an additional 2 channels for Pulse Generator interface. It also provides 4
additional inputs and 4 additional outputs.
ECP Card 4-II (A911-1544) Expansion card
This card provides an additional 3 channels for position encoders and 3 channels for DA inter-
face.
FDC II BOARD (A911-1703) Floppy Disk Control board
This board is used exclusively for 3.5 inch FDD control. It has no RS-232C IF or printer IF.
Floppy Manufacturer Model Guaranteed Signal

DiskSize Cable Length
3.5" Y.E. Data Co. YD-686C-1501C 4.5m Max.
(1.0/1.6M dual-type)
3.5" Y.E. Data Co. YD-702-6037 0.5m Max.
(1.0/2.0M dual-type)
8" Hitachi FDD412A 6m Max.

Rev. 10-09-02 5-15
CONSTRUCTION
RS Board (A911-125*) RS-232C Interface board
This is a communication board with RS-232C protocol. It can have up to four channels. The
last digit in the part number will coincide with the number of channels the board has.
CCP Board (A911-1594) Communication Control Processor board
This is a high-performance, serial communication board used with the DNC option. This board
allows for high-precision, high-speed serial communications processing.
CCPC2 Card (A911-1596) Signal Converter card
This card converts the signal level for RS-232C protocol.
CCPC3 Card (A911-1597) Signal Converter card
This card converts the signal level for RS-422 protocol.
TCC-A (A911-1598) Turret Control card

TCC-B (A911-1599)
The TCC is used for high-speed turret indexing. A single TCC can control 2 turrets, using a
hydraulic drive system. The TCC-A card has a built-in CPU along with 2 resolver IFs, 2 sole-
noid IFs, 2 contact IFs, and a local bus. The TCC-A is the main control card and the TCC-B is
the valve control card.
A learning function monitors the indexing position each time the turret indexes, with each
subsequent indexing operation becoming more precise.

5-16 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
EC I/O Rack
The EC I/O rack is external or separate from the OPUS control rack. This rack is found mostly
on Okuma machining centers. This rack consist of a Driver/Receiver board and some individual
I/O boards. The D/R board is also called the EC Control Unit and acts as the interface between
the ECP-IIA board and the EC I/O rack. A power supply unit is housed on the I/O rack. This
power supply provides all necessary power to the I/O boards. The I/O boards are equipped with
signal status LEDs.
DR (A911-1270) Driver/Receiver board
I-PT (A911-1275) Input board
This board has 32 inputs. Power supply to this board is +5 volts DC.
O-AC1 (A911-1271) AC SSR Output board
This board can handle a total of 8 output signals. This board has a maximum load of 1 amp.
The LED turns on when a minimum of .1 amp is detected. Power supply to this board is +5 and
+12 volts DC. The 8 outputs are fused. The solid state relays can handle 100 volts AC.
O-DC1 (A911-1272) DC SSR Output board
This board was replaced by the O-AC1 board. This board has a maximum load of 1.6 amps and
the SSRs can handle 24 volts DC. It also has 8 output signals.
O-TRP (A911-1268) Power Transistor Output board
This board has a total of 16 output signals. The maximum load this board can handle is 2 amps.
Power to this board is +5 volts DC. The transistors in this board can handle 24 volts DC.
O-TR (A911-1273) Transistor Output board
This board can handle a total of 32 output signals. This board is used for driving small indicat-
ing lamps. Power supplied to this board is +5 volts DC. The transistors on this board can
handle 60 mA.
O-TRH (A911-1278) Transistor High Output board
This board is the same as the O-TR board except its transistors can handle 150 mA. This board
is used to drive slightly larger indicating lamps.
O-RR (A911-1274) Reed Relay Output board
This board has 8 outputs. It is used for driving small power relays. Power delivered to this
board is +5 and +12 volts DC.

Rev. 10-09-02 5-17
CONSTRUCTION
Fieldnet I/O Unit
The Fieldnet unit basically consist of two parts: I/O units (substation) and Fieldnet card (main
station). Fiber optic cables are used to transmit data between the Fieldnet card and the I/O units.
The Fieldnet card is the interface between the ECPIIA board and the machine side components.
A block diagram is provided in figure 3. The following is a description of the boards associated
with the Fieldnet I/O unit.
FN Card (A911-1840) Fieldnet card
This card acts as the interface between the Fieldnet I/O unit and the ECP IIA board. It is
mounted on the ECPIIA board. It converts electrical signals to optical pulses that are sent out to
the CCOP cards. The FN card also converts optical pulses it receives from the CCOP cards to
electrical signals . The fieldnet card is referred to as the main station of the fieldnet I/O unit.
Double Column machining centers use an FN card (A911-1837) that has more power. This extra
power is needed to transmit optical pulses through longer fiber optic cables.
CCOP (A911-1841) Communication Control

Optical card
This card converts optical pulses it receives from the FN card to electrical signals needed to
control the I/Os on the APC. It also converts electrical signals coming from the APC to optical
pulses and send them to the FN card. This card is used exclusively for the APC. This card is
referred to as a substation card.
FCOM (A911-1846) Terminal card
This card is used to connect the common terminals (N24A1) for solenoids and switches used
to control the APC.
CCOP2 (A911-1847) Communication Control

Optical card 2
This card combines a CCOP and an FIPC. This card is a substation capable of handling 32
inputs.
CCOP3 (A911-1848) Communication Control

Optical card 3
This card is used when more than 32 inputs are needed. This extension card is connected to the
CCOP2 substation. Only two CCOP3 cards can be connected to the CCOP2 card. If more than
96 inputs are needed, an additional CCOP2 card has to be added.

5-18 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
FIPC2 (A911-1843) Fieldnet Input Photo Coupler card
This card has 16 inputs. This card is mounted to the CCOP card. This card reads the signals
sent from various switches and relay contacts associated with the APC.
FOHT (A911-1849) Fieldnet Output High Transistor card
This is an output card capable of handling 32 outputs. This card is used for turning on LEDs
and small control relays. The communication card (CCOP*) can handle only one FOHT.
FOPT (A911-1844) Fieldnet Output Power Transistor card
This card has eight outputs and is used to turn on solenoids, lamps, and relays. One communi-
cation card (CCOP*) can handle up to four FOPT cards.
Fiber Opitic Cable Part Numbers

E4982-702-002-5M (5 meters)Single Core
E4982-702-002-4M (4 meters) Single Core
E4982-702-002-2M (2 meters) Single Core
E9101-I06-001 (3 meters) Single Core
E4982-702-003 (6 meters) Double Core
E9101-I06-002 (10 meters) Double Core
E9101-I06-003 (5 meters)Double Core
E9101-I06-006 (1 meter) Double Core

Rev. 10-09-02 5-19
CONSTRUCTION
The following is information on how to troubleshoot a fiber optic cable.
The first step in checking a fiber optic cable is to do the light check. Simply put a light source
around one end of the fiber optic cable. If a light source is seen at the other end of the cable,
the cable is good. There will be some cases where the light source is seen but one of the tips
might be damaged causing an alarm. To check the tip of a fiber optic cable, a low cost slide
microscope can be used. The following are examples of tips that are either good or bad.
PASS
Perfect
T h e o u t s id e ed g e is
clean cut and a line that
is less than 2/3 of the
cir cumfer enceo f t he
fiber itself.
A piece of the outside

edge is broken but is
le s s t h a n 1 / 5 o f t h e
circumference o f t he
fiber.
FAIL
A piece of the outside

edge is broken whick is
mo re t ha n 1 /5 o f t he
fiber.
T h e o u t s id e ed g e is
clean cut but a line that
is more than 2/3 of the
fiber itself.

5-20 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
SERVO SYSTEMS
This section will cover the different types of servo systems used on Okumas 5000/5020 series
CNC machines. A servo system can be defined as a system for the automatic control of motion
by means of feedback. The controlled motion can be for positioning and/or velocity (RPM).
Okuma uses servo systems to control axis positioning and spindle revolution. Most of the servo
systems on machines with the 5000/5020 series control system use AC drive technology. Some
of the early models use DC drive technology with DC brush type motors. The following is a
description of the servo systems used on Okuma machines.
AXIS DRIVES
LDU 600
Some of the older lathes that use the early 5000L CNC control have the LDU 600 axis drive
servo system. LDU stands for Linear Drive Unit. This is a thyristor control system which
controls the rotational speed of a DC motor by regulating the firing angle of the thyristors. This
system utilizes PPS technology where the input voltage is converted into a series of gate pulses
with phase angles. PPS stands for Pulse Phase Shifting. A block diagram of the LDU 600 can
be seen below.

Rev. 10-09-02 5-21
CONSTRUCTION
LDU TR
Some of the older machining centers with the early 5000M CNC controls have the LDU TR axis
drive system. The TR stands for Transistor. This drive system utilizes PWM technology. PWM
stands for Pulse Width Modulation. The width or duration of the pulse is proportional to the
amplitude of the incoming DA signal at the pre-determined sampling time. A block diagram of
the LDU TR system is shown below.

5-22 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
BDU
The next axis drive servo system Okuma introduced was a flux vector Brushless Drive Unit.
This servo system incorporates AC drive technology. This drive system also utilizes PWM
technology. The DC power supply (DCPS) for this servo system can provide power for up to six
drive amplifiers. One drive amplifier can handle one BL (brushless) motor. There are two types
of BDU axis drives. The BDU-A which is used for axis positioning and the BDU-D which is
used for magazine or table positioning on ATCs and APCs.
The BDU-A system receives a digital command signal (RCON) from the SVP board. A block
diagram can be seen in Figure 5-5. The BDU-A drive amplifier is composed of three parts: base
unit, BDC board, and SVC board. The BDU type drives have 3 phase 220 VAC going to their
PCBs.
DCPS
VH VL
ABSOLUTE
SVP BDU/BLD BL MOTOR POSITION
TYPE A ENCODER
SPEED AND POSITION FEEDBACK
Fig. 5-5
The BDU-A and BDU-D use the same type of DCPS. This DC power supply converts the
incoming 220 VAC to 300 VDC. There are seven LED indicators on the PCB of the DCPS. The
following table shows what they mean.
Description of LEDs on BDU style DCPS.

LED Color Description
PS Green Power is supplied to the DCPS.
MCON Green Relay MCS on DCPS is energized.
Dis Yellow The switching regulator is turning on and dumping VH to VL.
LV Red Low voltage-The 300 VDC dropped below 220 VDC.
HV Red High voltage was detected. The 300 VDC went above 430 VDC.
PH Red A Phase Loss was detected in one of the 3 phases coming into the DCPS.
Over Dis Red The regeneration circuit was left on for too long.

Rev. 10-09-02 5-23
CONSTRUCTION
There are five check terminals on the lower right side of this same PCB board. The voltage
levels that should be measured are shown below the individual check terminals. The middle
terminal is the common and extreme caution should be taken when attaching a lead to this
terminal because there is a 100K ohm 2 watt (green) resistor right above this terminal that has
220 VAC going through it! Figure 5-5A illustrates how close the resistor is to the check termi-
nal.
The BDU type power supply has a Push Switch on it which is used to discharge the C5 capaci-
tor before doing any work on it. Do not press this push button when power is still being sup-
plied to the drives. The BLD and BLIID have an indication lamp that remains lit until the
capacitor is discharged. Wait until this lamp is off before doing any work on the drives.
The SVC board on the BDU-A drive amplifier has ten LED indicators on it. The following table
describes what they mean.
Description of LEDs on the SVC board of a BDU-A type drive amplifier.

PH Loss Red Phase loss in 220 VAC supplied to the BDC board.
VR Loss Red The + or - 12 VDC and/or 5 VDC has dropped below specifications.
IOCM Red Instantaneous Over Current in the Motor.
IOCS Red Instantaneous Over Current in the Servo amplifier.
LV Red Low Voltage
HV Red High Voltage
OC Yellow Over Current-Is triggered at 10 % of IOCM trigger level.
SAT Yellow Saturation-Drive amplifier received a heavy load.
SAOP Yellow Sub Amp Operation-Turns off when machine ready signal is received.
PSON Green Power is supplied to drive amplifier.

5-24 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
The BDU-D type axis drive as mentioned previously is used for controlling the ATC magazine
and the APC pallets. The two big differences about this drive compared to the BDU-A is the
command signal is an analog signal and comes from the ECP board. A block diagram of this
servo system can be seen in Figure 5-6.
The BDU-D drive amplifier is composed of four parts: base unit, BDC board, SVC-1 board, and
SVC-2 board.
The SVC-1 board has eight LED indicators on it. The following table describes what they mean.
Description of LEDs on SVC-1 board of a BDU-D drive amplifier.

D0 Yellow Used for inspection purposes during assembly.
APA Red This LED turns on whenever RCON and RAPA do not match.
MPR Red This LED turns on whenever the MPR data from the encoder is abnormal.
E8 Red This LED turns on whenever the E8 data from the encoder is abnormal.
CPU Green CPU is in normal operation. CPU is running.
ALA Red This Alarm LED turns on when the APA,MPR, or E8 LED turns on.
The SVC-2 board has the same LED indicators as the SVC board on a BDU-A drive amp. Refer
to the table for the SVC board on the previous page for a description of these LEDs.

Rev. 10-09-02 5-25
CONSTRUCTION
BLD
The BLD type drive system is basically a 2nd generation of the BDU drive. Like the BDU
drives, the BLD series has two types of drives, the BLD-A and BLD-D. The block diagram for
these drives are the same as the BDU types and can be seen in Figure 5-5 and 5-6. The BLD
type drives are physically smaller then the BDU type drives. It is possible to replace a BDU
drive with a BLD type drive. The BLD type drives only have single phase 220 VAC going to
their PCBs. On the BLD-A, the BDC and SVC boards are combined and called the SVC-A
board.
Like the BDU drives, the same DCPS is used for both BLD-A and BLD-D drives. The PCB on
this power supply only has two LEDs on it. The following table shows what they mean.

PSON Green Power is supplied to the DCPS.
OH Red Over Heat-The regeneration circuit is staying on too long.
The following is a description of the LEDs found on the BLD-A type axis drive amplifier.
Description of LEDs on BLD-A type drive amplifier.

PSON Green Power is supplied to the servo amp via connector 10.
SAOP Yellow Sub Amp Operation-Turns off when machine ready signal is received.
MOL Red Motor Over Load
LV Red Low Voltage
VR Red The + or - 15VDC and/or the 5 VDC has dropped below specification.
F.OL Red Fin Over Load-Heatsinks are getting too hot.
Amp Sat Yellow Amp Saturation-Drive amplifier received a heavy load.

5-26 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
The BLD-D type drive amplifier is also composed of four parts: base unit, BDC board, SVC-1
board, and SVCA-2 board. The SVC-1 board has the same LED indicators as the SVC-1 board
on a BDU-D drive amplifier. These LEDs are located on the lower left side of the SVC-1 board.
In addition, the LEDs that are on the SVC-2 board on the BDU-D drive amplifier are incorpo-
rated into the SVC-1 board of the BLD-D except for the PSON LED which is still on the SVCA-
2 board. The following table describes these LEDs which are located on the lower right side of
the SVC-1 board.
Description of LEDs on right side of the SVC-1 board on a BLD-D type drive amplifier.

SAOP.N Yellow Sub Amp Operation-Turns off when machine ready signal is received.
VR Red The + or - 15VDC and/or the 5 VDC has dropped below specification.
M.OL Red Motor Over Load
LV Red Low Voltage
There is a characteristics table for the D type servo drives (Servo Characterisitics Table). This
table defines the characteristics of the D type drive amplifier. These characteristics vary from
machine to machine and are dependent on the type or size of motor the drive amp is controlling.
There are four settings that should be looked at when a machine is first installed or a D type
drive amplifier is replaced. These are VLG, VNFB, VCOM and DA zero.
The first adjustment that needs to be made on the BLD-D drive amp when it is first installed in
the field is the DA zero check. With the machine powered up and the axes at a standstill, check
the voltage at check terminal DAC on the SVC # one board. Hook the common lead of the
DVM to the COM check terminal and the positive to the DAC check terminal. Adjust the DA
Zero potentiometer until the DVM reads 0.00 volts DC.
Set VNFB and VLG to the value given in the Servo Characterisitics Table.
The next adjustment that should be made is VCOM which needs to be adjusted until the correct
DIFF value (on characteristics table) is seen on the CRT during rapid movement (GOO).

Rev. 10-09-02 5-27
CONSTRUCTION
BLIID
The latest type of axis drive servo system is the BLIID. This is the 3rd generation drive. This
drive combines the DCPS and two drive amplifiers into one package. If a third axis is needed, a
BLIID with one axis control is installed. The BLIID is not interchangeable with its predecessors.
Like the 1st and 2nd generation drive amplifiers, there are two types of BLIIDs: BLIID-A and
BLIID-D. The BLIID-A is composed of two parts: SVCII board and Power board. A block
diagram of a BLIID-A can be seen in Figure 5-7. The following table describes the LED indica-
tors on the SVCII board of a BLIID-A.
Description of LEDs on BLIID-A type drive amplifier.

PON Green Power is supplied to the control board (SVCII).
OP Yellow Sub Amp Operation of first axis-Turns off when machine ready signal is received.
OCM Red Instantaneous Over Current in the Motor of first axis.
OCS Red Instantaneous Over Current in the Servo amplifier of first axis.
OV Red The inverter DC voltage (VH) is abnormally high.
UV Red The inverter DC voltage (VH) is abnormally low.
ROH Red The regenerative discharge circuit is overheating.
BOH Red The power board is overheating.
LOSS Red The control circuit voltage has dropped below specification.
OCS Red Instantaneous Over Current in the Servo amplifier of second axis.
OCM Red Instantaneous Over Current in the Motor of second axis.
OP Yellow Sub Amp Operation of second axis-Turns off when machine ready signal is
received.

5-28 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
BL-IID Type D
The BL-IID type D is used for some ATC magazines and tool change arms, table positioning on
some APCs and for crossrail positioning on some double column machining centers. This drive
receives an analog command signal from the ECP board. This D type drive is not used on ma-
chines with the OSP 7000 control. The BL-IID D type is composed of four parts: power board,
SVCII board, and two SVC-1 boards. Each SVC-1 board controls an axis. The SVC-1 board used
on a BL-IID type D is the same as the SVC-1 board on the BLD-D. A block diagram of a BL-IID
type D drive can be seen in figure 5-8.
Position Feedback Speed and Position Feedback
R SVC #1
Absolute
S (1 st axis) BL Motor Position
T Encoder
SVC #1
Absolute
ECPIIA (2 st axis) BL Motor Position
Encoder
Position Feedback Speed and Position Feedback

Fig. 5-8
The BL-IID type D axis drive as mentioned previously is used for positioning some ATCs, APCs
and crossrails. The two big differences about this drive compared to the BLII-D type A is the
command signal is an analog signal and it comes from the ECP board. The SVCII board is the
same as the SCVII board on the type A drives. The SVC-1 board has eight LED indicators on it.
The following table describes what they mean.

APA Red This LED turns on whenever RCON and RAPA do not match.
MPR Red This LED turns on whenever the MPR data from the encoder is abnormal.
E8 Red This LED turns on whenever the E8 data from the encoder is abnormal.
CPU Green CPU is in normal operation. CPU is running.
ALA Red This Alarm LED turns on when the APA, MPR, or E8 LED turns on.

Rev. 10-09-02 5-29
CONSTRUCTION
The following table describes the LEDs which are located on the lower right side of the SVC-1
board on BL-IID type D drive.

SAOP.N Yellow Sub Amp Operation - Turns off when machine ready signal is received.
VR Red The + or – 15DC and/or the 5 VDC has dropped below specification.
M.OL Red Motor Over Load
LV Red Low Voltage
There is characteristics table for the BL-IID type D servo drives. This table defines the characteris-
tics of the BL-IID type D drive amplifier. These characteristics vary from machine to machine and
are dependent on the type or size of motor the drive amp is controlling. There are three settings
that should be looked at when a machine is first installed or a BL-IID type D drive amplifier is
replaced. These are VLG, VNFB, and VCOM.
Before removing the drive unit.
The BDU servo system has a capacitor discharge switch on the DCPS (power supply). If a BDU
drive unit or power supply has to be removed, power off and then push this discharge button to
discharge the capacitors before removing the high voltage wires (VH & VL). This button is
labeled Push Switch.
The BLD and BL-IID servo systems do not have a Push Switch, they have an LED that stays
on if the capacitors are still charged. In most cases the LED on the BLD servo system will
slowly extinguish as soon as you power off. On BL-IIDs the LED does not extinguish right
away. If necessary the NFB breaker on the unit itself can be turned off to discharge the capaci-
tors immediately. If the breaker is not turned off, it will take 5 or 10 minutes for the capacitors
to discharge.

5-30 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
In Okuma language, the BDU, BLD, and BLIID type A drives are referred to as NC controlled
axis drives. These drive amplifiers are used for high accuracy positioning. They receive a
digital command signal from the SVP board.
The type D drives are referred to as EC controlled axis drives. They receive an analog command
signal from the ECP board. These axis drives are used for positioning the tool magazine of the
ATC, the pallets on the APC, and the crossrail on double column machining centers.
The latest drive amplifiers (BLIIDs) use IGBT technology. These Insulated Gate Bipolar Tran-
sistors generate less heat. Hybrid ICs along with IGBTs have helped in reducing the physical
size of drive amplifiers.

Rev. 10-09-02 5-31
CONSTRUCTION
Spindle Drives
Some of the older lathes that use the early 5000L CNC control have the SDU 600 spindle drive
servo system. SDU stands for Spindle Drive Unit. Like the LDU 600 axis drive, this is a thyris-
tor control system that controls the rotational speed of a DC motor by regulating the firing angle
of the thyristors. This system uses a tach generator as the feedback device for the motor and an
optical pulse generator as the feedback device for the spindle. A block diagram of the SDU 600
can be seen below.

5-32 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
Some Okuma machines are equipped with Fanuc spindle servo drives and motors. This servo
system utilizes an optical encoder for the motor speed feedback and a pulse generator for spindle
speed and position feedback. On machining centers, the command signal is generated by the
ECP board. On Lathes, the command signal is generated by the SVP IID board. Prior to the
SVP IID, the command signal was generated by the Timing board (TB0). The diagram below
depicts this type of servo system.
Another type of spindle servo system found on Okuma machines utilizes a Yaskawa drive
amplifier and a Yaskawa spindle motor. This system uses a resolver for motor speed feedback
and a pulse generator for spindle speed and positioning feedback. The command signal origina-
tion is the same as the Fanuc spindle servo system. See diagram below. The velocity command
signals from the ECP and SVP boards are analog.

Rev. 10-09-02 5-33
CONSTRUCTION
In 1985, Okuma introduced its own VAC spindle drive amplifier. All the characteristics of this
spindle servo system are basically the same as the Yaskawa system. The feedback system and
command signal origination are very similar. This drive has a light blue face plate.
In 1990, Okuma introduced the VAC II. This spindle drive amplifier utilizes fiber optics. For
any machine using a VAC II, the command signal is generated by the SVP IID and converted
from digital to optical pulses by the SPC6 card. The spindle speed and position feedback is sent
to the VAC Card I (CN 13) where it is converted into optical pulses and sent back to the SPC6
card. This drive has a dark brown face plate.

5-34 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
In 1994, Okuma introduced the VAC III. The VAC III is very similar to the VAC II except for its
physical size. The VAC card I was incorporated into the VAC control board. The spindle speed
and position feedback are sent to the VAC control board (CN 2) where it is converted into
optical pulses and sent back to the SPC6 card. Like the BL IID axis drive amplifiers, the VAC
III utilizes IGBTs and hybrid ICs which have helped in reducing the physical size of this latest
Okuma spindle drive amplifier.
Diagnosing a spindle drive alarm.
When the control receives an alarm signal from the spindle servo system, it generates a generic
alarm which the control sends to the CRT. This A level alarm is number 110 on lathes and 109
on machining centers. If this generic SDU alarm appears on the CRT, refer to the appropriate
maintenance manual to decipher the alarm condition.
The VAC has three operation status LEDs labeled M1, M2, and M3 and thirteen numbered
status LEDs on its control PCB. During normal operation, M1, M2, and M3 are off and the
thirteen status LEDs show the status of the I/O signals on the VAC. In an alarm condition, the
on/off condition of these status LEDs can mean different things depending on the on/off condi-
tion of the operation status LEDs (M1, M2, and M3). The signal assignment of the status
LEDs can be determined by looking in the maintenance manual.
The VAC II and VAC III spindle drive amplifiers do not use a generic SDU alarm. The A level
alarms associated with VAC IIs and IIIs on lathes range from 1102 to 1142. On machining
centers these alarms range from 300-335. These two latest types of spindle drive amplifiers also
have two seven segment display LEDs which show an alarm number. Again, the meaning of
these status LEDs and alarm numbers can be deciphered by looking in the proper maintenance
manual.

Rev. 10-09-02 5-35
CONSTRUCTION
DC Brushless Motor
Okuma has used Brushless Motors since the BDU drives were introduced in the early 80s. The
information on the name plate of the motor is explained below.

5-36 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
Checking BL Motors
Demagnetization:
The following is a procedure on how to check a BL motor for demagnetization.
Once the motor is off the machine, check the smoothness of the shaft when rotated by hand. It
should be resistance free when the shaft is turned by hand. One way to check the magnet without
a scope is to jumper across U and V, then rotate the shaft. An intermittent drag (resistance) should
be felt as the shaft is rotated. A thump, thump sensation. Check U to W, and V to W with the
same procedure. Next jumper all three (U, V and W) together, a constant drag should be felt as the
shaft is rotated.
Megger Check
Connect both leads of the megger across any two of the three terminals (U, V or W). If the
megger indicates a short or an open, the motor is defective (2MÙ to 3MÙ is normal).
With one lead connected to the case of the motor, an open should be indicated when
the other lead is connected to U, V or W terminal (Check all three).
Resistance Check
Use the table on the next page to verify normal winding resistance on BL motors.

Rev. 10-09-02 5-37
CONSTRUCTION
Resistance Readings of BL Motors
The following are common resistance readings found on the windings of the BL motors
listed. These values were taken at an ambient temperature of 68° F; although the effects of
rising temperature are generally small on the resistance reading in these motors, a slightly
higher reading might be found then what is mentioned in this table.
Resistance Resistance
BL Motor reading across BL Motor reading across
UV or W UV or W
BL-H10E-20T BL-H20E-20T
BL-180E-20T BL-120E-20T
BL80E-20T
BL-MH101E-12S BL-MH201E-12S

BL-MH101E-12SB BL-MH201E-12SB
BL-MH101E-20T BL-MH201E-20T
BL-MH301E-20SB BL-MH201E-30T
BL-MH301E-20S
BL-MH301E-20T
BL-H700E-10T BL-MS50E-20T
BL-MS75E-20T BL-MS125E-20T
BL-MS140E-20T
SR series
BL-S10E-30T BL-MS50E-30T

BL-MS75E-30T BL-MS125E-30T
BL-MS140E-30T BL-MS50E-30TB

5-38 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION

Rev. 10-09-02 5-39
CONSTRUCTION
FEEDBACK DEVICES
A CNC control needs some kind of feedback from its servo systems in order to control the
machines axes accurately. A feedback device provides speed and positioning information. The
following is a summary of the different types of feedback devices found on Okuma machines
with the 5000 series control. A brief description of each type is also included.
The early 5000 controls have DC drives as mentioned earlier in this section. The LDU 600 and
LDU TR utilize a tachometer and a D6 absolute position encoder for axis speed and position
feedback. The SDU 600 utilizes a tachometer and a pulse generator for spindle speed and
position feedback.
All the other Okuma axis drives which use the BL motor have an absolute position encoder
(E,F,FB,or FC) for speed and position feedback. Some machines utilizes MPRs or Inductosyn
transducers along with the absolute position encoder for high accuracy positioning.
All of the Okuma AC spindle servo systems utilize a resolver and a pulse generator for speed and
position feedback. The Fanuc spindle servo system is the only exception. It utilizes an optical
encoder instead of a resolver for motor speed feedback.
Some of the Okuma lathes have TCC resolvers which are used to control turret positioning.
Some of the latest lathes have turrets that are driven by a BL motor which have an HC type
absolute position encoder.
Tachometer
Commonly referred to as a tachgenerator this type of device is used for velocity (speed) feed-
back. This device generates a DC voltage. On Okuma machines, the tachgenerator is used to
monitor actual motor speed. The faster the DC motor turns the higher the DC voltage level. If
the rotation direction is changed, so will the polarity of the voltage generated by the
tachgenerator. Most tachgenerators are rated for a certain voltage level. For example, if a
tachgenerator is rated at 7v/1000rpm, the voltage generated by the tachgenerator will be 7 vdc
when the motor is turning at 1000 rpm, 14 vdc when the motor is turning at 2000 rpm and so on.
This voltage signal should be a DC level, with very little noise or ripple. Most tachgenerators
used on the Okuma axis drive motors are rated at 7 volts per 1000 rpm and 20 volts per 1000
rpm for the SDU 600. The voltage that the tachgenerator is rated at can be determined by
looking at the characteristics sheet for the axis or spindle drive in question. Again, this type of
feedback device is found on any machines with DC spindle drives.

5-40 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
Absolute Position Encoder
This Okuma patented device is used for axis speed and position feedback. The D6 type is only
used on DC axis servo systems (LDUs). The axis servo systems which utilize the BL motor
(BDU, BLD, or BLIID) use the E,F,FB, or FC type absolute position encoder. The E and F types
are being phased out. If an E or F type is replaced, it is replaced with an FB or FC. The FC type
absolute position encoder is the newest and is physically shorter (approx. 3/4 of an inch) then the
older styles. Hence, the FB,F, or E types cannot take the place of an FC. The E, F, FB, and FC
types are capable of making 2048 revolutions before turning over(back to zero). An HC type
absolute position encoder has been developed for high speed turrets and rotary tables. The
output shaft of the HC can turn 7200 revs before turning over.
The absolute position encoder uses a multi-pole resolver (MPR) for lower digit positioning
(.0001) along with pulse type heads for upper digit positioning (123.4560). The control sends a
5 kHz sine and cosine signal to the MPR in the absolute position encoder. The CNC control
generates a clock signal (81.92 Mhz) which it compares to the phase offset between the sine
signal and the MPR feedback signal. The control counts the number of clock pulses per phase
shift and multiplies this number by the distance per pulse. Every time the output shaft of the
absolute position encoder turns 36°, there is a 360° offset between the sine signal and the MPR
feedback signal. This equates to 16384 clock pulses per tenth of a revolution. This The E8-1
rotor rotates one position for every 360° phase shift. This feedback signal is sent back to the
OSP control. The parallel pulse signals from the pulse type heads are digitized inside the en-
coder and also sent back serially to the OSP control.
The absolute position encoder is physically attached to the BL motor. In some cases this encoder
is used on ATC magazines which are hydraulically driven. This encoder is referred to as an
encoder with shaft. This encoder has a casing around it with a shaft sticking out where as the
more common absolute position encoder has no casing around it and has a coupler that is
mounted onto a shaft in the BL motor.
Procedure for Replacing Absolute Position Encoders
Removing Encoder From Motor
1. Unscrew the four clamping bolts (M4 or M5) to remove the back cover of the motor.
2. Remove the cover and resin frame. It may not be easy to remove by hand due to the
adhesion of packing. In this case, the cover can be removed by lightly hitting the cover
with a soft hammer. Positively prohibit hitting it with a metallic hammer or hitting it
hard with a soft hammer since the parts may be broken.
3. Disconnect the encoder input/output connector (ribbon cable) by pulling down the lock
levers on both sides of the connector.
4. The encoder diaphragm is attached to the motor chassis by four special long head bolts.
Remove these bolts to detach the encoder diaphragm from the chassis of the motor.

Rev. 10-09-02 5-41
CONSTRUCTION
Removing the encoder from the motor shaft.
The encoder input shaft and the motor shaft are joined by an M5 hexagon socket head
bolt. There is a hole in the center of the encoders printed circuit board. The encoder can
be removed from the motor shaft by inserting the long side of an M5 Allen wrench
through this hole, inserting it into the head of the hexagon bolt. Insert a pipe into the
short side of the wrench (or use a T handle wrench)and loosen the bolt. It might be
necessary to secure the motor shaft so that it does not rotate while this bolt is being
loosened. If there is a pulley attached to the motor shaft, for example, holding the pulley
by hand will be sufficient to secure the motor shaft. When the pulley cannot be held by
hand, take into consideration placing a prop between slide table and body.
This completes the procedure for removing the Absolute Position Encoder.
Installing the encoder to the motor (Basically, install the encoder in the reverse order of re-
moval.)
Installing the encoder to the motor shaft.
Prepare and confirm the following items before installing the encoder to the motor shaft.
• Check for damage or rust on the taper.

• Check for dirt or foreign substances.
• Check for deformation of motor shaft positioning key slot.
When installing the encoder to the motor shaft, adjust the positional relationship of the encoder
to the motor on the two following items.
• Align the motor shaft adjusting key slot and the encoder input shaft adjusting pin.
• Align the diaphragm phase adjusting pin of encoder and the adjusting pin hole made in the
motor flange. (The adjusting pin hole made in the motor flange is placed at the bottom right
viewed from the encoder installing side.
Adjust the positional relationship of the motor shaft and encoder input shaft and lightly tighten
the encoder input shaft M5 bolt with the allen wrench through the center of encoders printed
circuit board. At this time, while the bolt is still loose, align the diaphragm phase adjusting pin
of the encoder with the adjusting pin hole made in the motor flange. If the input shaft is tight-
ened in the condition that the pin and hole are not aligned correctly, it will cause the diaphragm
to be distorted, so that the encoder cannot be installed properly. Therefore, care should be taken
to align the pin and hole. Remount the four special long head bolts to attach the encoder dia-
phragm to the chassis of the motor.
Finally tighten the input shaft to 60kg/cm(854inch pounds).

5-42 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
Connecting the encoder input/output (ribbon cable) connector.
Since this connector has a protruding portion to prevent an error during insertion, care should be
paid to its insertion direction. (Insert the connector with its protruding portion pointed at the
center (inside) of shaft. Turn the lock levers towards the inside. At this time, check for a click-
ing noise. If the connector is not inserted sufficiently, the clicking noise will not be heard or felt.
Install the cover and resin frame
The installation of the encoder is completed.
At this point, refer to the Parameter section to redefine the Stroke End Limits and Zero Offsets.
If the absolute position encoder is replaced on a machining center, only the Zero Offset has to be
redefined.
MPR
Some machines have an MPR (MultiPolar Resolver) mounted directly to the ballscrew. This
MPR is the same as the MPR in the absolute position encoder. The MPR is used in conjunction
with the absolute position encoder to provide greater accuracy. This resolver has eight poles;
four sine poles and four cosine poles. The sine and cosine signals are generated by the OSP
control. As the stator (located in the center of the eight poles) rotates, a feedback signal is
generated. This feedback signal will be phase shifted up to 360 degrees depending on the
position of the stator which is directly coupled to the output shaft of the MPR. As mentioned
above, the OSP generates a clock signal which it compares to the phase shift between the feed-
back and sine signals. There is a set number (163,840) of clock signals within a 360 degree
phase shift. By knowing the distance the axis travels for each clock pulse, the control counts the
number of clock pulses per 360 degree phase shift and multiplies the number by this set distance
to determine how much the axis has traveled.
Inductosyn
The bigger the machine, the longer the axis ballscrew. The longer the ballscrew , the more room
there is for error due to heat expansion of the ballscrew. An inductosyn feedback system is a
practical way of compensating for ballscrew growth. It is also used on machines requiring high
accuracy positioning. An inductosyn feedback used in conjunction with the absolute position
encoder enables the control to detect axis positioning in units of .1 microns.
An inductosyn transducer is a high accuracy multi-pole position data device. There are linear
and rotary inductosyns. The linear inductosyn uses an inductive scale that is attached to the
table of the machine. A reference signal is sent to this scale. On the other side is the slider
which has a sine and cosine pickup coil. As the slider is moved across the face of the scale, two
signals are induced (sine & cosine) which are 90° out of phase. These two signals are sent to the
preamp board where they are combined and sent back to the OSP control as the POS(position)
signal.

Rev. 10-09-02 5-43
CONSTRUCTION
It is critical that the sine & cosine signals are 90 degrees out of phase. This can be checked by
looking at CT1 and CT2 on the preamp board. The VR1 potentiometer on the pre-amp board is
adjusted to get the desired POS signal. The desired signal is a steady sinewave anywhere from 6
to 12 Vpp at the POS check terminal. The POS signal is compared to the reference signal. Like
the resolver, the control determines the phase offset between the POS and reference signals and
calculates how much the axis has moved.
Rotary inductosyn transducers work in the same way. Instead of a scale and slider you have a
rotor and stator. Okuma uses inductosyn transducers mostly on machining centers. The data
from the MPR and inductosyn feedback devices are used for positioning purposes.
VAC Resolver
VAC spindle motors have a resolver mounted to it to determine actual motor speed. The control
sends a sine and cosine signal to the stator. The rotor induces a feedback signal. This signal is
7812 hertz when the motor is stopped. The control determines the actual motor speed and
direction by the frequency level of this signal. The frequency can be calculated by using the
following equation:
f = 1/T = 1/(128 x 10-6) ± 8N/60
where N is the motor speed, add in the forward direction, and subtract in the reverse direction.
The motor to spindle speed ratio can be determined by looking in the Operation and Mainte-
nance manual.
Pulse Generators
Okuma uses pulse generators for spindle speed and position feedback. One exception is ma-
chines with Fanuc spindle drives and spindle motors. The Fanuc motor uses an optical encoder
for motor speed feedback. Encoder is a more common name for a pulse generator. Pulse gen-
erators on Okuma machines can be of the optical or magnetic type.
The optical encoder (pulse generator) contains a glass or metallic disk with a number of lines
etched on its surface. The outer row divides one revolution into a specific number of units. The
inner row contains the marker pulse which indicates to the control where to start counting.
Similar to an inductosyn transducer, two signals are generated (A and B phase) by the pulse
generator which are 90° out of phase. These two signals are sent back to the control. The 90°
phase difference for these two signals is how the control determines which direction the pulse
generator is turning. The control monitors the frequency of these signals to determine how fast it
is turning.

5-44 Rev. 10-09-02
CONSTRUCTION
The magnetic pulse generator does basically the same thing. Instead of a light source, a rotary
disc is attached to the spindle assembly. In the magnetic pulse generator are magnetic resistor
devices which produce the A and B phase signals mentioned above. There is a marker pulse (Z
phase) on this same rotary disc which is used to orient or position the spindle.
On Okuma machine tools, the pulse generator is used mostly for spindle orientation and spindle
speed display. The resolver in the spindle motor is used to monitor and control the spindle
speed. On machining centers, the pulse generator and the resolver signals are used to monitor
the spindle speed.

Rev. 10-09-02 5-45
CONSTRUCTION
The following table shows test points on the Okuma VACII or VACIII and the correct signal
profile for the magnetic pulse generator
TCC Resolver
This resolver is used for turret positioning. A sine and cosine signal is sent to it from the control
and a feedback signal is sent back to determine the distance traveled. This type of resolver is
seen mostly on the Okuma LR, LT, and Cadet M series lathes. The adjustment procedure for this
feedback device can be seen in the maintenance manual for the specified machine.

5-46 Rev. 10-09-02
Notes EL501
Notes EL501
DIAGNOSTICS
CH .
DIAGNOSTICS
This section will cover the CRT displays (menus) which are often used for troubleshooting
purposes. This section will also discuss the different types of alarms that are generated by the
control.
For the most part, three CRT display menus are used for diagnosing a machine problem. These
modes can be accessed as long as the machine is in one of the three operation modes. They can
be accessed by pressing the appropriate function key.
ACTUAL POSIT F2
BLOCK DATA F4
CHECK DATA F7
ACTUAL POSITION
The Actual Position mode is used to show axis position data. In this mode, the actual position
can be viewed in enlarged characters. The part program can be viewed along with the actual
position data. The Load Display can be viewed in this mode also. The following is a description
of the data shown in the individual menus of the Actual Position mode on a 5000/5020L series
control.
The first line on the CRT will display the operation mode currently selected. If a program has
been selected, the program name along with the block number currently active is also shown on
the first line.
XA Actual X axis position data of A turret

ZA Actual Z axis position data of A turret
XB Actual X axis position data of B turret {seen on two-saddle or}
ZB Actual Z axis position data of B turret { two-turret machines }
Pressing the Page up or Page down key will bring up the next menu. Pressing the A or B turret
select keys will show the individual turret conditions.
XA(B) Actual X axis position

Xd Remaining distance to X axis target point
ZA(B) Actual Z axis position
Zd Remaining distance to Z axis target point
Fx X axis feedrate in mm/min
Fz Z axis feedrate in mm/min
N Sequence number
T Tool change command
S Actual spindle speed in rpm
CA Actual position of the spindle in degrees

Rev. 8-21-01 6-1
DIAGNOSTICS
On this same menu, the program is shown on the right side of the CRT. The line identified by
the arrow-up mark ( ) is the block being executed. The right arrow symbol ( ) indicates the
blocks read and stored into the buffer.
Pressing the Page Down key will show the machine state and load display menu. This page
shows the following additional information.
M Spindle gear range

V Surface cutting speed
The right side of the CRT shows the load status of the spindle, X and Z axes.
Another menu in the Actual position mode shows the following information.
Program Actual position data

Distance Remaining axis travel amount of the individual axes
Shift Shows the actual position value from the zero offset
Machine Shows the raw data coming from the absolute position encoder (RCON)
Tool Offset Shows the active tool offset amounts
Pitch Shows the pitch error compensation data when applicable
Machining Center
The following is a description of the data shown in the individual menus of the Actual Position
mode on a 5000/5020M series control.
X X axis position
Y Y axis position
Z Z axis position
B B axis position in degrees
CO Work coordinate system number
F Actual feedrate
S Actual Spindle speed
H= Tool length offset number
D= Cutter radius compensation number
O Currently active subprogram name
N Sequence number (block number)
Gear Spindle drive gear condition
Touch
Sensor Reverse display indicates the Touch Sensor is on.
Touch
Probe Reverse display indicates the Touch Probe is on.
The Load Status display screen on the right side of this display screen shows the load conditions
of the spindle and individual axes.

6-2 Rev. 8-21-01
DIAGNOSTICS
The following data is on a third page of the Actual Position mode.
Local Coordinates The distance referenced to the origin of the local coordinate system
Work Coords (APA) The distance referenced to the origin of the work
Work Coords coordinate system
Machine Coords The distance referenced to the machine origin (zero offset)
Feedback Coords Raw data coming from the absolute position encoder (RAPA)
Target Value The programmed destination point
Distance Remaining The distance remaining to the programmed destination point
Manual Shift Actual The manual shift amount of axis in the current operation
Manual Shift Total The total manual shift amount
Pitch Error Comp Shows the pitch error compensation at the present position
A-Mtd This indicates the normal running operation method has been selected for the
program being executed. B-Mtd would indicate a larger memory
volume was selected.
BLOCK DATA
The block data soft key allows the operator to access the menus that show the programmed
conditions of the machine one block at a time. The operator can see what block of information
is being, or will be executed. The following pertains to 5000/5020L controls.
Lathe
The CURRENT screen shows the program data of the currently executed block.
The left side of the screen shows the G and M codes that are in effect. The following is a de-
scription of the data shown in the Block Data mode.
X Target value of X axis

Z Target value of Z axis
Xa Target value of X axis in thread cutting mode
Za Target value of Z axis in thread cutting mode
Xb Starting point of thread cutting in X axis
Zb Starting point of thread cutting in Z axis
Xc Target point of thread cutting in X axis
Zc Target point of thread cutting in Z axis
I Programmed I value (radius of cut with respect to the X axis)
K Programmed K value (radius of cut with respect to the Z axis)

Rev. 8-21-01 6-3
DIAGNOSTICS
Lathe
Ia End point of arc
Ka End point of arc
C Target value of C axis
F Programmed F value (feedrate)
Fa Programmed dwell time (G04)
E Programmed E value (specifies the lead variation rate per pitch)
S Programmed S value (spindle speed)
T Tool number
Ta Tool offset number
Tx Tool offset value with respect to X axis
Tz Tool offset value with respect to Z axis
P Programmed P value (synchronization command for 4 axes cutting)
W Target value for W axis
SB Rotary tool command
WA (on LT 15-M)
N Sequence name
The following data is shown on the right side of the screen no matter which menu is selected in
the Block Data mode.
Sr Actual spindle speed

Sm Maximum spindle speed
fx Feedrate of X axis in mm/min
fz Feedrate of Z axis in mm/min
fm Axis traverse speed in mm/min
fr Axis traverse speed in mm/rev
Sb Rotary tool spindle speed
Om Main program name
Pr Programmed number of main program repetitions
Pe Actual number of programs executed
BC Block counter (number of lines executed)
Buffer Data
Full Buffer register is full
Empty Buffer register is empty
The three other menus in the Block Data mode are:
NEXT Displays the data to be executed after the CURRENT data.

QUEUED Displays the data to be executed after the NEXT data.
READ Displays the latest block of data stored in the buffer register.

6-4 Rev. 8-21-01
DIAGNOSTICS
Machining Center
The Block Data menus on 5000/5020M controls are very similar to the menus on lathe controls.
The four menus are labeled: CURRENT, BUFFER, SECOND BUFFER, and THIRD
BUFFER on machining center controls. On some controls the fourth menu is labeled like the
lathe controls, READ.
The block data soft key allows the operator to access the menus that show the programmed
conditions of the machine one block at a time. The operator can see what block of information
is being, or will be executed. The CURRENT screen shows the program data of the currently
executed block. The left side of the screen shows the G and M codes that are in effect. The
following is a description of the data shown in the Block Data mode on 5000/5020M controls.
X Target value of X axis

Y Target value of Y axis
Z Target value of Z axis
B Target value of B axis
I Programmed I value (radius of cut with respect to the X axis)
J Programmed J value (radius of cut with respect to the Y axis)
K Programmed K value (radius of cut with respect to the Z axis)
F Programmed F value (feedrate)
Fd Feedrate command value (0.001mm/12.8msec)
Ft Feedrate (F1 digit command option)
F1 Feedrate (F1 digit command option)(feedrate setting command)
S Programmed S value (spindle speed)
Tc Active tool number
Tn Next tool number
M M command value
H Tool offset number
D Cutter radius compensation number
Ha Work coordinate system number
Np Hole number in coordinate calculation
Hc Work coordinate system number
The following data is shown on the right side of the screen no matter which menu is
selected in the Block Data mode.
Sr Actual spindle speed

So Programmed spindle speed (overridden)
fm Axis traverse speed in mm/min
fr Axis traverse speed in mm/rev
Pr Programmed number of main program repetitions
Pe Actual number of programs executed
Nr Hole number for restart
Ns Sequence specified by the sequence stop

Rev. 8-21-01 6-5
DIAGNOSTICS
Cr Number of times the subprogram is to be repeated

Ce Number of times the subprogram has been repeated
BC Block counter (number of lines executed)
EMPTY No data in buffer register
EXIST Data in buffer register
CHECK DATA
The check data soft key allows the operator to check the individual I/Os of the machine. From a
maintenance standpoint, the check data mode is one of the most useful functions on the control.
This mode can be accessed while the machine is in any of its three operation modes. The differ-
ent menus are accessed by pressing the Page up or Page down buttons. The following menus
pertain to the 5000/5020L controls.
Axis
This menu displays data related to the various axes on the machine. The menus are labeled
Axis (1),Axis (2), etc. A description of the data is provided.
RDIF Following error of axis drives, difference between RCON and RAPA
RAPA Actual position data coming from the absolute position encoder
RCON The calculated actual position data
RSKP1 Coordinates of touch point (sensor 1)
QSPPC Spindle position (PG outputs 4096 pulses/rev)
RSVPVAR1 Servo processor variable
RSVPVAR2 Servo processor variable
RD6PRD Output from a type F position encoder
RIDSYND Inductosyn scale output data
RLASER Output from a laser beam measuring device
RTRTM Turret rotation time during tool change (The time duration from the
moment the turret is unclamped and reclamped during a tool change.)
RLOAD Displays the actual percentage of torque (load) on the servo motors
RHTRT Rotation speed of a high-speed turret in rpm

6-6 Rev. 8-21-01
DIAGNOSTICS
Lathe
EC I/Os
The EC input and output screens show the status of the machine related electrical devices. An
example of an EC input would be a signal from a proximity switch or a pressure switch. A
confirmation signal is usually an EC input that the control is looking for before it moves on to its
next operation. An example of an EC output is a signal coming out of the control to turn on a
light or energize a solenoid.
MDI OPERATION N 0
CHECK DATA UNIT 1 INCH
EC INPUT 01:
no. data bit7 bit6 bit5 bit4 bit3 bit2 bit1 bit0
1 11101111 TCLA CPA/ OPA/ OFA TLAC TLAB TLAA TLA9
2 00000010 TLA8 TLA7 TLA6 TLA5 TLA4 TLA3 TLA2 TLA1
3 10010001 TCLB CHP2 CHP1 SPL5 SPL4 SPL3 SPL2 SPL1
4 00000100 TLB8 TLB7 TLB6 TLB5 TLB4 TLB3 TLB2 TLB1
5 11000110 SSP/ TSP/ STR RST DROP SOA/ BOF BOL
6 11100000 CCC2 CCC1 TSRT TSLM TSOA TSRF TSA2 TSA1
7 01011111 IN24 EOF/ SCSF ALM/ APA/ SEA/ LOA/ LA/
8 11111111 SBA/ SLA/ SA/ TMA/ OHA/ OLA/ CBA/ ECON
9 00111001 OIL/ IILC TLXF TLZF SPZ SPC CHOP CHCL
10 11111111
11 11001100 IDC/ TSP/ DROP DRCL CDA/ CDM MANS ESIN
12 10000000 MIN EXOR CTIM TRST LOTC ESUE
DATA ACTUAL Part BLOCK CHECK EXTEND

INPUT POSIT Program DATA DATA
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
EC Extend I/Os
If a machine needs extra I/Os, an additional EC board is added to the control rack and these
I/Os can be viewed in the Extended EC I/O menus.

Rev. 8-21-01 6-7
DIAGNOSTICS
Lathe
Panel I/Os
Panel inputs and outputs are the I/Os pertaining to the machine operation panel and any option
panels the machine might have. These I/O signals communicate with the control via the CRP
board. A button being pressed on the machine operation panel is an example of a panel input.
An LED being turned on is an example of a panel output signal.
When an I/O signal is active (high or 1 or true), the signal name is shown in reverse
display. Signal names with a forward slash (/) indicate these signals are normally active signals.
This allows for quick diagnosis of a problem.
Spec Code
This menu shows which specification codes have been turned on. These codes activate soft-
ware files that are needed when certain options are purchased with the machine.
Machine Code
Only one of these machine codes will be on. This code tells the control what type of machine it
is controlling. If the maintenance person is not sure of the machine type he or she can look at
this menu to verify the type.
Machine Spec Code
These codes indicate the type of hardware applications or upgrades that have been added to the
machine. These modifications are usually done during assembly.
Alarm Message List
This page shows what type of alarms have occurred. CPU and P type alarms are not displayed
on this menu. The latest alarm is added to the top (No. 1) and the last one (No. 12) is dropped.
The list can be cleared by typing in ALMC and pressing the WRITE button. If an accurate time
is needed of when an alarm occurred, reset the time. The time and date can be reset by going
into the Edit Aux. mode and pressing the F1 function key for the date and the Extend function
key (F8) for the time.

6-8 Rev. 8-21-01
DIAGNOSTICS
Machining Center
The following information pertains to the 5000/5020M controls.
The display screens in the Check Data mode are numbered. The individual menus can be ac-
cessed by pressing the Page up or Page down keys or by using the Search command. Press the
soft key SEARCH (F5) and input the desired page number then press the WRITE key.
Pressing the SEARCH key and immediately pressing the WRITE key will automatically bring up
an index of the different menus in check data mode. Entering the number of the desired menu
and pressing the WRITE key will access the desired menu. This is a faster way of accessing a
certain menu in the check data mode.
Panel I/Os
These I/Os have the same function as the Panel I/Os on the lathe controls.
NC I/Os
These signals are used by the microprocessor on the main board to communicate with the rest of
the machine. Because of the excellent diagnostic capability of the OSP control,
these I/Os are rarely looked at when troubleshooting a problem.
Machine I/Os
These I/Os are equivalent to the EC I/Os on the lathe controls. These signals monitor switch
conditions and control solenoids and lamps on the machine itself.
Machine EX I/Os
These signals are extended inputs and outputs that are used when extra Machine I/Os are
needed.
NC Spec Table
These specification codes are used to turn on the software files needed for the particular machine
the OSP control is controlling.
MC Spec Table
These specification codes are used to tell the control what type of hardware the machine has.
The machines Management Data Card will show which codes should be turned on. These
specification codes are labeled EC spec codes on the Management Data Card.

Rev. 8-21-01 6-9
DIAGNOSTICS
NC Axis Data
This menu displays the data related to the NC servo drives(X,Y,Z). One page shows the ODIF,
RAPA, and load percentage of the individual axes in larger letters. The data displayed on the
other page is shown below.
RDIF The difference between RCON and RAPA

ODIF The RDIF when acc/dec is active
RCON The calculated position
RAPA Position encoder output
RSAPA The raw data from the absolute position encoder when contact with the
touch setter is detected.
RSVPVAR1 Servo data
RSVPVAR2 Servo data
Machine Axis Data
This menu shows the servo related data of the EC controlled axes. An example of these types
of axes are the APC shifter arm and magazine axes. The data displayed is shown below.
RDIF Difference between RCON and RAPA

RCON Calculated value
RAPA Encoder output
RCOM The commanded value
CA Carrier axis
MG1 Magazine axis
MG2 Magazine axis number 2
MG3 Magazine axis number 3
W APC shifter arm axis
Pressing the Extend function key (F8) and then the Axis Change function key (F6)
will show the W axis (pallet shifter arm) data.
Alarm List
This function is the same as the alarm list function on the lathe control.
System Variables
System variables are values the programmer can access through the control (NC) for checking
the condition of the machine. For example, tool length and its diameter could be accessed
through these variables. (VTOFH and VTOFD)

6-10 Rev. 8-21-01
DIAGNOSTICS
ALARMS
The OSP control is designed to make the most of its built-in computer capabilities. The self-
diagnostics function of the control constantly monitors the internal conditions of the CNC. The
control also monitors external conditions, such as machine conditions, program data, and opera-
tor input conditions. When a fault is detected, the control displays an alarm or error message.
Depending on the severity of the alarm, the machine can be brought to a complete stop immedi-
ately or the work process can be completed and then the machine will stop.
When an alarm message is displayed, the alarm light on the NC operation panel turns on and the
message is displayed on the 2nd line of the CRT.
CPU alarms are displayed on the central portion of the CRT. A CPU alarm will display an
access address. This access address indicates which board the CPU was trying to access when
the alarm occurred. Of the 8 digits displayed, only the six digits from the right are used when
looking up which board was being accessed. It is important to know what type of main board is
in the control rack (MB, MBII, MBIIA, or MBIIB) when checking the access address tables.
An error message is usually a warning that the operator has entered wrong data. This message is
displayed on lines 19 to 22 on the CRT and the alarm light does not turn on. An error message is
usually cleared as soon as another function is performed.
Machining centers also have a diagnostic message display function for ATC and APC operation.
These message displays can be accessed by pressing the EXTEND (F8) function key and then
the DIAGNOSIS (F5) function key. A description of these messages can be found in the Mainte-
nance manual of the machine in question.
When deciphering what an alarm means, it is useful to know how to count in Hexadecimal. It is
also useful to know how to convert from hex to binary or octal. The following is a brief
explanation of the different numbering systems used in computer technology.
In decimal, each position to the left of the decimal point indicates an increased power of ten. In
binary, base two, each place to the left signifies an increased power of two. The binary system
represents all numbers as strings of the digits one and zero. Either digit represents a bit which is
the smallest unit of information in a computer system. A nibble is four bits and a byte is eight
bits. A word is two bytes (16 bits) and a long word is two words (32 bits). Any one of these
units can occupy a single storage location and can be processed as a single unit by the computer.
Hexadecimal is a base 16 numbering system. One Hexadecimal number represents four bits.
Octal is a base eight numbering system. One Octal number represents three bits.

Rev. 8-21-01 6-11
DIAGNOSTICS
The following is a chart showing the different numbering systems.
Decimal Binary Hexidecimal Octal
0 0000 0 0
1 0001 1 1
2 0010 2 2
3 0011 3 3
4 0100 4 4
5 0101 5 5
6 0110 6 6
7 0111 7 7
8 1000 8 10
9 1001 9 11
10 1010 A 12
11 1011 B 13
12 1100 C 14
13 1101 D 15
14 1110 E 16
15 1111 F 17
The following table gives an example of how to convert from one numbering system to another.
The hexadecimal word CE is shown in the table below. This hex word converts to 11001110
in binary.
bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0

2³ 2² 2¹ 2º 2³ 2² 2¹ 2º
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
binary 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0
Hex C E
bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0

2¹ 2º 2² 2¹ 2º 2² 2¹ 2º
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0
Octal 3 1 6

6-12 Rev. 8-21-01
DIAGNOSTICS
The following table provides a description of the different types of alarms the control can gener-
ate.
Alarm Type Machine Condition Possible Operations Reset Procedure

CPU Alarm All machine No operations are Power off and back
functions stop. possible. on again.
1–15
CPU status is Changing display is Replace defective
displayed on CRT. not possible. part if necessary.
Alarm P Same as above. Same as above. Same as above.
50–99 Alarm # is
displayed on CRT.
Alarm A All axes movement Changing displays Press the RESET
stops. is possible. button.
100–399 Machine operation
1100–1199 (L) is not possible.
Alarm B All commands in Manual operations Press the RESET
the currently are possible. button.
400–899 executed block are
completed. MDI and Auto
operation are not
possible.
Alarm C The program being New programs Press the RESET
executed will be cannot be executed button.
900–999 completed. The until this alarm is
1900–1907 (L) control will stop the reset.
machine when it
sees an M02 or an
M30.
Alarm D All machining All operations are The alarm state is
functions work possible. cleared by
W00–W*** normally. removing the cause
of the alarm.
Error Messages Same as above. Same as above. Error messages are
cleared as soon as
2000–2999 another function is
performed.

Rev. 8-21-01 6-13
DIAGNOSTICS
The following is an example of what appears on the screen when a CPU level alarm occurs.
1-1 CPU - ALARM BUS ERROR (CYCLE OVER)

CPU STATUS (M1,M0,PRT,CYO,MMB,DIA,LOP,ECC) = 10
FUNCTION CODE = 10A1 ACCESS ADDRESS = FFFF7E2A
INSTRUCTION REGISTER = 10BC
D0 = 434E3000 D1 = 00010600 D2 = 434E3000 D3 = 00000000

D4 = 20200004 D5 = 80000000 D6 = 00000000 D6 = 00000000
A0 = FFFFDE90 A1 = 00001D0C A2 = 000015B8 A3 = 0000A128
A4 = 00888000 A5 = 00880000 A6 = 00075B80 A7 = 00072FFC
US = 000762EC SR = 00000004 PC = 000235E0
SBP MONITOR
>
If this alarm occurs, look up the access address displayed on the screen in the access address
tables at the end of this section. Make sure to verify which vintage Main Board is in the ma-
chine. There are three different tables, one for the MB-IIB, MB-II & IIA and one for the original
MB board. The board or card corresponding to the address having been accessed will most
likely be faulty. If necessary replace the board or card to which the address points. The two left
most digits are dropped when looking for the address.

6-14 Rev. 8-21-01
DIAGNOSTICS

Rev. 8-21-01 6-15
DIAGNOSTICS

6-16 Rev. 8-21-01
DIAGNOSTICS
Access Address (MB II B)

Address Board and Card Address Board and Card *1
000000 - 07FFFF Main card 11 (first) or 12 (first) F00000 - F1FFFF ECP board II and Card 1-II (volatile RAM)
080000 - 0FFFFF Main card 11 (second) or 12 (first) F20000 - F77FFF Not-used area
100000 - 17FFFF Main card 11 (third) or 12 (first) F78000 - F7BFFF ECP board II and card 1-II (non-volatile RAM)
180000 - 1FFFFF Main card 12 (first) F7C000 - F7CFFF Main card 2 (panel 1F)
200000 - 3FFFFF Main card 12 (second) or (first) F7D000 - F7DE3F Not-used area
400000 - 5FFFFF Main card 12 (third) or (first) F7DE40 - F7DE5F ECP card 4-II
600000 - 7FFFFF Not-used area F7DE60 - F7DEF7 ECP card 3 (PG, EC I/O)
800000 - 8FFFFF Main card 10 F7DE80 - F7DEBF Main card 3 (RS232C)
900000 - AFFFFF Not-used area F7DECO - F7DEDF Main card 3 (puncher, centronics)
800000 - BOFFFF Main board IIB F7DEE0 - F7DEFF ECP card 2 (EC I/O)
B10000 - CFFFFF Not-used area F7DF00 - F7DF3F Not-used area
D00000 - D1FFFF CCP board or CCP card (eighth) F7DF40 - F7DF5F ECP card 4-II
D20000 - D3FFFF CCP board or CCP card (seventh) F7DF60 - F7DF9F Not-used area
D40000 - D5FFFF CCP board or CCP card (sixth) F7DFA0 - F7DFBF Main card 2-II of main card 2, 4
D60000 - D7FFFF CCP board or CCP card (fifth) F7DFCO - F7DFFF Not-used area
D80000 - D9FFFF CCP board or CCP card (fourth) F7E000 - F7FCFF User-inhibited area
DA0000 - DBFFFF CCP board or CCP card (third) F7FD00 - F7FFFF ECP board II(D/A, R1C, encoder, ECBUS)
DC0000 - DDFFFF CCP card (second)
DE0000 - DFFFFF CCP board or CCP card (first) Address Board and card *2
E00000 - E77FFF Not-used area FFD000 - FFD05F IJP card 3
E78000 - E7FFFF CRP board 9 FFD060 - FFDO7F IJP card 5
E80000 - EFFFFF ECP board II 9 (second) FFD080 - FFD09F IJP card 6
F00000 - F7FFFF ECP board II (first) FFD0A0 - FFD0BF Not-used area
F800000 - F87FFF SVP board II (first) FFD0C0 - FFD0FF Main card 14
F88000 - F8FFFF SVP board II (second) FFD100 - FFDCFF Not-used area
F90000 - F97FFF SVP board II (third) FFDD00 - FFDE1F Main board IIB
F98000 - F9FFFF SVP board II (fourth) FFDE20 - FFDE5F Main card 7
FA0000 - FA7FFF SVP board II (fifth) FFDE60 - FFDE7F Not-use area
FA8000 - FAFFFF Timing board FFDE80 - FFDEBF Main card 13
FB0000 - FCFFFF CRP board II FFDEC0 - FFDEDF Main board IIB
FD0000 - FEFFFF Not used area FFDEE0 - FFDEEF ECP card 2 (first)
FF0000 - FF7FFF System I/O area FFDEF0 - FFDEFF ECP card 2 (second)
FF8000 - FFCFFF Not-used area FFDF00 - FFDFBF Main board IIB
FFD000 - FFDFFF Local I/O area FFDFCO - FFDFEF Main board IIB, bubble card
FFE000 - FFFFF Not-used area FFDFF0 - FFDFFF Main board, bubble card, main card 6, BE
board
Address Board and card FF7E30 - FF7E3F EC BOARD ( E3 ) or EC CARD

FF0000 - FF003F CRT board (for 300 panel for OH) FF7E40 - FF7E7F HC BOARD (MOP unit)
* 1 Addresses of main
FF0040 - FF6FFF Not-used area FF7E80- FF7EBF DATA BOARD (RS-232C 1ch.)
cards are those when they FF7000 - FF77FF ECBUS board FF7EC0 - FF7EDF DATA BOARD (RS-232C 2ch.)
are mounted on ECP FF7800 - FF78FF RS board (sixth) FF7EE0 - FF7EFF DATA BOARD or FDC BOARD
board II. FF7900 - FF79FF RS BOARD (fifth) FF7F00 - FF7F1F DATA BOARD (printer: centronics)
FF7A00 - FF7AFF RS BOARD (fourth) FF7F20 - FF7F3F Graphic board IG or graphic board
*2 Addresses of IJP cards FF7B00 - FF7BFF RS BOARD (third) FF7F40 - FF7F5F HDC board
and ECP cards are those FF7C00 - FF7CFF RS BOARD (second) FF7F60 - FF7F7F OSP500 CRP board
when they are mounted FF7D00 - FF7DFF RS BOARD (first) FF7F80 - FF7F9F Not-used area
on main board II. FF7E00 - FF7E0C EC BOARD ( E0 ) FF7FA0 - FF7FBF Not-used area
FF7E10 - FF7E1F EC BOARD ( E1 ) or EC Card FF7FC0 - FF7FDF (for DNC)
FF7E20 - FF7E2F EC BOARD ( E2 ) or EC Card FF7FE0 - FF7FFF OSP5 (remote display unit)
*3 Two digits from the
left are ignored. Six digits
from the right are
effective.

Rev. 8-21-01 6-17
DIAGNOSTICS
Access Address (MB II, MB II A)
Address Board and Card Address Board and Card *1

000000 - 07FFFF Main board II F00000 - F1FFFF ECP board II and Card 1-II (volatile RAM)
080000 - 0FFFFF Main card 1-II or 5-II F20000 - F77FFF Not-used area
100000 - 1FFFFF Main card 5-II F78000 - F7BFFF ECP board II and card 1-II (non-volatile RAM)
200000 - AFFFFF Use-inhibited area F7C000 - F7CFFF Main card 2 (panel 1F)
B00000 -B00007 Main board II F7D000 - F7DE3F Not-used area
B00008 - B03FFF Main board II F7DE40 - F7DE5F ECP card 4-II
B04000 - B07FFF Not-used area F7DE60 - F7DEF7 ECP card 3 (PG, EC I/O)
B08000 - BFFFFF User inhibited area F7DE80 - F7DEBF Main card 3 (RS232C)
C00000 - E77FFF Not-used area F7DECO - F7DEDF Main card 3 (puncher, centronics)
E78000 - E7FFFF OSP5 CRP board (RX-CRP board) F7DEE0 - F7DEFF ECP card 2 (EC I/O)
E80000 - EFFFFF ECP board II (second) F7DF00 - F7DF3F Not-used area
F00000 - F7FFFF ECP board II (first) or IJP board F7DF40 - F7DF5F ECP card 4-II
F80000 - F87FFF SVP board II (first) F7DF60 - F7DF9F Not-used area
F88000 - F8FFFF SVP board II (second) F7DFA0 - F7DFBF Main card 2-II of main card 2, 4
F90000 - F97FFF SVP board II (third) F7DFCO - F7DFFF Not-used area
F98000 - F9FFFF SVP board II (fourth) F7E000 - F7FCFF Use-inhibited area
FA0000 - FA7FFF SVP board II (fifth) F7FD00 - F7FFFF ECP board II(D/A, R1C, encoder, ECBUS)
FA8000 - FAFFFF Timing board
FB0000 - FCFFFF CRP board II Address Board and Card *2
FD0000 - FEFFFF Not-used area FFD000 - FFD05F IJP card 3 (AD)
FF0000 - FF7FFF System I/O area FFD060 - FFDO7F IJP card 5 (DA, PHP, FEED-P)
FF8000 - FFBFFF AXIS board FFD080 - FFD09F IJP card 6 (differential transformer)
FFC000 - FFCFFF Operation panel for OSP5000M-G FFD0A0 - FFDCFF Not-used area
FFD000 - FFDFFF Local I/O area FFDD00 - FFDE1F Main board II (DMA)
FFE000 - FFFFFF Not-used area FFDE20 - FFDE5F Main card (RS-422)
FFDE60 -FFDE7F Main board 2-II (general purpose switch)
FFDE80 - FFDEBF Main board 3 (RS232C)
FFDEC0 - FFDEDF Main board 3 (FACIT punch)
FFDEE0 - FFDEFF ECP card 2
FFDF00 - FFDE1F Main board II
FFDF20 - FFDF5F (Main board)
FFDF60 - FFDF9F Main board II (RTC, PTM,DIA)
FFDFA0 - FFDFBF Main card 2-II (PTR) or (Main card 2,4)
FFDFCO - FFDFCF Main board II (bubble card (first))
FFDFD0 - FFDFDF Main board II (bubble card (common))
FFDFEO - FFDFEF Main board II (bubble card (second))
FFDFF0 - FFDFFF Main board II, Main card 6, BE board (bubble
card)
Address Board and Card FF7E30 - FF7E3F EC BOARD (fourth) or EC CARD
FF0000 - FF003F CRT board (for 300 panel for OH) FF7E40 - FF7E7F HC BOARD (MOP unit)
* 1 Addresses of main cards FF0040 - FF6FFF Not-used area FF7E80- FF7EBF DATA BOARD (RS-232C 1ch.)
are those when they are FF7000 - FF77FF ECBUS board FF7EC0 - FF7EDF DATA BOARD (RS-232C 2ch.)
mounted on ECP board II. FF7800 - FF78FF RS board (sixth) FF7EE0 - FF7EFF DATA BOARD or FDC BOARD
FF7900 - FF79FF RS BOARD (fifth) FF7F00 - FF7F1F DATA BOARD (printer: centronics)
*2 Addresses of IJP cards FF7A00 - FF7AFF RS BOARD (fourth) FF7F20 - FF7F3F Graphic board IG or graphic board
and ECP cards are those FF7B00 - FF7BFF RS BOARD (third) FF7F40 - FF7F5F HDC board
when they are mounted on FF7C00 - FF7CFF RS BOARD (second) FF7F60 - FF7F7F OSP500 CRP board
main board II. FF7D00 - FF7DFF RS BOARD (first) FF7F80 - FF7F9F Not-used area
FF7E00 - FF7E0C EC BOARD (first) FF7FA0 - FF7FBF Not-used area
*3 Two digits from the left FF7E10 - FF7E1F EC BOARD (second) or EC Card FF7FC0 - FF7FDF (for DNC)
are ignored. Six digits from FF7E20 - FF7E2F EC BOARD (third) or EC Card FF7FE0 - FF7FFF OSP5 (remote display unit)
the right are effective.

6-18 Rev. 8-21-01
DIAGNOSTICS
Access Address (MB) (OSP5000)
Address Board and Card Address Board and Card *1 1 Addresses of main cards
000000 - 07FFFF Main board F40000 - F5FFFF ECP board, ECP Card 1 are those when they are
020000 - 03FFFF Main card 1 or 5 F60000 - F77FFF Not-used area mounted on ECP board.
040000 - 07FFFF Main card 5 F78000 - F79FFF ECP board and ECP card 1
080000 - EFFFFF User-inhibited area F7A000 - F7BFFF Not-used area *2 Two digits from the left
F00000 - F3FFFF ECP board (second) F7C000 - F7CFFF Main card 2 are ignored. Six digits from
F40000 - F7FFFF ECP board (first) F7D000 - F7DE3F Not-used area the right are effective.
F80000 - F87FFF SVP board (first) F7DE40 - F7DE4F ECP card 4
F88000 - F8FFFF SVP board (second) F7DE50 - F7DE5F Not used area
F90000 - F97FFF SVP board (third) F7DE60 - F7DEF7 ECP card 3
F98000 - F9FFFF SVP board II (fourth) F7DE80 - F7DEDF Main card 3
FA0000 - FA7FFF SVP board II (fifth) F7DEE0 - F7DEEF ECP card 2 (first)
FA8000 - FAFFFF Timing board F7DEF0 - F7DEFF ECP card 2 (second)
FB0000 - FCFFFF CRP board (OSP500L)I F7DF00 - F7DF9F Not-used area
FD0000 - FEFFFF Not-used area F7DFA0 - F7DFBF Main card 2
FF0000 - FF7FFF System I/O area F7DFCO - F7FCFF Not-used area
FF8000 - FFBFFF AXIS board F7FD00 - F7FFFF ECP board
FFC000 - FFCFFF Main card 2 or main card 4
(OSP5000)
FFD000 - FFDFFF Local I/O area Address Board and Card *2
FFE000 - FFFFFF Main board FFD000 - FFD05F IJP card 3
FFD060 - FFDO7F IJP card 5
Address Board and Card *2 FFD080 - FFD09F IJP card 6
FF8000 - FF9FFF AXIS board FFD0A0 - FFDCFF Not-used area
FFA000 - FFBCFF Not-used area FFDD00 - FFDE1F Main board
FFBD00 - FFBD3F AXIS board FFDE20 - FFDE5F Main card 7
FFB040 - FFBD4F AXIS card 3 FFDE60 -FFDE7F Not-used area
FFBD50 - FFBD5F AXIS card 4 FFDE80 - FFDEBF Main card 3
FFBD60 - FFBD7F Not-used area FFDEE0 - FFDEEF ECP card 2 (first)
FFBD8F - FFBD9F AXIS card 6 FFDEF0 - FFDEFF ECP card 2 (second)
FFBDA0 - FFBDBF AXIS card 1 FFDF00 - FFDF9F Main board
FFBDC0 - FFBDDF AXIS board, Axis card, Axis card 4 FFDFA0 - FFDFBF Main card 2 or 4
FFBDE0 - FFBDFF AXIS board FFDFC0 - FFDFEF Main board, bubble card
FFBE00 - FFBFFF AXIS board, AXIS card 1 FFDFF0 - FFDFFF Main board, Bubble
card, Main card 6, BE
board
Address Board and Card FF7E30 - FF7E3F EC BOARD (fourth) or EC CARD

FF0000 - FF003F CRT board (for 300 FF7E40 - FF7E7F HC BOARD (MOP unit)
panel for OH)
FF0040 - FF6FFF Not-used area FF7E80- FF7EBF DATA BOARD (RS-232C 1ch.)
FF7000 - FF77FF ECBUS board FF7EC0 - FF7EDF DATA BOARD (RS-232C 2ch.)
FF7800 - FF78FF RS board (sixth) FF7EE0 - FF7EFF DATA BOARD or FDC BOARD
FF7900 - FF79FF RS BOARD (fifth) FF7F00 - FF7F1F DATA BOARD (printer: centronics)
FF7A00 - FF7AFF RS BOARD (fourth) FF7F20 - FF7F3F Graphic board IG or graphic board
FF7B00 - FF7BFF RS BOARD (third) FF7F40 - FF7F5F HDC board
FF7C00 - FF7CFF RS BOARD (second) FF7F60 - FF7F7F OSP500 CRP board
FF7D00 - FF7DFF EC BOARD (first) FF7F80 - FF7F9F Not-used area
FF7E00 - FF7EOF RS BOARD (first) FF7FA0 - FF7FBF Not-used area
FF7E10 - FF7E1F EC BOARD (second) FF7FC0 - FF7FDF (for DNC)
or EC Card
FF7E20 - FF7E2F EC BOARD (third) or FF7FE0 - FF7FFF OSP5 (remote display unit)
EC Card

Rev. 8-21-01 6-19
DIAGNOSTICS
The following is an example of how an alarm is displayed on the 2nd line of the CRT when an
alarm occurs. The 1st group of asterisk on the left display the alarm number and axis code. This
axis code indicates which axis the alarm is being generated by if any. To the right of the alarm
number and axis code, the alarm level is displayed followed by a message. Then to the far right
is the alarm code. This code is in a hexadecimal format and sometimes needs to be converted to
a binary format to decipher the source of the problem. Look up the alarm in the Alarm & Error
List manual for an explanation of the alarm.
MDI OPERATION N 0
****-** ALARM-* Alarm Message Alarm Code
XA 20.0378
ZA 45.0496
XB 25.0267
ZB 40.0845

INPUT POSIT DATA SEARCH DATA
Program
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8

6-20 Rev. 8-21-01
DIAGNOSTICS

Rev. 8-21-01 6-21
DIAGNOSTICS

6-22 Rev. 8-21-01
DIAGNOSTICS
MDI OPERATION N 0
260- 1 Alarm-A Turret index control abnormal A-turret 2
XA 20.0378
ZA 45.0496
XB 25.0267
ZB 40.0845

INPUT POSIT Program DATA SEARCH DATA
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8

Rev. 8-21-01 6-23
Lathe

6-24 Rev. 8-21-01
Lathe

Rev. 8-21-01 6-25
Lathe

6-26 Rev. 8-21-01
Lathe

Rev. 8-21-01 6-27
Lathe

6-28 Rev. 8-21-01
Lathe

Rev. 8-21-01 6-29
Lathe

6-30 Rev. 8-21-01
Lathe

Rev. 8-21-01 6-31
Machining Center

6-32 Rev. 8-21-01
Machining Center

Rev. 8-21-01 6-33
Machining Center

6-34 Rev. 8-21-01
Machining Center

Rev. 8-21-01 6-35
Machining Center

6-36 Rev. 8-21-01
Machining Center

Rev. 8-21-01 6-37
Machining Center

6-38 Rev. 8-21-01
Machining Center

Rev. 8-21-01 6-39
Machining Center

6-40 Rev. 8-21-01
Notes EL501
Notes EL501
PARAMETERS
CH .
Lathe
Parameters are specific values that define the limits and capabilities of a machine. The control
needs parameters to control the machine efficiently and safely. The parameter settings dictate
the characteristics of a particular machine. Most of the parameters are factory set and should not
be changed. However, some parameters do need to be changed from time to time and a record of
parameters changed should be logged. An updated copy of all parameters should be copied to a
diskette or other peripheral device.
Parameters are accessed by pressing the Parameter mode button. The different parameter menus
are accessed by pressing the Item up or Item down function keys. To access the next page of a
particular menu press the Page up or Page down buttons.
The following are the different types of parameters on Okuma lathes with the
OSP 5000/5020L series controls.
User Parameter
User parameters contain the variable soft limits and droop data. Variable soft limits are
used to reduce the cycle time of a workpiece. For example, in most cases, a turret has to
be at a soft limit before the control will allow it to index (rotate). The variable soft limits
are designed to protect the chuck and tailstock from collision. The variable soft limits
cannot be set outside the stroke end limits. When a stroke end limit is set, the corre-
sponding variable soft limit is set to the same value and must be reset if need be.
The actual tool path will not agree with the programmed tool path when cutting sharp
corners. Droop data is used to eliminate or reduce these path tracing errors. Droop
amount can be set from 0 to 1.000 mm.
Programed tool path

Actual tool path
Droop
Chuck/Tailstock
These parameters tell the control whether chucking is ID or OD and whether the control
is in chuck or tailstock work mode. If the tailstock is being used, it is referred to as
center work. The chuck and tailstock can have a barrier built around them to further
protect them from collisions. Parameter long word #s 18 to 23 are used along with these
parameters to provide further protection. This chuck barrier data is ignored
during manual operation!!

Rev. 9-06-02 7-1
Lathe
Common variable
Common variables are programming variables that can be used from one program to
another. They can be used in sub and main programs.
System Parameter
The system parameters are different for every machine. They define the characteristics of
the individual axes.
STROKE END LIMIT
The stroke end limits (SELs) define the limits of the axis travel. With SELs the
ballscrews are protected from overrun. SELs are also referred to as the machines soft
limits. The machines are also protected with stroke end limit switches (hard limits). If
any of these limit switches are actuated, the power to the machine, with exception of the
control, is shut off and machine operation is brought to a complete stop.
SETTING STROKE END LIMITS
Any time an Absolute Position Encoder is replaced, a belt is broken, or a motor is removed for
inspection, the Stroke End Limits in the System Parameter menu have to be reset. After the
Absolute Position Encoder has been replaced, power on an do the following to check or reset the
Stroke End Limit parameters:
1. Press the MANUAL Mode key
2. Press F7 (CHECK DATA). If F7 does not show CHECK DATA, press F8 (EXTEND)
until it does.
3. Press the CURSOR DOWN key until AXIS DATA is displayed.
4. Record the RAPA value for the axis under repair.
5. Press the PARAMETER Mode key.
6. Press the ITEM DOWN key until SYSTEM Parameter page 1 is displayed.
7. Use the CURSOR keys to highlight + STROKE END LIMIT for correct axis.
8. Add 20 inches (508 mm) to the number that was recorded in step 4.
9. Press F1 (SET), type the value calculated in step 8, and press the WRITE key.
This will allow the axis to move far enough to trip the over travel switch in the positive
direction.

7-2 Rev. 9-06-02
Lathe
SETTING STROKE END LIMITS continued
10. Subtract 20 inches (508 mm) from the number that was recorded in step 4.
11. Use the CURSOR keys to highlight - STROKE END LIMIT for correct axis.
12. Press F1 (SET) key, type the value calculated in step 8, and press the WRITE key.
This will allow the axis to move far enough to trip the over travel switch in the negative
direction.
13. Press the MANUAL Mode key.
14. Press the axis button on the machine operation panel and Pulse Handle the axis in the
positive direction until alarm 123 Stroke End Limit appears.
15. Record the RAPA signal for the present position and subtract .2 inches (5.08 mm) from
this value.
16. Press the PARAMETER Mode key.
17. On page one of SYSTEM Parameter press F1 (SET) and enter this new value into the +
Stroke End Limit in the System Parameters. This will allow you to jog the axis to the
outer limit just before tripping the hard limit switch.
18. Turn the STROKE END LIMIT CANCEL switch on and move the axis off of the hard
limit switch by using the Pulse Handle.
19. Turn the STROKE END LIMIT CANCEL switch off and repeat the above steps for the
negative limit. Remember to add .2 inches (5.08 mm) to the RAPA value to set the -
SEL.
20. Select ZERO OFFSET Mode key, move the axis to the zero position, highlight the correct
axis and press the CAL function key then the WRITE key.
21. Press the PARAMETER Mode key and note the value in the upper left corner of the
screen next to BC. This is the backup counter, when the number that was noted
reappears.backup is complete.
NOTE: When the Stroke End Limits are reset the USER Parameters are assigned the
same dimensions. The operator needs to reset the User Parameters.

Rev. 9-06-02 7-3
Lathe
BACKLASH
The backlash compensates for the lost motion on each axis when the axis feed direction
is reversed. The set backlash value is subtracted from the value read by the absolute
position encoder when the axis motion is reversed. Typically if the backlash setting is
higher than .0015 inches, the ballscrew assembly needs to inspected for mechanical lost
motion problems.
PR ZERO OFFSET
This is the zero offset for the absolute position encoder. This parameter can be used as
the difference in position between the previously and currently mounted encoder. This
parameter is usually set to zero.
STROKE COMP
Stroke compensation makes up for axis positioning error. The tolerance for every 100
mm of travel is 3 µm. If the positioning error is greater, the error is compensated by this
parameter.
The system parameters are factory set and recorded on the OSP control card that is sent out
with every machine. If an encoder has to be changed, then these SELs and zero offsets will
have to be reset.
Rapid
This parameter is on the second page of the system parameter menu. It is accessed by
pressing the Page down button on the NC operation panel after accessing the system
parameter menu.
The control calculates RCON every 12.8 msec. The amount of travel it calculates is
determined by this parameter. This Rapid parameter is referred to as the feed unit
amount. The feed unit amount is expressed as µm/12.8 msec. Setting this value too
high will generate alarm 101 CON velocity.
Accel Rapid
This parameter is referred to as the acceleration unit amount. The acceleration/

deceleration time is set by this parameter. When the axis starts moving, initially the feed
unit amount is 0. The amount calculated is increased by the acceleration unit amount
every 12.8 msec until the feed unit amount (Rapid) is reached. The same happens in
reverse when an axis is commanded to stop. Every 12.8 msec the feed unit amount
(Rapid) is reduced by the acceleration unit amount (Accel Rapid) until RCON reaches
0.

7-4 Rev. 9-06-02
Lathe
CAUTION
If the acceleration unit amount (Accel Rapid) is changed to a value larger than the
preset one, it could adversely affect motor and machine performance. Therefore, be
sure to contact your Okuma distributor when a change of the acceleration unit amount
is desired.
Jog Feed
This parameters sets the amount of travel calculated when the axis is moved manually.
This parameter determines the axis travel speed in jog mode.
Accel Jog Feed
This parameter sets the amount of travel calculated when the axis accelerates and decel-
erates in jog mode.
Torque
This is the NC torque limiter parameter. The control will send out an alarm if the current
level in the drive amplifier exceeds the level set in this parameter. The number in this
parameter is the percentage of the total current capacity of the axis drive amplifier.
Turret Offset
This page of the system parameters shows the offsets of the individual tool stations.
These parameters allow the operator to move a tool from one station to another without
having to change the tool offset.
This page shows the system parameters for the NC turret (T axis). The following param-
eters are shown on this page.
Rapid Accel Rapid Torque PR Zero Offset

Jog Feed Accel Jog Feed Droop Data Unclamp Timer

Rev. 9-06-02 7-5
Lathe
PR ZERO OFFSET
This is the zero offset of the NC turret axis. If the encoder on a NC turret is changed, the
PR ZERO OFFSET has to be reset.
1. With the machine on, verify at which station the turret in question is clamped. If the
turret is not clamped, turn on the parameter which allows movement of the turret with
the pulse handle.(OPB 40.2 for A turret, OPB 40.3 for B turret) Position the turret so
it will clamp.
2. Press the PARAMETER key, item to the Turret Angle page. Note the angle that
corresponds to the clamped station.
3. Press the item key until SYSTEM PARAMETERS can be viewed. Press the page key
until T-AXIS can be viewed.
4. Make sure the correct turret is selected and move the cursor to PR ZERO OFFSET.
5. Press {F1}(SET) function key and press the WRITE key (this sets PR ZERO OFF
SET to zero).
6. Press the {F5}(BACKUP) function key.
7. Turn power OFF and back ON.
8. Go back to PR ZERO OFFEST for the turret, press the {F3} (CAL) function key and
enter the angle value which was noted in step 2 then press the WRITE key.
9. Press the {F5} (BACKUP) function key.
10. Turn the power OFF and back ON.
11. Manualy index the turret, then index the turret to each position with MDI or AUTO.
(the positions will be fine tuned if indexed in Auto mode )
Optional Parameter (long word)
Optional parameter long words are parameters whose value can be higher than the deci-
mal equivalent of a 16 bit word which can be 5 digits or higher in length. An example of
this type of parameter would be for chuck and tailstock barrier dimensions.
Optional Parameter (Word)
Optional parameter word parameters are used to control miscellaneous operations such as
chuck open/close and spindle start/stop. These parameter values can be up to 5 digits in
length.
Optional Parameter (Bit)
These parameters control the turning on and off of functions needed for proper program
operations. Inch/metric mode would be an example of this parameter. These parameter
values are either a 1 or a 0.
Spindle Control Parameter

7-6 Rev. 9-06-02
Lathe
These parameters are used on high precision VACs (VACII & VACIII). The optimal values for
these parameters are factory set and should not have to be changed. A description of these
parameters can be found in the 10th edition of the operation manual.
Some parameters are looked at only once when the control is powered up. These parameters are
referred to as power reapplication parameters.
When a power reapplication parameter is changed, the CRT will display the message
ALARM-D W01 ;power on effective parameter set. When this alarm occurs, check the
number at the backup counter (BC=00) on the 4th line of the CRT and wait until this number
appears again (approx. 3 min) before turning off the power. After powering up again, check that
the parameters have been changed to the new settings. The alarm is cleared after the machine is
powered up again. The backup counter counts in Hexadecimal from 00 to 4F on a continuous
basis.
The following are the different types of parameters on Okuma machining centers with OSP

Rev. 9-06-02 7-7
Machining Center
5000/5020M series controls.
Common Variable
These programming variables have the same function as the common variables on lathes,
they are common to all programs. There are 128 on machining center controls and they
are labeled VC1 to VC128.
User Parameter
PROG LIMIT
These parameters contain the adjustable soft limits of the individual axes. In this menu,
the Work Coordinate value (WRK) and the Machine Coordinate value (MC) can be seen.
G60 OVERRUN AMT
The G60 overrun amount is the amount of travel the axis will overshoot when uni-
directional positioning is active.
BACKLASH
The backlash compensates for the lost motion on each axis when the axis feed direction
is reversed. The set backlash value is subtracted from the value read by the absolute
position encoder when the axis motion is reversed.
CLAMP IN-P
This parameter shows the clamp in-position width for each axis. If this parameter is set
to 0, clamp in-position check is not carried out. If the axis moves out of this window
an alarm will be displayed on the CRT.
G/M Code Macro
These parameters allow the programmer to call up macros which contain sub-programs
that have specific functions.
MC User Parameter (long word)
These parameters are mostly positioning information about the APC or ATC. Up to 8
digits can be entered in these parameters. The decimal equivalent of these parameters
can be 5 digits or higher.

7-8 Rev. 9-6-02
Machining Center
MC User Parameter (word)
These parameters are mostly for setting up the on/off time of the various functions that
are required to be activated for some length of time.
Parameter # 40 set to one will allow the operator to move an axis with the Pulse Handle
in an alarm condition.
MC User Parameter (bit)
These parameters turn on or off various machining functions. For example, with param-
eter 9 bit 2 set to a 1, the operation end warning buzzer will not be turned off by the
timer.
MC System Parameter (long word)
These parameters are used to control the various EC controlled axes. These parameters
are used to control the ATC magazine and APC shifter arm positioning. The following
MC System Parameter (long word) parameters are looked at often when troubleshooting
an ATC or APC.
9 Shows the zero offset of the ATC magazine.

41 Shows the zero offset of the APC shifter arm.
48 Shows the orientation offset for high precision spindle drives ( VAC II & III )
MC System Parameter (Word)
These parameters are mostly for the ATC and APC operation. The following parameters
should be looked at and recorded whenever repairs or maintenance is being performed on
the machine.
1 Sequence number the ATC is presently positioned at.

2 Sequence number the APC is presently positioned at.
5 Tool changer arm (TA) A. B. mode
6 Pallet A.B. mode
21 Spindle orientation offset for VACI.
NC Optional Parameter (long word)
These parameters are CNC related parameters that the control needs to look at when
machining parts. These parameters check for programming errors when certain functions
are performed, i.e. cutter radius compensation.
NC Optional Parameter (word)

Rev. 9-6-02 7-9
Machining Center
These parameters can use up to 5 digit values. Some of these parameters are used to set
up the control for proper data transfer or file handling.
NC Optional Parameter (bit)
These parameters turn on or off various functions. The value setting on these parameters
are 1 or 0. NC optional parameter bit No. 16 bit 7 has to be set to a 1 when check-
ing the following parameters.
System Parameters
Pitch Error Compensation
Machine System Parameter (long word)
Machine System Parameter (word)
NC Optional Parameter long word number 33 and up
NC Optional Parameter word number 33 and up
NC Optional Parameter bit number 17 and up
Spindle Control Parameter
Input Unit System
On this parameter page, it is possible to view the unit of measurement being used. The
unit systems set by the NC optional parameter bit No. 3 bit 0 to bit 7 and No. 9 bit 0 and
1 can be confirmed on this display page.
Although it is possible to change the unit system settings from this page, it is recom-
mended that the changes be made at the NC optional parameter bit page. These settings
are determined by a combination of data bits, changing the unit systems from the Input
Unit System page might unexpectedly change other unit system settings.
System Parameter
TRAVEL LIMIT
These parameters set the travel limits of the individual axes. These limits are very simi-
lar to the SELs on lathes.
PITCH ERROR COMP
These parameters specify the range for which pitch error compensation is used within the
total travel range of the axis.

7-10 Rev. 9-6-02
Machining Center
IN POSITION
This parameter sets up the window of allowable positioning when executing exact stop
checks. Once the axis is inside this window, the control moves on to the next block in
the program. Setting this parameter to zero can cause the machine to hang up without
an alarm indication.
ZERO OFFSET
This parameter sets the zero offset of the machine coordinate system for each axis.
Figure 2 shows a description the zero offsets on machining centers.
Machine Zero Y axis (Z axis on horizontal m/c)
Machine Table
X axis
Zero Offset
Program Zero
(Y axis on horizontal m/c)

Z axis
Machine Table
Fig. 2

Rev. 9-6-02 7-11
Machining Center
Setting Zero Offset

Summary: When X,Y or Z axis motors are removed or encoders are changed,
the Zero Offset Parameter must be reset first.
Vertical Machining Center
1. Press the MANUAL mode key.
2. Move the machine to its Zero position on the table. The X and Y-axis Zero
Position is at the center of the table. The Z-axis zero position is at the T value
above the tabletop.
Refer to Figure No. 39 on page 13 for some Machine Models.
3. Press the Parameter key.
4. Press the function key F6 or F7 ITEM until the NC Optional Parameter Bit
screen appears.
5. Press the cursor key to position the cursor at Bit 7 of Parameter No. 16.
6. Press the function key F1 SET and key in 1 on the keyboard.
7. Press the Write key. This enables the setting of the System Parameters.
PARAMETER SET
NC OPTIONAL PARAMETER (BIT)

NO. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 NO. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
7 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
9 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
X Y Z B
ACT POSIT (WORK) 000.000 000.000 000.000 000.000
SET SEARCH ITEM ITEM EXTEND
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8

7-12 Rev. 9-6-02
Machining Center
Setting Zero Offset continued
8. Press the function key F6 or F7 ITEM until the System Parameter page is
displayed. Then PAGE down until the Parameter Set page is displayed. Ref Fig 38
9. While the spindle is centered on the table for X and/or Y: (Z axis will need to be
positioned the specific distance from the table as indicated in the chart of Fig 39)
cursor down and over to the Zero Offset of the axis to be calculated, press the function
key F3 CAL. Type 0 and press Write.
10. Press the function key F8 EXTEND until BACKUP is diplayed and then press F7
BACKUP. Wait for the equal sign to appear.
11. After the Zero Offset has been established for the Z axis, set the Tool Change Position for
the Z axis. Follow the procedure on page 14.
PARAMETER SET
* SYSTEM PARAMETER * 1mm
X Y Z
P TRAVEL LIMIT 284.611 231.000 452.270
N TRAVEL LIMIT -284.611 -231.000 -1.000
P PITCH ERROR COMP. 281.000 231.000 51.000
N PITCH ERROR COMP. -281.000 -231.000 -1.000
IN POSITION 0.003 0.003 0.003
0.000 0.000 0.000
ZERO OFFSET 8036.726 11675.278 6465.770
IN POSITION (H) 0.020 0.020 0.020
ACT POSIT (MC) X Y Z

-48.844 2.126 448.125
=IF
=IF
=IF
=
SET ADD CAL SEARCH ITEM ITEM [EXTEND]
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
Figure 38

Rev. 9-6-02 7-13
Machining Center
Vertical Machining Center
N
T
X - AXIS Z - AXIS
Y - AXIS
N P N P
S t r o k e L im it S e t t in g s
M A C H IN E T Y P E L IM IT X - A X IS Y - A X IS Z - A X IS S P IN D L E D IS T A N C E ’ T ’
M C -4 V A P O S IT IV E 326 206 452 200
N E G A T IV E 326 206 0
M C -4 V A E P O S IT IV E 326 206 452 385
N E G A T IV E 326 206 0
M C -5 V A P O S IT IV E 526 256 562 200
N E G A T IV E 526 256 0
M C -5 V A P O S IT IV E 526 256 562 415
H IG H C O L U M N N E G A T IV E 526 256 0
M C -5 V A E P O S IT IV E 601 306 612 200
N E G A T IV E 601 306 0
M C -6 V P O S IT IV E 536 306 612 440
N E G A T IV E 536 306 0
M C -6 V P O S IT IV E 536 306 612 440
H IG H C O L U M N N E G A T IV E 536 306 0
M C -6 V E P O S IT IV E 751 306 612 170
N E G A T IV E 751 306 0
M C -6 V A P O S IT IV E 626 316 612 230
N E G A T IV E 626 316 0
M C -6 V A E P O S IT IV E 626 316 751 230
N E G A T IV E 626 316 0
M X- 4 5 V A E P O S IT IV E 380 230 452 160
V A /V B N E G A T IV E 380 230 0
M X 5 5 -V A B P O S IT IV E 525 280 442 160
N E G A T IV E 525 280 0
Figure No.39

7-14 Rev. 9-6-02
Machining Center
Set Z axis ATC Home Position on Vertical Machining Center
1. Select a tool with a flat on the bottom so you can indicate off the bottom of tool.
2. Single step the ATC cycle and stop when the magazine pot moves to the down position.
3. Set up an indicator and zero it to the bottom of the tool.
4. Move the table and indicator away from the tool and single step the ATC back to
sequence No. 1.
5. Remove this tool and put it into the spindle.
6. Move the Z-axis to the upper most position.
7. Move the indicator to a position below the tool.
8. With the pulse handle bring the Z-axis down so the indicator reads zero.
9. Press the Parameter Push Button
10. Item down with the F6 Item Down key to the SYSTEM PARAMETER screen.
11. Page down to HOME POSITION screen

1 through 8.
12. Highlight the Home Position No. 1

Z location.
13. Press CAL F3 push button.

SPINDLE
14. Press Extend until the Back Up function is
displayed. MAGAZINE
TOOL POT
0. 0 0.0

Rev. 9-6-02 7-15
Machining Center
Zero Offset Setting Procedure for Horizontal Machining Center
Summary: When a axis motor is removed from the machine the Zero
Offset Parameter must be reset.
Press the Manual Mode button.
Move the Axis to its Zero position.

Y Axis is 50mm or 1.9685 from the top of the table.
Z Axis is the face of the spindle to the face of the pallet.
Y Axis Zero Offset
Y Axis Travel
50 mm
Y = Zero
250 mm
100 mm
Test Bar
Calculate Zero Offset to -200.00 mm

This will be Actual Position of 200.000 mm
200 mm
Actual Position of Y = 000.000

7-16 Rev. 9-6-02
Machining Center
Z Axis Zero Offset
Z= Zero
Z Axis Travel
PRECISION SQUARE

Rev. 9-6-02 7-17
Machining Center
IN POSITION (H)
Sets the in-position width used in positioning the individual axes when executing a tool
change, pallet change, etc. When the axes are moving towards their individual home
positions, the next block of data will be processed when the axes only have the amount
specified in this parameter left to travel to reach their home position.
SWL HD
These four parameters set the position of the horizontal spindle when it is swiveled and
becomes a vertical spindle. This type of spindle head is used on double column ma-
chines. (MCM)
BARRIER (Y,Z)
On horizontal machining centers, if both the Y and Z axes enter a certain area at the same
time, they will interfere with each other. To prevent this, a barrier zone is set up so an
alarm will occur if this happens.
ENCODER OFFSET
This parameter offsets the zero-cross point of the position encoder.
HOME POSITION
These parameters allow the user to machine multiple workpieces on a pallet or table. No.
1, 3, and 4 home positions are reserved for the ATC and APC. No. 1 shows the home
position of the axes when a tool change is performed. No. 3 shows the home positions
when the A pallet is being changed. No. 4 shows the home positions when the B pallet is
being changed.
HOME POSITION MOVEMENT ORDER
Sets up the order in which the axes will move. For example, when a tool change is
performed on a vertical machining center, the Z axis has to move to position first. The
setting range is 0 to 3 with 0 meaning no movement and 1st, 2nd, and 3rd setting the
order in which the axes will move.
INDUCTOSYN OFFSET
This parameter data is used to align the phase of the feedback signal of the inductosyn or
MPR feedback device with the absolute position encoder signal.

7-18 Rev. 9-6-02
Machining Center
PITCH COMP SPAN.
This data specifies the distance between sets of pitch points for setting the pitch error
compensation data.
PITCH POINT
This parameter sets the total number of pitch points for each axis.
PITCH ERROR COMPENSATION
The ball screws each have their own pitch-to-pitch errors. This set of parameters com-
pensate for those errors. To see the pitch error compensation data for the other axes,
press the axis change function key (F5).
NC HOUR METER
The NC Hour Meter parameter accumulates the following hours and displays them on the
CRT screen.
POWER ON TIME
Accumulates the amount of time that power is supplied to the NC
NC RUNNING TIME
Records the amount of time the NC is running (RUN light is on).
SPINDLE REVOLUTION TIME
Records the amount of time the spindle has been rotating.
CUTTING TIME
Records the amount of time the cutting feedrates are fed to the axes.
The last three parameters mentioned will not record the time when the Machine Lock
mode is on.

Rev. 9-6-02 7-19
Machining Center
EXTERNAL INPUT TIME
Records the amount of time the external input signal is on.
These timers can be preset so when the COUNT data exceeds the SET value, a C level
alarm will show up on the CRT.
NC WORK COUNTER
Pressing the PAGE key will display this screen (when at NC Hour Meter parameter
screen). These counters increment whenever an M02 or M30 are executed. During
Machine Lock mode, these counters do not increment.
SPINDLE CONTROL PARAMETER
These parameters are servo constants and other related data that are set at the factory.
These parameters should not be changed unless requested by Okuma.
On machining centers, the backup counter is not shown. Data can be backed up immediately by
pressing the extend key (F8) then the backup key (F7). It is recommended that this proce-
dure be done every time a parameter is changed.
Incidentally on Okuma Grinders, the backup occurs as soon as the WRITE key is pressed.

7-20 Rev. 9-6-02
Notes EL501
Notes EL501
SOFTWARE
CH .
SOFTWARE
This section will cover software related functions. In this section ∅ refers to the number zero
and O or o refers to the letter O. The Management Data Card will be discussed in this section.
The software loading procedures will also be discussed along with parameter backup procedures.
Every Okuma machine comes with its own Management Data Card (MDC). This sheet of paper
is very useful when troubleshooting or diagnosing a problem. The MDC shows which software
files should be in the memory of the machine. The specification codes on the MDC show which
options have been purchased with the machine. The hardware for the machine is also shown.
The drawing numbers for the electrical schematics are also shown on most MDCs. Japanese
built lathes, some grinders, and the American built Cadet (LNC 8) do not show the drawing
number for the machines electrical schematics. The drawing number for the schematics of these
machines can be found on the machines identification plate (nameplate).
Every machines memory is divided into two sections (directories): BB∅ and BB1. The BB0
directory is for the system software files and the BB1 directory is for part programs. Most lathes
have two system software diskettes. The A diskette which has all the NC software, and the B
diskette which has all the parameter data. Most machining centers have three system software
diskettes: The A1 diskette (NC software), the A2 diskette (EC software), and the B diskette
(parameter data). All the software files in the BB∅ directory have to match what is on the
diskette label and the MDC. The only two exceptions are the BIN file and the MEU file (M/C).
The BIN file is used to initialize the memory in the machine. It is erased from memory after it
has initialized the memory. The data in the MEU file on machining centers is stored in the RAM
of the ECP board. This file is not seen in the BB0: directory.
The following describes the different methods of saving files on lathes.
PIP This function is accessed by going into EDIT AUX mode. This function is used
to transfer Part Programs. (BB1 files)
DATA This function is used to transfer Parameters, Offsets, and Tool Data etc.
PIP It is also accessed by going into EDIT AUX mode.
Both use the CN0 (RS - 232C) and/or FD∅ (Floppy Disk Drive) ports. All parameter data is
backed up to a file named A.TOP.
The FDC (Floppy Disk Controller) board and the disk drive is needed to load the system
software files.
The following describes the different methods of saving files on Machining Centers.
PIP This function is accessed by going into EDIT AUX mode. This function is only
used to transfer Part Programs. (BB1 files)

Rev. 8-21-01 8-1
SOFTWARE
The utility disk (D Disk) is needed to back up(save to a diskette) Parameter, Offsets, and
Tool Data etc. The D diskette is not needed to reload data.
With software version 709BF and higher, the Punch/Read function can be used to reload
Parameter, Offsets, and Tool Data etc.
To find out what software version the machine has, look at the MAA file in the BB∅ Direc-
tory. With this version (709BF) and higher, all parameter data can be transferred through a
default file named A.TOP.
PUNCH on machining centers the Punch/Read function is accessed by going into

/READ Parameter mode.
The FDC (Floppy Disk Drive) is needed to load the system software.
As a precaution, all part programs and parameter data should be saved to a diskette before doing
any work on a machine. This can save hours of down time if the system software has to be re-
loaded. It is possible to load just the B diskette if faulty parameter data is suspected.
Initializing a diskette
When the Okuma disk drive is used, the diskette has to be formatted (initialized) to the OSP
format.
To initialize a diskette do the following:
1. Insert a new diskette into the floppy disk drive.
2. Press EDIT AUX mode key.
3. Press the EXTEND function key (F8) once.
4. Press the INIT function key (F2), the CRT will display:
=IN
5. Type in FDÆ: press the WRITE key, the CRT will display:
initialize OK (Y/N)!
If nothing is typed in and the WRITE key is pressed the memory for
the part programs will be erased because BB1 is the default!
6. Type in Y and press WRITE , the CRT will display:

formatting (Y/N)!

8-2 Rev. 8-21-01
SOFTWARE
7. Type in Y and press Write , the CRT will display:

format (2DD-72∅K=∅,2HD-1.44M=1)!
8. Type in a 1 or ∅ depending on the type of diskette you have and press the Write key.
In most cases, the 1.44M is used.
When the equal (=) sign appears, formatting is completed.
Backing Up Part Programs
9. The control should be put in metric mode (NC optional parameter bit number three bit
zero set to a zero) Go into EDIT/AUX mode and press F3 to access the PIP function.
Press the COPY function key and key in BB1:*.*,FDÆ: and press the WRITE key. This
copies all the files in BB1: to the diskette.(@ > Press PIP QUIT)
LATHES
The control should be put in metric mode (NC optional parameter bit number three bit
zero set to a zero) before saving files. The date should also be set before saving files so the
user will know how old the data is on the diskette.
When the parameters are copied to a peripheral device the control automatically names the
file A.TOP. The following is a procedure on how to back up the parameters (A.TOP file) on
a lathe.
1. Go into Edit Aux mode.
2. Go into Data Pip menu. (Press F8 twice then F5)
3. Go into Output. (Press F2)
4. At the cursor (> op), {See NOTE}. type CNÆ: if using the RS 232 port or type FDÆ: if
using a floppy disk drive then press Write (enter) The CRT will display:
output data is?

!
5. If the Write key is pressed at this time, the file automatically gets named A.TOP. When
the cursor (>) appears at the bottom of the screen, the backup is complete.Press D-PIP
Quit.

Rev. 8-21-01 8-3
Lathe
NOTE:
The A.TOP file can be named something else by inputting a new name before pressing
the Write key in STEP 4. The file extension (.TOP) will automatically get added to the
new file name. For two turret machines, it is suggested that the parameters for each
turret be saved separately. For example, typing in FDÆ:UP.TOP;A, will save all param-
eters pertaining to the upper turret to a file called UP.TOP. If ;B is entered after the
filename, all parameters pertaining to the lower turret would be sent to the output
device.(Be sure tochange the file name.)
Special Notes for W-axis and LT machines.
There are two parameters that relate to interference distances on LT and W-axis machines.
These parameters ARE NOT saved during the A.TOP file OUTPUT process. Therefore it
is necessary to record these parameters and input them manually through the control.(in
metric mode)
LT machines Optional Parameter Long Word # 53

How to manually set this data.
1. Measure the physical distance between the spindle interference points. (spindle
nose B to spindle nose R). i.e. 500 mm is measured
2. SET 500,000 as the data for O.P.L.W. # 53. (Can only set one time.)
3. Add -460,000 to this value to bring it down to 40,000. At this point the spindles
should be moveable.
4. Add small positive values until the desired interference distance is reached. (i.e.
200000 = 2.000) (Setting range is 40000 - 9999999)
W-axis machines
Do the same procedure for the W-axis interference distance with the exceptions of set
100,000 at step #2 and add 100,000 at step #3(on W-axis this value can be brought to zero).
The data for the W-axis interference is entered in O.P.L.W. # 45.

8-4 Rev. 8-21-01
Machining Center
The following describes how to backup parameters through the A.TOP file on machining
centers with software version 709BF and higher:
MAKE SURE ATC & APC ARE AT SEQUENCE # 1.
1. Go into Parameter mode.
2. Set NC optional parameter bit number 16.7 to a 1 and 3.∅ & 9.∅ to a ∅.
3. Press Extend. (F8) then press Punch (F2).
4. At the cursor (=PU), type CNÆ: if using the RS 232 port or type FDÆ: if using a floppy
disk drive then press Write (enter). The CRT will display:
Please input message!
At this point you can type in a message, i.e. machine and serial number this parameter
file belongs to or name of the particular parameters being backed up.
Press the Write key. (It is not necessary to input a message.)
5. The CRT will display:
Parameter!
At the top of the CRT, the following menu is displayed: Parameter Tape Punch Menu.
A menu is displayed of the different parameter files. The following table displays the
menu shown. The individual files can be saved or all of them at once. To save one
particular file type in the number and press the Write key. To save all the files type in
the first file number (1∅∅) then a dash (-) and then the last file number and press the
Write key.
1∅∅ Zero Offsets 7∅∅ Optional Parameter Long Word

2∅∅ Tool Length Offsets 71∅ Optional Parameter Word
21∅ Cutter Radius Compensation 72∅ Optional Parameter Bit
22∅ Tool Management No. 8∅∅ MC User Parameter Long Word
23∅ Tool Management Data 81∅ MC System Parameter Long Word
3∅∅ Common Variable 82∅ MC User Parameter Word
4∅∅ System Parameters 83∅ MC System Parameter Word
41∅ User Parameters 84∅ MC User Parameter Bit
6∅∅ Pitch Error Compensation
(Press Page Down to view all of the menu.)

Rev. 8-21-01 8-5
Lathe
6. When the equal sign (=) appears at the bottom of the screen, the backup procedure is
complete.
Reloading The Parameters
LATHES
To reload the parameters on a lathe do the following:
1. Go into Edit Aux mode.
2. Go into Data Pip menu. (Press F8 twice then F5)
3. Go into Input. (Press F1)
4. At the cursor (> IN), type CNÆ: if using the RS 232 port or type FDÆ: if using a floppy
disk drive; type the file name if A.TOP is not used, then press the WRITE key(enter).
When the cursor (>) reappears at the bottom of the CRT, press Back Up key or wait for BC
to count around, turn power off. Then reload part programs by using the COPY key and type
FD∅:*.MIN,BB1: WRITE , when the = sign appears, the loading procedure is completed.
If an alarm occurs when reloading the A.TOP file, it will show which line in the A.TOP file is
causing the alarm. Make a note of this data, i.e. [P1/A]N1X250.000Z250.00. In this example,
the P1 represents a group of parameters. The A represents the upper turret and the N1 is the line
number.
To resolve this alarm, the ?.TOP file can be transferred to the BB1: directory to be edited. To
transfer the UP.TOP file, follow the same procedure as above and type in UP.TOP instead of
*.MIN. Press PIP QUIT (F4) to get out of the PIP function. To edit the file, press the Edit
function key (F4) and enter *.*. Cursor down to the file UP.TOP and press the WRITE key. You
can cursor down to the line in question or use the FIND command to locate the line to be edited.
To locate the line via the FIND command for the example above, press the FIND (F1) function
key and type in /P1/ and press WRITE. Position the cursor on the line in question and press the
LINE DELETE function key. Once the line is located delete all the characters on that line. Once
this is done, re-copy the file back to the diskette. Rename the file when you copy it back to the
floppy and keep the original file. To do this, type in BB1:UP.TOP,FDÆ:U.TOP when the file is
copied back to the diskette. This will rename the file U.TOP.
Once this is done, repeat the procedure to reload the parameters to see if everything loads up
properly. Remember to reload the edited file and not the original ?.TOP.

8-6 Rev. 8-21-01
Lathe

Rev. 8-21-01 Ref. 3290-E 8-7
Special Functions
Lathe

8-8 Ref. 3290-E Rev. 8-21-01
Special Functions
Lathe

Rev. 8-21-01 Ref. 3290-E 8-9
Special Functions
Lathe

8-10 Ref. 3290-E Rev. 8-21-01
Special Functions
Lathe

Rev. 8-21-01 Ref. 3290-E 8-11
Special Functions
Lathe

8-12 Ref. 3290-E Rev. 8-21-01
Special Functions
Lathe

Rev. 8-21-01 Ref. 3290-E 8-13
Special Functions
Lathe

8-14 Ref. 3290-E Rev. 8-21-01
Special Functions
Lathe

Rev. 8-21-01 Ref. 3290-E 8-15
Special Functions
Lathe

8-16 Ref. 3290-E Rev. 8-21-01
Special Functions
Lathe
MACHINING CENTERS
To reload the parameters on a machining center with software file 709BF and higher do the
following with the machine in E STOP:
1. Go into Parameter mode. Set NC Optional Parameter Bit number 16.7 to 1and, 3. ∅
and 9. ∅ to ∅.
2. Go into Extend. (Press F8)
3. Go into Read. (Press F1)
4. At the cursor (R _), type CNÆ: if using the RS 232 port or type FDÆ: if using a floppy
disk drive then press Write (enter). The CRT will display:
Message (***********)
Read Continuing?(Y/N)
5. Type in Y and press the Write key. When the cursor(>) appears, the load procedure is
finished.
v Check MC System Parameter Long Word 9,41 & 48
v Check MC System Parameter Word 1,2,5,6,21
The cable configuration from the OSP control to various peripherals is shown in the Special
Functions Manual.
Loading Software
The following is a procedure on how to load the system software files on an Okuma lathe or
machining center.
1. Compare the software files in the BB∅ directory with the files on the A diskette. This will
insure that the correct software files for the machine in question are about to be loaded.
2. Compare the spec codes in the machine to the spec codes in the Management Data Card.
3. Load Mode On (1). This switch is located in the control cabinet or in the Tape Reader Box.
4. Press System Reset, CRT displays:

Rev. 8-21-01 8-17
SOFTWARE
Control Floppy Loading Wait
5. Insert A diskette into floppy disk drive.

6. Press Load Start
The CRT will display:
Control Floppy Loading Start
The files being loaded will be displayed. When all the files on the A diskette have been
loaded the CRT will display:
Control Floppy Loading Finish (or End)

7. If there is more than one system software file diskette, load it at this time. When the
following appears again move on the step 8.
Control Floppy Loading Finish (or End)

8. Turn the Load Mode switch Off.
9. Press the System Reset switch.
10. Re-load the parameters using the parameter loading procedure.

8-18 Rev. 8-21-01
Machining Center
5020M D-Disk Procedure
The following is a step by step procedure to back up the B diskette using the utility (D) diskette.
All parameter backup files (.PBU) should be saved except for the MSU and MVU files. These
two files contain servo data. With software version 709BF and higher the MCU file does not
need to be backed up either.
The customer should back up all the part programs for the machine before this procedure is
done. If the system software files have to be loaded, all part programs and parameter data that is
not backed up will be erased.
1. Power up with E-STOP on.

(NOTE MC SYSTEM PARAMETER (WORD) ONE THROUGH SIX SETTINGS.)
2. Set the date and time.
3. Load Mode ON (1)
4. Push System Reset, CRT will display:
5. Press upper case and D ($), CRT displays:
FDOS Load Wait
6. Insert utility (D) diskette into the floppy disk drive (FD0).
7. Press Load Start, CRT displays:
Operating System Program II-A**.***

Okuma 19**.*.**
=
8. Type in BPIP and press the write key, CRT displays:
Load:SYS
>AAddress set for Dump >DDump MPB file

>BBackup PBU file >CCopy
>UUpdate PBU file >RRecover(floppy B)
9. Remove D diskette and load B diskette into floppy disk drive.
10. Type in B and press the write key, CRT displays:
MAU
Backup OK(Y/N)!

Rev. 8-21-01 8-19
SOFTWARE
11. Type in Y and press the write key, CRT displays:
Next PBU file search (Y/N)!
MDU
Backup OK (Y/N)!
Search next (Y/N)!
MGU
Backup OK (Y/N)!
Search next (Y/N)!
MSU
Backup OK (Y/N)!
17. Type in N and press the write key, CRT displays:
MVU
Backup OK (Y/N)!
18. Type in N and press the write key, CRT displays:
PBU file not found

>
Files that need to be backed up might vary from machine to machine because of options. The
important thing is NOT TO BACK UP the MSU and MVU files (and MCU). It is Very Impor-
tant to save the MAU (user parameters) and the MDU (system parameters). The MGU file
should be saved if the customer has the MOP Tool or IGF function.

8-20 Rev. 8-21-01
SOFTWARE
19. Type in D and press the write key, CRT displays:
F78000-F7BFFF
Dump OK (Y/N)!
MEU 03
Overwrite (Y/N)!
>
This dumps the tool data from the ECP battery backed up area into the MEU file.
22. At the cursor type in Q for quit and press the write key.
When the equal = sign appears, the task is finished. Typing in the following data, will show all
the data that has been backed up on the upper part of the CRT:
DIR(space)FD0: , PN:
23. LOAD MODE OFF

24. Remove B disk from floppy disk drive.
25. Press SYSTEM RESET.
26. Power OFF
27. Power ON

Rev. 8-21-01 8-21
SOFTWARE

8-22 Rev. 8-21-01
SOFTWARE

Rev. 8-21-01 8-23
SOFTWARE

8-24 Rev. 8-21-01
SOFTWARE

Rev. 8-21-01 8-25
SOFTWARE

8-26 Rev. 8-21-01
SOFTWARE
Tape/Disk Part Numbers

· D-Disk for 5000L Contrlos with 8floppy A911-DDISK5020MG8
· Tape # 0 for 5000L Controls A911-TAPE-ZERO
· CMOS Clear Tape for OSP 3000 A911-CLEAR-TAPE
· D-Disk Graphics Functions(CRP-II) A911-DDISK-5020MG
· D-Disk without Graphics Functions(CRP-9) A911-DDISK-5020MN
· D-Disk for OSP7000M Controls A911-DDISK-7000M
· Battery Connection Floppy for 7000 L/M A911-BATTERY-CONN

Rev. 8-21-01 8-27
.
Notes EL501
Notes EL501
SCHEMATIC SYMBOLS
CH .
Okuma America Corporation 9- 1
No. Name Old Symbol Abrev New Symbol Abrev Remarks Example
1 Conductor 1-1 One conductor
QF52
(wire)
30A
1-2 Two conductors
1-3 Three conductors -3

1-4 n equals number of -3
conductors in cable -36
-15
1-5 Shielded cable -20
-9
2 2-1 Connected
Node
2-2 Connected
Not 2-3 Not connected

Node
3 Terminal TB XT Terminal Block

XJ Test Jack TB1
CN8
IC1 120
4 Coil MS KM Contact (Motor Starter)

CR KA Instantaneous AS KA1
TR KL Latching relay
TR
CTR KP Polarized relay 0N
KR Reed relay
KT Time-Delay CR
31 C7 PL
NA-25
AS
Schematic Symbols Rev. 8-13-01

5 Relay MS KM Contact (Motor Starter)
Contact CR KA Instantaneous Contact 15 RPL1 KA2 KA1
KA6 A107
2 -18
KL Latching Relay X14
KP Polarized relay PSB HO8A

(B9) (B7)
KR Reed relay C01
KT Time-Delay 6 5 3 4
6 Solenoid SOL YV Solenoid Valve

MB YB Magnetic Brake
MC YC Magnetic Clutch
CH YH Magnetic Chuck
K614 SOL12A
YA Electromagnet
YV4
7 Overload OL OL Thermal overload relay

FR Current threshold B12 W12
protective device with 5 8
time-lag action.
8 Trans- T TA Current Transformer 12 X6 TC1 110V

former PT TC Transformer for Control X7 200V
X4 100A
circuit supply H1
18A
P1 X5
TM Power transformer 0V
TS Magnetic Stabilizer X1
H2 P1
TV Voltage Transformer P1
7-2 Iron core 9V 1KVA
X2
transformer H3 P1
TC1
7-3 Fixed or Tap P1 X3 R4. S4
transformer P1 AC100/110V
7-4 Variable transformer
TC 7-5 Step down

transformer
Rev. 8-13-01 Schematic Symbols 9- 2

9 Choke 8-1 X X Reactor
coil CH CH Choke Coil
8-2 8-1 Fixed
8-2 Adjustable
8-3 8-3 Iron core
10 Rectifiers REC REC 9-1 Diode
9-2 Full wave rectifier CR9

6
MY
9-3 Bridge rectifier
11 Motor M M Motor (M DC Motor)

G Generator (G DC Gen) AS
MG Motor Generator L ub ricatio n o il
9-
TG Tacho Generator pump motion for
head stock 60
10-1 Field on DC M14 HZ
10-2 Armature on DC
Setting 0.83A
3

no. Name Old Symbol Abrev New Symbol Abrev Remarks Example
12 Resistor R R 11-1 Fixed resistor
11-2 Tap resistor
Variable resistors
11-3 Linear K102 K102A
R 5
11-4 Rotary
11-5 Dial Type
13 Fuse F FU 12-1 General

F1
12-2 Enclosed SCM
CN2
F1
CN2
-1.2.3
2A
2A
14 Bell BL BL Bell
15 Buzzer BZ BZ Buzzer
HA
XBOP4
16 Connector CN Socket XB Connector

Pin XP Plug
XS Socket A109
3 4 XBM51 -12
Receptacle (AD501)
-24
17 Shunt SH SH 16-1 Shunt

connection
MLT 16-2 Multiplier
18 Current CT CT Current Transformer
Transform
er

19 Meter A Ampere meter
V Volt meter
Measuring W Watt meter
Instrument S Speedometer PC
N Tachometer XBOP5 XBOP5
HM 18-1 Hour Meter -B4 -B3
PC Parts Counter
20 Lamp LED 19-1 Light Emitting

L Diode LETCP
HLON
Color PL 19-2 Lamp R
description FL Pilot Lamp PLAL
XBOP1 W XE
-R1
is shown HL 19-3 Fluorescent AL
R
T1
with LED
the
symbol. FL1
21 Ground E Earth
FG Frame or Chassis
22 Circuit QF 23-1 Circuit Interrupter CB2 5A

OF11
1FO 5A
Breaker CB QM 23-2 Magnetic CB P S
IF
23-3 Thermal Magnetic OF52
CB 30A
23 Circuit CB QF 36-1 Breaker has to be CB1 AL1 CB2 AL2 CB3 AL3
Breaker manually reset. 21 20 21 20 21 20
Contact
QF1 QF2 QF3
A303 A302
36-2 Breaker resets 4
20 21 21 21 20
20
automatically.
(AB401) (AB402) (AB403)

A: Normally Open B: Normally Closed

24 Limit LS SQ Limit Switch DS2
Switch Micro Switch
SQ9 SQ18
TB1 LS1S TB1
C NO
25 Proximity LS SQ Position sensor

LS1C
Switch RD
NPN
SQ21A
BK WH
25-1 Magnetic Prox
Switch
26 Float FS SL Liquid level sensor SL1

Switch (FSIL) TBCON
-4 -5 X11
NO
C
27 Pressure PS Pressure sensor

Switch SP SPIP
PSIC
TBOU C NO TBOU
28 Thermal THS Auto Reset Manual Reset

Switch
A312
A311
XT2 XT2
TH1H TP1


29 Temper- ST ST Temperature Switch
ature ST1 ST1H TP1
60 C
30 Flow FS Flow switch for air, water,

Switch oil, etc.
TBCON (FS2L) TBCON
-6 -8
31 Foot FTS Also labeled Pedal Switch

Switch FTS10 SF1
NO
C NO XT1
32 Push PB PB PBON
Button 32-1 Push Button TB2 ACN22 PBOFF ACN22
Switch 1 3 4
-5 -3
32-2 Mushroom Head PBOFF PBON

AXB22 ACN22 ACN22
3 161
XT2 -5 2 1 3 4 -3
32-3 Push Button Switch

with a light
1 2 EM2
1 2
32-4 Push Pull Switch 1 2
2 159
32-5 Pull Switch
1 2
32-6 Turn Switch SADIL
ON
OFF
1 2 AXBDIL


33 Switch SW 33-1 Single-pole, Single-
throw
TOGGLE SWITCH
(Flat panel switch)
33-2 Toggle Switch
SW1
33-3 Single-pole, Double- SASIL

throw
1 2
34 Timer TR 34-1 Instantaneous

Relay operation in the
Contact direction of the
arrow.
Time delay in the
opposite direction.
34-2 Instant operation
Time delay reset
35 Arc AS Z Arc Suppressor
Suppressor KA34 O5
A1 A2 XT4 A1 MSIL A2
Z AS
36 Capacitor C 22-1 Fixed Capacitor

C VC 22-2 Variable Capacitor
C 22-3 Electrolytic
Capacitor
37 Battery B GB If more than one battery.

Indicates which page to look in Check Data Menu

PAGE LOCATION
C1
56N
TB10 EC. IN. 01
C1 PIN NO.
ISO24V
3-19
54N COM
3-20
TB10
CPU TEMP ALARM
CN1H CPU-OL CN1H

A306 3-6 BIT
4
NO. 8
-5 -6 TMA/
60 C
CN-E0-3
LINE NO.
Signal Name
Name of the EC board

A2
DC24V 6
A2 A1 CN1
- 1, 2, 3
RCM
NA-1
5 CONTROL ON
Push Button RELAY NAME
C7 A2 ON C5
NA-2 1 B 8
G6C Location of
TB2 PBON
C8 N.O. Contacts
ACN22 PBOFF ACN22 CN8 Normally Open
A3 ON C1
2 1 3 4 NA-3 6 A 1 C3 Location of
CN8
-5 -3 -F G6E N.C. Contacts
C9 -H
OFF
Normally Closed
6 A 1
JUMPER G6E C2
C10 -4 S1
160 A6 OFF
1 B 8
NA-6 C5
CN8 -G G6C
C11
A4 CONTROL OFF
NA-4
TBPT A5
C12
NA-5
3 24 VOLT DC RELAY
RU1
C13
RELAY UNIT
C14
Indicates line number

Notes EL501
Notes EL501
LATHE SCHEMATICS
A40003
CH .
DRAWING NO . DESCRIPTION PAGE REMARKS 1
B40017 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS (1)
B40007 ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT
D40016 CONTROL CABINET PARTS LIST
D40017 MACHINE WIRING PARTS LIST f
T40015 CONTROL CABINET WIRING TABLE
T40008 MACHINE WIRING TABLE
OSP502OLM ELECT . DRAWINGS
SPC 9-30-91 Drawing No . : A40003

DRAWING NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE REMARKS
C40009 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
C40028A POWER LINE BRANCH Al
C10003 CONTROL POWER SUPPLY A2
C40010 CHIP CONVEYOR A3
C10005A COOLING UNIT A4
C40032 MOTOR CONTROL (1) B1
C40033 MOTOR CONTROL (2) B2
C40034 MOTOR CONTROL (3) 83
C10009 OPUS 5020 POWER SUPPLY Cl
C40035 POWER SEQUENCE C2
C40012 EMERGENCY LIMIT C3
C10069 SPINDLE DRIVE UNIT (1) Dl
C10070 SPINDLE DRIVE UNIT (2) D2
C40013 SPINDLE DRIVE UNIT (3) D3
C10015 SPINDLE ORIENTATION D4
C10016A FEED AXIS CONTROL (1) El
C10017 FEED AXIS CONTROL (2) E2
C10020 X-AXIS POSITION ENCODER E5
C10021 Z-AXIS POSITION ENCODER E6
C40014 CHUCK CONTROL (1) Fl
C40015 CHUCK CONTROL (2) F2
C40002A SMW AIR CHUCK F3
C40016 CHUCK PRESSURE CHANGE F4
C40017 SPINDLE GEAR CHANGE G
C10027A TURRET SELECT H
C40003A TAILSTOCK CONTROL (1) Il
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS (1)
SPC 9-30-91 Drawing No . : B40017

DRAWING NO . DESCRIPTION PAGE REMARKS
C40004A TAILSTOCK CONTROL (2) 12
C40018 TAILSTOCK PRESSURE CHANGE 13
C40019 MANUAL FRONT DOOR J1
C40020 AUTOMATIC FRONT DOOR (1) J2
C10033 AUTOMATIC FRONT DOOR (2) J3
C10034 AIR BLOW J4
C10035 SPARE AIR BLOW J5
C40029 WORK COUNTER K1
C40030 HOUR METER K2
C40021 INDICATION LAMP K3
C40031 LUBRICATION MONITOR L
C10040 NC-EXTERNAL INPUT M
C40022 SYSTEM CONTROL Nl
C40023 TAPE READER PTR N2
C10042 CRT PANEL Pi
C10043A OPERATION PANEL INPUT (1) P2
C10044 OPERATION PANEL INPUT (2) P3
C10045A OPERATION PANEL OUTPUT (1) P4
C10046 OPERATION PANEL OUTPUT (2) P5
C10047 PANEX CARD 4 P6
C40024 M-CODES (1) Rl I,
C40025 M-CODES (2) R2
C40026 USER M-CODES (1) R3
C40027 USER M-CODES (2) R4
C10052 TOUCH SETTER Sl
C10071A LOAD MONITOR B S2
C10054 PANEX CARD 2A (1) S3
C10055 PANEX CARD 2A (2) S4
TH 103 .26 .91 Drawing No . : B40009

DRAWING NO . I DESCRIPTION IPAGEI REMARKS
C10079 I RECEPTACLE I Tl
C10080 I PUNCHER RS-232-C INTERFACE I T2
103
TH .26 .911 Drawing No . : B40010
1
A H C
F1
000
00 i
q~llllllllll
H
<
7
WR
15n
<
THIS WAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND DWI

NOT aE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WTTW
OUT OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VIIl RETAIN All
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN,
DOTE
I - . -C
A H
R S T E
CUSTOMER'S POWER SUPPLY
AC220V 60Hz
C81
60A
f
I
I I I I i
I I I I
I
I
I I 3
I I I
I I I
i I I I
I L_~1
I
4
I
I
I
I
I 5
I
I
OPTION
6
TERMINALS SCREWED
TOGETHER . REMOVE
SCREW CONNECTION
IF TRANSFORMER
IS ADDED .
TRANSFORMER
THERMAL PROTECTION
7
REVISION
rPAl
AGE
0
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY MR PROPERTY AND SHALL OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
NOT HE CRIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITH-
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL VE VIII RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN. TITLE O
NOTE
POWER LINE BRANCH 0
DRAWING CHANGE FOR CLARITY SPC 9-25-91
FT - I I I 3-28-91 DRAWING NO. C40028

Telo
P1
ACT00/120Y
COMMON
ACIOOV
CIRCUIT BREAKER
TRIP
PAGE
A2
REVISION
TIUS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY ANDSHALL
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH-
OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
OUT OUR PRIORWRITTEN APPROVAL. WE WILL RETAIN ALL
TITLE
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN. CONTROL POWER SUPPLY
~NpTE
C10003
r .a ..~.rur .we..s..www s r~r "nr " rrw

THIS DRAVDIG IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND
SHALL.
NOT 1E COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY
VITH-
OUT IA1RPRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VILL RETAM ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATIIN Or KSIGTI
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELYOUR PROPERTY ANDSHALL
NOT of COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH-
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. WE WILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DES".
A H C
AC220V 30
R1 S1 ITI 01-11-
MS1L
(B18)
(1315) R17
LUBRICATION OIL
PUMP MOTOR
BOHZ .025KW
SETTING .24A
B2
LUBRICATION OIL 5 -
PUMP MOTOR
FOR HEAD STOCK
60HZ
SETTING 0.53A
3
83
OLIC
(1314)
U9
HYDRAULIC
OIL PUMP
MOTOR
60HZ 2.WW 1 .5KW
Y
4
SETTING ~ 8 .5A
MS6 OL6
(1313) (818)
B4 r1 U6
1 2 2 TSCON
S6 r'I VB
3"4 4 COOLANT
MOTOR 5
TB W6
6 SOHZ 40DW
5 1 ~6
SETTING 2.tA
85
AC100V
F
6
T2 7L
(1311) PLIL
TBI
j
07 ILI
~o-
B6
B-10 , 4 3 B-11
RUt S
_2L-50 WORK LIGHT
TBI (u-so
97
PAGE
REVISION
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY DUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
NOT HE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL VE WILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE DR REGISTRATION 13F DESIGN. TITLE
MOTOR CONTROL (1)
NOTE
OVERLOAD SETTING CHANGE SPC

DRAWING NIL
5-31-91 C40032
COOLANT ON
B7
88
89 POWER SAVE
ON
BIO LUBRICATION
MOTOR ON
t
3
ILLUMINATING
Bit
LAMP ON
v.
COOLANT
5
MOTOR
OIL PUMP
MOTOR
LUBRICATION
MOTOR
COOLANT
SOLENOID
VALVE
PAGE
B2
OUR REVISION p
OKUMA MACHINE TOOIS INC .
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY PROPERTY AND SHALL
NOT !E COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITN- p
RIGITS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN, TITLE p
MOTOR CONTROL (2)
NOTE p
C40033
TH
5-31-91 DRAWING NO.
I
8 DC24V
016
819
20
CROLI I EC OVERLOAD
(BIB) BIT I
o
B20 I N A304
LA/ 2 N0
e,14
9JF5 - - .8
CNPS2-5 CNPS1-4 3
CN-EO-3
PACE
B3
f
REVISION
THIS DPAVItr IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR"PROPERTY AND SHALL
HILT HE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITH- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
OUT DA PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VILL RETAIN ALL
FIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGIL TITLE
MOTOR CONTROL (3)
tlOTE
5-31-91 DRAVING NO. C40034-

A
220V
R3 S3 T3 E
:J 3
AC100V
A2 A1 1
J
I I
1 _ NCOP
F
9 ~ E CN2P
TB10 lCN2P CNPS
, CN2 CN2 CN8-A
- -- POWER SUPPLY
'-13 -14 ' ( FOR N/C OP.
CN6-B PANEL
I CN6-0
I
L--CIAC--J
TB10 CRl I ACN22 IS

ACN22-1
PLON
DISPLAY FOR
-16
TB
-D i CONTROL POWER ON
ACN22-2
5
---__- -cE
r ECdN.01
3-19 COU
6
3-20
I
CPU TEMP . ALARM
WT
3 3-6 . NO. 6'
TM A/ 4
CHIN
CN-EO-3
-6
PAGE
C1
REVISION
THIS DRAWING 15 EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTYAND SMALL
NOT BF COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITK OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN . TITLE
NOTE OPUS 5000 POWER SUPPLY
CODY DRAWING NO .
CIOD09
ACN22 cN5
EMI
AC 120V 6 L
PBEM EM2
~
2
1 1 -9 -M
159 150
C4
1 2 J6
CN6 ACN22
-K -7
OPUS 5020 POWER SUPPLY UNIT
CN2P (CN2
CRI
2
156
C5
A-7 9 13
C6
3
NC START SIGNAL
FOR EXTERNAL
P2N MACHINE
DC24V CNBNC51ACN22 ACN22 CN6
NCS2
C7
-N -10 3 4 -11 -P
C6
C9
TB2 FBON I
ACN22 PBOFF ACN22 CN8
4
C10
2 1 J 4 _3 - _~ NA-3 1 1
CN6 _5
C6B
C11
C12
C13 5
C14
CONTROL
POWER ON
C15
NC-<OK> 6
NC-<OK>
(DU-ON)
C16
MSON 1
I
CNPS2 (C5) CNPSl
A302 I 2 BIT
C17
43 44 --~< ECON/ 0 NO .9
-5 -5 EMERGENCY STOP
CN-E0=3 -J PAGE
REVISION
TIRS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
1NIT HE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH-
OUT OUR PRIOR VRITIEN APPROVAL. WE WILL RETAIN ALL
e
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN. TITLE
POWER SEQUENCE
NOTE e
5-31-91 DRAWING NO. X40035

THIS DPAVIfjG IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
NOT DE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITH-
OUI OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE I3R REGISTRATION I3F DESIGIL
FU
R2 S2 T2
D1
02
SPINDLE u01011
03 CN3S PA 1 Ì ~Ir
(1 4 ) ~ RA
(1)
Us)
<< (2S) EM-COM (9 ) ~ PG
2
RC
(11)
-.
(4) 1
(031)
DM
°6)
~Ao (028)
14OTE: -EXCEPT (S11) AT PIN STOP

1
EDS 1 m~
226-~F-«
I
(44) SFR
CN3S
I IIIERIJUSIAI
-EXCEPT (S12) AT BRAKE STOPa- E ;6 1 OL (to)

US) CFK-COM
RUT 1
1
i
CROKA ISO-Sy
(CIS) 11-/T
(13)
o I ;CE- 2--«
C1IP51
(f3) YRDYI (, i 16
_11
1 r_-
«I (27) URDY2
--i2 ,~~ 1
( '~fC
1
I
D7 i
) E03 - S06 CNIS 262N
1 1
e
SPINOL E
f1EVOLU11OI1
r21 -~< (47) ORCu DAf (3")>>
DADUT COLII.IAI,D
1 I VOLTAGE
B2 o Ci
alt(3s)j~N
(31) ORCII-Cot) 2
OAOUT
1 I
I
1
11 11
11 1
' F4
1 2
ue 1
,
1 1 ` 1
xm~ 7 SPINDLE
Lm (37) LOAD
1
,
1 ,
1 ,
,
04-Com I 1
2c
a2)>~
1 GI IR
1
1
1 L. ,
i ,
SDU
SPINDLE DRIVE UNIT
Ilm : DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND 511,41.1.

NIT Of COPIED OR PASSED ON 10 A 11PR0 PARTY WI1H-
"II OUR PRKNI WRIIIEN APPRUVAL . WE WILL RETAINALL
IIn .11TS FIKI PAIVIT ISSUE Oft IIEUISTFILATIO14 Of DES"
IIIIL OKUMA - 9/1C

SPINDLE CONSIAIII '
9.0 REVOlunOll
2
0 ALJ1~ ALAI solo ' As ' ,u ;
NN
NA-8 1" A
I CNIS-12 CHIS-11 (
IDEA
1
I 1 t
ALa BI,
015
4
01E
EC.IN.01
5
019
020 SDU ALARM
SPINDLE 2ER0
021 NEVOLU11011
6
N0." i
A335 3-33 SPINDLE COHSIAIII

022 --~~ SPC 2 REVOLUIIO14
023 ---C< 3-8

SL esT I WE~LE DRUSN
NO.7 I r
A3~ S3-9
m+ V2 bAf 7 N SPINDLE OVER LOAD
1
CN-EO-3
PAGE
D2
"VISION
Is its tlnAwn#G Is E zcLusmEa ouRPnopERryAND SHALL
NOT DE COPIED On PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH
OUI fH1R Pn1OR Wf11TTEN APPROVAL . WE WILL RETAIN ALL TITLE
1110111s FOR PATtill ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN.
SPINDLE DRIVE UNIT (2)
1101E OLUMA - VAC
CODY DR11WIND NU
1-35-99 C10070
A >t I C
~
-3 16 FTSD1
A-CH I
L- 0-4 <1 ov
PG
252N
<17 FEED2
I B-CH
OV
2
-7 1. FEED REV
`_
I 2-CH
'( !0
I I` -e oV
+12v -1 +12
I
ELECT
1 SIGNAL A , 1 C OE
1 SPINDLE PULSE-DEN . 1
CNPG ~CH-SO-3~
3
N_COP
PN-IN-01 SPINDLE OVERRIDE
41.P
SOY.
\ 1
\
O
419P 1 70%
2 I -19 4
\ 420P BO'/.
\ 3 -20
421P 1 9D%
\ 4 -ES bR 4-7 1
422P
O 100%
\\ 5
I -22
423P :lox
\ 6 23 I
\ 424P
O 1 120x.
7 2
\ 5
\ 425P 130%
O
\ 8 ~ "25
\
\O
426P 1 150%
\9 -26 i
427P 200%
-27 ,
i
400P I
3
6
CN-P_4
PAGE
REVISION
THIS DRAv1NG IS Duuslvar OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL OKUMA
NOT DE COPIED Ot PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VIT}+- MACHINE TOOLS INC. ~--
O
OUT OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE WILL RETAIN All
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION Or DESIGK TITLE
NOTE
e
DRAVING NO.
C4001
I -
I A B C
I,~IDC24V A2
S
PI t
(029)
DIS _ - C-1 ST INDEX PIN (IN)
" CHI
-1 .2.3
I I
I
I 1
626 52 INDEX BRAKE (ON)

C-iB ,2
l-RUl _---
D3S SS
6-23
02 (D30
4415
-_ E 22
S9 M19 ANSWER FOR
EXT. MACHINE
036 (025) 510

NOTE : EXCEPT (SID) AT PIN STOP.
3
II I
I~I
~DC24V
I
F
_ RUT
3A EC . OT. 01
814 I
D27 4-27 A427 i El ~ i 06
COMI SCSP ~i- SCANNING FOR
INB-13
I STOP POSITION
v I
I
1 I
-ED-
D D
D25 ' N0 .3 S 4-25
SSPP }?
A425 E2
I 36 jj[ 4
NB T5 I COMMAND OF
?t 4_ :G"6
ORIENTATION
029 D
T i 125
1 06C
l I
D30 53 D D
CHECK
I NO-17
s~l IN N)
I
I
D31 54 E4 lift 4
Ne-le ,16I HECK OF
IS024V \
F
CT CTI EC. I N . 01
36N
032
(D30) 1 < 3-20 COM t B
033 11
7
M19
(025)
3 S13
5 3
8_-33
I A 1 3-26
~SCSF
5S
T
N0.71
M19 ANSWER
_pt=m-j_J
__ RT--____ _ OPTION
NOTE: EXCEPT (SI3) AT PIN STOP. EC. IN' OT
F
034 7
<250 COM
BIT
S I EXTERNAL SPINDLE
9207 I NO .121 ORIENTATION
2- 7
ExOR
_ CN E1-2~
PAGE
ID4
TnINDRA1VINOISEXCIUSIVELYOURPROPERTYANDSHALL
NO) BE C(IPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH- pKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC. ~~
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL WE WILL RETAIN ALL
RI(UITS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN. TITLE
L SPINDLE ORIENTATION .
NOTE
_ COIN
B 1."L4'u DRAWING NO. ,
C10015
AC 220Y
30
X-A)OS FEED MOTOR
R4~4 T4 RING
*a Sal CORE NFB
MS2 ~X
R !T~ RUS U UX U 1
2
TYPE:
BL-50E-20
(1XWh
I
1
CN- QP-S
CM { XS- 10
14 I
I
(f) I I
CN-XS-11 OLMX 3
CNIII
s OLM_i ~ /~ 300
I~ I
_D _3
1
20
t
I
CHI' CN-XS-1
MET-OUP >y 4
XS I
_y0
C LOAD METER
3 X-A)aS SERVO AMP.
I
I
t
I U
E
Z-AXIS FEED MOTOR
MZ
' 5
~
CN-DP-6
f
C ; ZS-10
I DCPS CN5I I
OC POWER SUPPLYI -~}70 CN10 A I TYPE-
FOR SERVO AMP . BL- BDE- 20 6
I
I 1-6 >. W)
I
-41 I 1
I I
CN11~ -ZS-11 I OLMZ

1
_3
r1° -D
CN1, CN-ZS-11
-2
53 MET-OUT
-19 LOAD METER
2 ZS
Z-AXIS SERVO AMP . C

2%~ PAGE
L' El
DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELYOUR PROPEHTYAND SHALL
THIS
NOT or COPIED OR PASSE0 ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH. OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REOISTITATION OF DESIGN .
NOTE
.. ... . . . ..u~~a .e....nn s ... .n ....

I I
451N I I
452N I
ice- - I
453N i i
454N
455N I
I I
r 456H _
r_I
.
457H i
1
456N 1 1 -i
I 459N -
4
I
460N i
CIE 1
1 1
461N I I
- i i
I 1
1 I
471N 1 I
472N i i
473H i i
I
1
474N i
~ ~ y
475N i i
I I
476H IIT
I
477N i i
1 I
4761+ i i
I
460N ~ i
T 1
OE
461N I I
` OE I 1
II
nits DRA(YING Is ExcLUSIvELY Dun PROrERTY AND SHALL

NUT 9E ( up" OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH "
(NT OUR MIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. WE WILL RETAIN ALL
SIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN.
TT310
El X-AXIS BRAKE
BRA
MSON
CNPS3 (C5>
E2 7
-2 33 34 3
CNPS2 -E
CNPS3 E
A322A Tf0 4
LOU OVERLOAD
E3
-3
C1 IS024 V 5
T54N
TRIO TB10 8
EC, IN,01
3-19
COM
3-20
~3-21 BIT LDU ALARM 6

E9
LA/
CROL
N0.7 I
CNPSI I
n
CNPS2 (E3>
A322 ,3-22 1
9
EIO LOU OVERLOAD
LOA/
-5 -14
CN=EO-3_j
PAGE
REVISION
THIS DRAWIIIG IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
MIT 11E COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITHI- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
RIGHTS FOF PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRAT10N OF DESIGN. TITLE
NOTE FEED AXIS CONTROL (3)
5-31-91 DRAWING NO.

C40036
A
ACNPH-9 CN7-1
I
1
ACNPH-S CN7-m F
I 257H <19 PHPl
ACNPH-6 I I CN7-: 1
1
I I 1 10 OV
ACNPH-7 i CN7-P
1 I2S4N
20 PHP2
1
ACNPH-6 CN7-r 11
1
I "r, i I I OV
ACHPH-1 I CN7-9 11 1 SIN
+5V-+12V w 1 1 1
6 1 +12V 2
AC11PH-2 1 CN 7-R 1 1
OV F 2 i OV
NN
I
1
ACNPH-3 CN7-I
1 1 I i SIN
1 7 +12V
1 1 I 1
1
ACNPH-4 1 1 CN7-k- 1 1
13 OV
1
PULSE HANDLE CN-50-3
3
NCOP
FEED RATE OVER RIDE
SSIN 402P
4-2 OX
C -- ~1
1
1 403P
I4-3 2X
4
o-
1 I
11 404P
< 4- 4 5X
I
il 405P
< 4-S 10X
11 4
1
1 405P
« 4-6 1 3OX
'i S
407P
« 4-7 SOX
6 1
1 1
1 406P
« 4-6 NO.9 70%
11 7 5
i
il 6
409P
< 4-9
1
Box
BIT
I
11 410P O-3
90X
4-1 0
9 1
1
411P
< 4-11 100X
10
1 1
412P 1
1 < 4-12 1 I10X
1 11
1
413P
i 0- < 4-13 120X
1
12
1 6
1 414P
=- << 4-14 13OX
~ 013 ,
1
1 415P 1
« 4-15 1 150X
i
416P
« 4-15 20OX
15 1
1
400P 7
4-33
L
<<
1
PAGEE
RIIVISION
TH15 DRAWING IS ExclusNELY OUR PROPERTYAND &HALL O
NOT RE COP1E0 OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH. OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL WE WILL RETAIN ALL la" n
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESON . t O
FEED AXIS CONTROL (4)
NOTE
CODY 4
m-1 ~ -n ORAVrwri~o.
C10019
R
1 FG
CNS v~6 --
FG-10 '1I> ~~-1
-A
t 5A-1
-̀F
C-; - 1~ 1 1 1
'T -2 I
FG 1 1I I 11 11
0
401NIi il li il
SA-2 -33
SIN I
_E 1
5A-15 402NI I li il li
-19
SIN-COIN 1.
1 1.- ' I
SA-14 FG 1 -'
i -3 1
FO
ii
II II II
SA-3
~~1
~403N11
< -36
2
COs
I1 -N 1 T I
404N1 II 11
SA-1E I
/ 'T ~ -20
COs-COIN 1._i
i
5A 23 -4 1
FG
-V
SA-1e ~: i Ii
1 < -3e
MPR 11 I 11
SA-5
~"-~I
I
I1 . -h~ ~1 II 1
-22
NPR-COIN
1
SA-4 1 3
-39
DATA
I 1
5A-17 405N I I / .
~~ -23
DATA-N i 1 -Cc I I 1
SA-20
[-CLOCK
409N I
1
I
1
r 41)
1
-40
I 41ON 1 I I
I
1 1 1
5A-7 -24
E-CLOCK-N i 1 -0 Is i
SA-19 411N I I I i -41
WRST I I
I
SA-S 412N 11 1 T i i
-2S 4
WRST-N
5A-S SIN 1 I V ~I i 1
-49 I
+12VC
-K
SA-21 OE
-1e I
OvC
-L 1
49N i i i i
SA-9 < -45
-12VG
1 SA-22 OE
-15
OvC 1 I -S I I
SA-11 CN-SO-2 5
I NC
SA-12
NC
I
I SA-13 ~~
NC
I
I :,A-24
NC >>
I
1
5A-2S >>
NC
I
s
TYPE F
POSITION
ENCODER
PARE
E5
REVISION
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
NOT DE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTYWITH"
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL WE WILL RETAIN ALL TITLE
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN. X-AXIS
NOTE POSITION ENCODER
CODY DRAW" 18C .

04-14-84 C10020
CN6 r- -
6A-10 FG i
FIG I i «-1
-A I
6A-1 FIG i It '
~ -2
FC 11 11 11 11
6A-2 421N : .
< -3s
SIN
I
6A-1S
I z -19
SIN-COM
FO 1
6A-14 1
FIG
6A-3 423Ni~ 2
. < -36
COs 11 11 ii 11
_H t
4 11 11I 111 111
6A-16
COs-COM ~< -20
1
6A-23 \ FG 1-1 < -4 t
FIG I1 11
6A-16 42 5N ii 0.
< -36
MPR 11 II 11 li t
t
6A-3 426N
< -22
MPR-COM _N
6A-4 427N 1 1 -~ 1
< -39 t 3
DATA I
i i -0 i i
426N 1 I 1 I
6A-17
. < -23
DATA-N i i -C i i I
6A-20 \ 429N
< -40
E-CLOCK
43ON 1 1I i i t
6A-7 t
< -24
E-CLOCK-N
6A-19 431H
< -41 t
WRT
S I
t
6A-6 432H i 1 T 1
< -23 4
wRST-N I
6A-6 5IN 1 I -u i i
< -49
I
I
+12VC I
-K
6A-21 OE #I
< -16
O VC I
49N
6A-9 11
< -46
-12VC I
1 6A-22 OE i i R i i
< -1S I
OVC I I 1 -s 1 1
1 6A-11 CN-S0--I
1 NC I __ J 5
6A-12
NC
1 I
1 6A-13
NC I
1 6A-24
t NC
6A-2s
1 NC
TYPE F
POS TION
ENCODER
PAGE
E6
,,,IS DRAWjj1015 ExCLU6tvr.LYOUR PROPERTY ..IINALL REvts*N
NOT RE COI" IEG OR PASSED ON TO A TMRD PARTY WITH- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
OUT OUR t`T.IOR WRITTEN APPROVAL WE WILL RETAIN ALL
RKMTS FOII PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESION . TITLE
Z- AXIS
N01E POSITION ENCODER
COZY DRAWRIo NO
Ie-t4-aa
C10021
.... . ..... . . . ..., ... . ... ... . . . . . ..
A C
O DC24V 8
CHUCK UNCLUVAP
F1 SOLENOID VALVE
CHUCK CLAMP
SOLENOID VALVE
CH3 CN1
F
EF(F12)
1 1e
F3 CHUCK UNCLAMP
Gi
NB-21
F1
CHS GSC 3
(F12)
F4 CHUCK CLAMP
I
DC24Y
3A
TB10
EC,OT,O1 SPZA G6C
D12) (F6
~)
a
BR F9 I11 D23 SPINDLE STOP
F5 ~-B"F
3-18 3 3-13 CHECK
--
7 12 4
~COM NA-11
SPSP~''-I
N0 .2 SPINDLE STOP
_E0:? A313 J, B2 4
F6 CHECK
~ Cl NA-10
06E
EC,OT,O1
3-12 8312 86 CHUCK SPINDLE
3 50 F10
2
F7 S3 INTERLOCKING
COM CHIC
NA-14 BYPASS
NO .8 97
NA-15 NOTE: ATTACH (S3) TO USE
FB CN-E1-3
_ _ M185
OPTION
5
1 B08 F5) Bp, '~ 44

F9
I e A 16
1es
11
I
Bog
F10
12 A-17
~ 6
L
-EC,OT,Ot I
A329 F2 CHUCK CLAMP
3-49 3
F11 COMMAND
COM BR CHCL NB-22 1S
Dm
I
No"I CO1
3-30 F3 Flt CHUCK LMCLAMP
F12 CHOP>} A330 COMMAND
I 18 F4
. CN-EO-3
i F4 V~
CP~ID11 ~(
EC,OT,O1~ NB-24 - _
TRIO RU1 CHUCK UNCLAMP
4-31 4-29 8429 7
CHECK
F13 < COM BR CHCL
r6
NOA 1 8430 CHUCK CLAMP

7 CHECK
F14 CHOP le PAGE
F1
REVISION
THIS DRAVDG IS muslvmy MR PROPERTY AND SHALL OKUMA 1LACIUNE TOOLS INC .
1901 DE COPIED IR PASSED 171 TO A THIRD PARTY VITH-
OIT Dot PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VC VDl RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESICK TITLE
CHUCK CONTROL (1)
NOTE F
3-23-91 DRAVING IH. C40014

Fib
Fie
F17
F19
F20
F21
F,9-a
FOI
9
(F12)
~ 1
MO 2' CHUCK UNCLAMP
COMMAND
RL11
REVISION
THIS DRAWDIG IS EXCLUSIVELY MR PROPERTY AND SMALL OICUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
NOI DE COPIED L3R PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITH-
DUl MM PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VIOL RETAIN ALL
RIGIITS FOR PATENT ISSUE Lit REGISTRATIM DF DESIOI TITLE
CHUCK CONTROL (2)
NOTE
. .__- . .. ._ 1
IN
3-23-91
DRAVING ND,
C40015
A
O DC24V
F25
F26
O1 AC120 V
SMW CHUCK
F27 CLAMP
COMMAND
4
SAME CHUCK
F28 UNCLAMP
COMMAND
O DC24V I SSICH
AIR
THE CNC'P1 ~lw CHCP1 SMW CHUCK
F29 -0 3 l o-4~> SELECT
10 -11 5
I I NCtf
PK IK01
I
311P
F30 < 3-11 'IT I
3 SNV
P
N1.7 SMW CHUCK
SELECT
T'82 300P 3-34 I 7
-O- CON
CNCPI-12 I
OPT10N 1
Lt-P_3
F3
fTow
THIS DRAVIHG IS EXCLUSIVELY OUt PROPERTY NEB SIiALL OKUMA

REVISION e
NOT 1E COPIED 172 PASSED W TO A THIRD PARTY VRIF MACHINE TOOLS INC.
OUT OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE-VU RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS TQ2 PATENT ISSUE O2 REGISTRATION ff DESIGL TITLE e
SMW AIR CHUCK
NOTE 0
CN3 . TONS DELETED TH 3-29-41 AIe
C~ 3-23-TJ1 Dw`VINO Na C40002

O DC24V
CHUCK PRESS
CN2-L2 < LOV OH >
RU2
F
1311
f3? LOW PRESS
<ON >
F
32 LOW PRESS
F33 COMMAND
HIGH PRESS
F34 COMMAND
THIS DRAVDIG 13 EXCLUSIVFIT OUR PROPERTY AND DAM

IQIT BE CUPILD OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITH- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
DJY QRFORPRIOR VRITIEN APPROVAL VE VIL RETAIN N1
RICHTS PATENT ISSUE IR REGISTRATION O' DESIGK TITLE
CHUCK PRESS CHANGE
3-23-Y1 DRAWING
, B7-
THIS DRAVDIG IS EXCLUSIVftY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
NOT DE COPIED UR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITH-
OUT MIR PRIOR VWTT]I APPROVAL. WE vat RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGTSTRATn7! OF DESIGN,
MITE
A B -_- _ -
C
P;.. No . Ill E'I--
ARE nvDEfl 1 E
(PARKE K SOLE ~0ID 044 _T
107
I
(H42 CN4-M SOL17
S1 70
H1 TURRET UNCLAMP
C-22
117
(N6)
H2 TURRET INDEX
2 5> (FORWARD)
C-23 I
TORRENT INDEX
H3
(REVERSE)
2
A401 c1
H4 _ 4tiL UNCLAMP
4V J3 I 1 COMMAND
NB-2B
RI-D25M
HS
H6 4-2 A402 03 H2 FORWARD

TCWA~~ 4 COMMAND 3
NS-30
RI-D25M
H7
H6 1
L"
2
4-3 t
TCCA
A403 G5 4 3 REVERSE
COMMAND
4
H9 RI-D25M
CN _EO-
IS024V
54N
REVERSE
" ' CN4-A
4
TEAS FORWARD
TEAT
TURRET
MECHANISM
LS 5T
FORWARD
1 SOLIT
NO .21 T
501-27 .37 I' "

LSST CN4_F I
C N
4 LSST
~ 2-6 1 6
1 i
LS17-ST
LS6T 1
A207 1
TLA6 5
O C 7-COMMAND, AND LS-INDEX SICNAL
®nnnnnnnnnnnn
1
®nmmMraMoo==o ,
1
~nnnnnnnnnc~c~n,
LS77 CN4-HA206 ;
I .
C~N
} --° b ° ° ,7
°~~--~< i~° s
I ®~n~~~nnnw
.
2-17 CHECK OF
L
C O ~{<
A TCLA CLAMP
NO .1 TURRET
- CNEO_2
PAGE
H
THI5 DRAWING IS EKCLUSIVEIV OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WRH" OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
OUT OUR PRK)R WRITTEN APPROVAL . WE WILL RETAIN ALL
RKIHIS FOR PATENT ISSUE oR REOtSTRATION OF DESKM. TITLE
TURRET SELECT
NOle
/9323 - CODY T-aT-a1

CODY DAAWNO NO.
wat-aal C 1 OO27
DC24V
OPTION
OPTION
SOLIW 1
65 THOU TAILSTOCK
ADVANCE
TAIISTOCK
RETRACT
13
14
15
16
17
I8
19
THIS DRAVING 1S EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND %HhLL

NOT RE CO'IED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITH-
OUT OUR PRIOR VRITTETN APPROVAL VE VIL RETAIN All
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESW TITLE
NOTE TAILSTOCK CONTROL (1)

A I C
IS024 V
ECM01
t 54N 56N <
CON
~N-E0-3-~
OPTION
FTSIV BIT
T81 A219 i 2-19 ADVANCE INCK
us TSAI
Co- 0-M-
0
54N1 I 1 FTSew
119 O
A220 << 1 I ADVANCE NOLD
TSA2
C NO
I
2
FTS3V .
TOF
120
C
1
MC
6V
C NO
A221
K 2-21
TSRF
RETRACT HOLD
N0.6
'~ SV 3Ve
(116) (13) A222 << 3 LIMIT FOR
121 TSOA
41 8 13 OVER ADVANCE
D-11 ~I 1
LSIV 1
(14) A223 - -23 4 LIMIT FOR
122 1
I 31 ~> << TSLM SETTING POSITION
3
I
4V LSZV
(113) (15) 1
123
1 19
! SC 0
13-1 9 yo>>
A224
C TSRT S .J
I
LIMIT FOR
RETRACT
moo=
LS3V LSIV
U 3) (14)
~
K02 .KOI OUTPUT OF TS.
124 ~7> SETTING POSITION
41
I D-2 D-1 i
LS2V 4
n 5>
OUTPUT OF TS.
125
D-4 - 4 6 RETRACT LIMIT
R
U2 _ -
OPTION A -,
TABLE OF <SOU. <LS>. <FTS>
OPERATION FTSiv I FTS2V FTS3V SOLIV SOL2V LSlV LS2V LS3V

5
0 OFF
ADVANCE INCHING r ©
ON OFF ON ON OFF
ADVANCE HOLD ON ON OFF
RETRACT HOLD OFF WF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON
L -2 ~ - lr
fl
7
c
OVER ADVANCE POSITION
(ALARM A 139)
JPAGE
I2
REVISION
THIS DRAVIIIG IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND VKL OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
NOT )E COPIED OR PASSED TIN TO A THIRD PARTY V00- C
IIUT OUR PRIOt VRITTEN APPRQVAL VE VILL RETAIN All
RIWS FEW PATENT ISSUE 11R REQSTRATIM Or DESIGN, TITLE O
TAILSTOCK CONTROL (2)
NOTE .s 0
CH3. TBHS OElETED , TH
- s-Bi WAVING IC C40004

126
127
126
129
PAGE
I3
REVISION e
THIS WAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY MR PROPERTY AM SMALL
NOT BE COPIED Qt PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITH-
OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC . e
OUT 0.R PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF IIESIGIL TITLE e
NOTE
TAILSTOCK PRESS. CHANGE
H
TH
3-25-91 1 DRAVING N4 C4 0018
A
C1 IS024V
r49
C1
T 54H SBN EC.M.D

< _50 CON I
I I
J1
8016
4 -a>
04) 8013 A225 2-25 I CHECK OF DOOR
CLOSE 1
I
<E- ~-« CCC1 Be6
N0.0
2D
I
I
(J5)
2_26
J2 I CHECK DOOR
4 s A-2I --,< ~2 7
I
3D
I (6 ) 9015 A230 I 2-30 3 2
J3 4 > ~ < DROP 1 CHECK OF DOOR
A-3O . 1 OPEN
Rut - _. LN_EO-2~
J24 J23 DOOR CLOSE

J4 LIMIT 1 3
FF
J23 J24
JS DOOR CLOSE
J22 LIMIT 2
J22
is DOOR OPEN
UNIT
R
N_COP_
SSDIL PN,IN.01
ON ~OFF CNCP1 316P
« 6 7rr
DRILL
-4
I DOOR INTERLOCK
N0 .6 1
3DOP 3-34
« CON S
W: NONINTERLOCK WIDTH
7
L53D: OFF LSID: ON ~- INTERLOCK CONDITION
PAGE
J1
REVISION
THIS DRAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY DR PROPERTY AND SHALL
IdiY DE CUPID OR PASSED ON TD A THIRD PARTY VITH- OICUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
G
DJT DJR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL. VE VDl RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATDT ISSUE OR REGISTRATIQI OF DESIGN. TYTLt e
MANUAL FRONT DOOR
NOTE
is
3-25-01 AV "°' C4 0019
DC24V
5
_ _OPTION OPTION
TBPT
(J13) SC" FRONT DOOR

OPEN
J10 3 1 4 D-26' TBCON
(J 92)
1 50 FRONT DOOR
CLOSE
3 4 D_y5
RU2
DC24V
3A OPTION 2
TB10 CN1
EC,0T,01 -2.3
J11
4-31 9IT COMMAND OF
4-25 I A425 M90 I N1
I
J12 COM 0 FRONT DOOR
'NE-15 CLOSE
DRCL TB10 a
G6c
i NO .5
L I-425 I A426 COMMAND OF
J13 DROP 91
i a FRONT DOOR
v NE-la 1 OPEN
G6c
L - CN-EO =4 3
DC24V
3
TB10
TBCON (SID TBCON DOOR CLOSE

0--0 LIMIT 1
J14 4 VT 3 NA-1a
GSA
4
n
LS2D DOOR CLOSE
0- 2D
J15 LIMIT 2
4 ~3
G&A
DOOR OPEN
J16 LIMIT
G6A
~56N __ _ _
G TRIO cc . 1N,01 -~ 5
-49_ cow
1D
1016 J14) -_ _ ~
I
8013 A225 i 2-25 CHECK OF DOOR
J17 i CCC1 CLOSE T
I A-3i 4 F 9- A26~' - BR ,
2D a
JIB
(J 13)
8014, A22a . 2_28 N0.6 I CHECK OF DOOR
CLOSE 2
4 FaA-29' CCC2
i
3D
J19
(J 1 5)
4 FaA-301
9015- A23O ~ 2-30
DROP
7
NO.S 1
I CHECK OF DOOR
OPEN
6
i
~ cN-EO=2 -~
auk_-__~
NCOP
OPTION ~~N,1N,01
PB1D 3 13P BR i
li^111
I I
1 04~ 1 3- 3 4 DOOR MANUAL CLOSE
CNAD-1 CNAD-p
~82D v
314P 3-14
l i3
I
DOOR MANUAL OPEN
4 DROP NO .a 7
3
cNCPI aN,Y,oFF CNCP1 316P 3-16 DOOR INTERLOCK
DRIL
1 -12 1 2 -14
300P- 13_34
o-~ < COM i
J
Tel CN-P=3
2
REVISION
T= DRAVDG IS EXCLUSIVELY DA PRW0TY No SW111 OKMIA MACHINE TOOIS INC .
NOT 1E COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY ViTN-
WT DJt PRIOR WRITTEN APPRDVAL WE WILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATDIT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION Or DESIGN TITLE
NOTE AUTOMATIC FRONT DOOR (1) 0
3-25-91 DRAWING ND, 040020

LDdIT SW. LS LS LS
COMMAND 1D 20 3D
DOOR CLOSE U90 ANSWER ON ON OFF
DOOR OPEN U91 ANSWER OFT OFF ON
THIS DRAW Wq IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERI Y AND SNAIL

NOT DE COPI10 OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WRH.
RIGHIS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN.
J30
J31
J32
J33
OPTION
-49
COM
2-50
BIT
6210 EXTERNAL
<~ 2-10 0 NO.I1
J34 SPINDLE
ESIN
INCHING
CN-EI-2
J35
__
F --
_"COP_
PN,IN,O1
PBAB BIT
31 SP AIR BLOW
<< 3-15 6 NO.6 MANUAL
ARB
<ON>
CNAD-1
300P 3-34
Dom
CN-P-3
REVg10N
71115 DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND61IALL
OUT OUR 1`R10R WRITTEN APPROVAL WE WILL RETAIN ALL
TITLE
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION Of DESIGN.
AIR BLOW
NOT
CODY DRAWING NO
so-34-se C10034
Mau~WwnlnR "t .ta".O " M"Ha BM
C2 DC24Y
3AOPTION
_
TION
EC.OT,O1 1
BIT aor I COMMAND

J41
3-50
COM
3-IB~
SARBY
B345 LI
_ !
M
01
B
t
1 40 Of SPARE
A1R BLOW
N07
.
OPnON NCOP _ _ 3
PII,IN,Ot
t PBA2
-J-
j `'~1
_S
316P 3-1o
SARB
BT
1 NO.? I
t SPARE AIR
BLOW
MANUAL
1 1 <ON> -
1 t
a+AD-5 300P 3-31
COM
TB2
- _FtP-,_
- 7
PAGE
15
REVISION
7145 DRAWING tS EXCPASSED ON 10 11DPERTY AND BItAII
IIOT BE ( OPTED OR 70 A TNIRp PARTY WR14 JOKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. WE WILL TAW ALL
Ilv'.NTS Tf)R PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN. TITLE
SPARE AIR BLOW o
r
wolf.
I
CODY
~ -ee DMWINON0
to-I 010075
Q AC120V O
A 2
CN8-S
WKC
(K3) CN8
ao TB2
WORK
Kl COUNTER
C-11 -V
RU1_
WORK
COUNTER
FULL COUNT
3
WORK
COUNT
" 1 STRAP MUST BE REMOVED

TO ACTIVATE EXT. CYCLE
STOP CIRCUIT
" 2 EXTERNAL START IMPOSSIBLE IS 4

ACTIVATED WITH STRAP INSTALLED
K4
K5
5
EXTERNAL
START
IMPOSSIBLE
KS
B3 DC24V WKC
(K3)
K7 PROGRAM
I 13 9 C-33 END(M02)
PULSE
-'
I
C-34 I
7
CTR
Ft OI )> WORK
COUNTER
K8 CN2 - - B-18 FULL COUNT
4 B
-1,2.3
RU1 PPA(SE
REVISION
TIIIS DRAVIIXi IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
NIIT DE COPIED OR PASSED ON TD A THIRD PARTY WITIR-
DL7T OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL VE WILL RETAIN ALL
RIGI4TS FOR PATENT ISSUE DR REGISTRATION 13F DESII?L TITLE
NOTE
WORK COUNTER
3-28-a1 DRAWING NCL C40029

TIIIS BRAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SNAU
NUT DE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITII-
OtiT OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VIL RETAIN N1
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGK
WORK END
LAMP
2
ALARM LAMP
NOTE, ATTACH < S14, S15 > TO USE

' CONDITION LAMP .
K27
K28
K29
K30
K31
K32
K33
(K29).
C09 C0~8 PROGRAM END
X34
48 (M02)
H-13 3-12
AL
(K31>
X35 NC ALARM
4. -8
AL
(K31)
K36 C012 NC ALARM
19~ ~-
9 B 16 ~
PAGE
REVISION
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN TITLE
NOTE INDICATION LAMP
3-25- 0 1 DRAWING No.

040021
C, IS024V C1
54N 56N
EC,tN.01
" 1 REMOVE JUMPER
FOR PSIC - - II
OPTION ~~ 3-2pCOM
~CN-EO-3 I
I
PS,C 1 2_ 1 5 - BTT
I I A215 5 OIL SOURCE PRESSURE
OPA/
UTBOU c NO TT-
NO. 1
z
A216 6
CPA CHUCK PRESSURE
A227 2-27 0" LURE TANK LEVEL

« SOL
A228 2-28 NO.5 LURE FLOW

SOF 3
SPINDLE LUBE PRESSURE
S71-s-
917 Till A229
2"
"3
N-EO - 2
"3 REMOVE JUMPER
FOR PS,S
PS3C TBI A324 ~< 3-24 BIT I AIR PRESSURE FOR
APA/ 3
O NO .71 SMW AIR CHUCK
"2
"2 REMOVE JUMPER
FOR PS3C 4
OPTION- N-EO -33I
DEVICE SYMBOL
SPEC ;~~~~ FSiL PL1L F52L PL2L PS2C PS3C PL3C
~C-°
A, 0 0 STANDARD 5
C, 0 0 ~C - 0 0 OPTION
SMW AR CHUCK ONLY
Z DRAVIIIG IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL

DE COPIED OR PASSED ON TD A THIRD PARTY WITH-
OUT OUR PRIM WRITTEN APPROVAL WE VILL RETAIN ALL
LUBRICATION MONITOR
ETNO
15024V
54N 56N I EC, IN. 01
3:19 COIN
20
BIT
EXTERNAL ALARM
TRIO 1
NO.7 I
A326 EXTERNAL INPUT 24

~~IN24 7
2
i
lout
CANCEL FOR INTERNAL
INTERLOCK
N0 .9 i
1
< EXTERNAL INTERLOCK

OIL 4G 7
TRIO / 1
1
BIT
3-41 EXTERNAL RESET
I 3
~< RS
I
I
S I EXTERNAL START
« STR
NO.5 I
I
I
A343 EXTERNAL SLIDE HOLD

<TSP/ 6
T810 TB10
I
4
7
E EXTERNAL CYCLE STOP
CN-EO-3
OPTION
.N
EC I . 01
I
8202 2-2 BIT
<<ESUE 0 NO.12 I EXTERNAL START
IMPOSSIBLE
1
BIT
2 NO.11
8212 <<CDM AUTO MODE
1
_
aI_El_?
_J s
8341 INTERLOCKING DEVICE

T810 7810 ESCAPE POSITION
I
L :? E1 _3 _J
PAGE
M
REVISION
THIS
M01
ORAWIN0ISEXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SWILL
SE CCX4ED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH . OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
OUT Dun f1IKTR WRITTEN APPROVAL . WE WILL RETAIN ALL TITLE
RKJITS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN.
NDlE NC-EXTERNAL INPUT
o""o No
1
L "-14 " 1 .
CSIL
4 --1- 3 CHIN 101N
<< 1-13 RESET SW i SnlEM
CS2
o---< 7 RESET
4 -1- 3 102N LOAD
f-- << 1-23 LST SW
START
I
ssu~ 9
2 103N PROGRAM
1-24 LOAD SW
LOAD
WON
1-T4 w 1
CN-NO-
.1 i "OVE FOR PTR OPWN
"2 1 F PIR OPI10N
*2
1
I CSIL ACN21
03-)>
a2L
4 -1- 3 -2 1
~ N
-31
1 4 ~ >
I SS2L -4I
1 I--~>
OPTION
THIS REVISION
DRAVING 12 EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHY1
OI{UMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
NOT DE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITH-
DUT OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPRQVAL VE VU RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN TITLE
SYSTEM CONTROL
NOTE
3-25-01 DRAVING NO . C40022

< 1-25 CHI
I
I
2 >~ 1-26 I CH2
3 )j I< 1-27 CH3
4 )) 1-26 I CH4
I
5 )) 1-2D CH5
6 >> 1-30 I CH6

2
I
7>> 1-31 I CH7
B )) 1-32 ( CH6
1-33 I DTSB
11 »
13 )) 1-2 I TRW
I
14 )) 1-3 I TRUN 3
16 )) 1-34 I PTRERR
I
I
A>> < 1-15 OV
H,
---C>
~D)>
OE 1-16 ov
I 4
I
soN < 1_7 1 5V
SON I I< 1-6 15V -
I 50N I< 1_ y SV
I
I
SON !< 1_10 SV
I I
52N I ~ < 1_11 24V 5
I I I I
I I 52N < 1-12 124V
I I OE I
I I J « 1-z1
I I -
I I OE I'< 1-2z I ov
01,
PAGE
REVISION
TI0S DRAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
MIT DE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH-
I3UT MR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGK TITLE e
TAPE READER PTR
NOTE
3-25-D 1 DRAVING NO . C40023

1 602N
CN7 -B I 2 ~ ov
I 1603N CN7-o
I ' < 3I . ov
I
_ 604N CND-0
I I
4 I Ov
605N CN7-E i
5
I
Ov
2
' 'i 6 OE+N CN:
-`
I
e I ov
1
ri
619N GN7 -N
<( fe I NSYNC
i ~I N CN7 -P I
20
1
NSYNC-N
I
621 N CN7-R
21 I VSYNC
I I
622N CN7-s I
22 22 I VSYNC-N
' = 626N 0117-V II j I 3
2e 2e Txo
627N CN7 -W I
27 27 i TXO-N
i 628N
I
CN7-x
i i
2e 14
N 2e I RST _
-
I 629N CN7-z I I I
2B v 29 f RST-N
31
I i ; 631 N I
31 I R%D
I I I I
1
I I 1632N CN7-b I 1 4
32 I I 32 I RXD-N
CNIF -c I I
33 33 i CTS
I 1 634N C"n -° I I
34 I I I I 34 , CTS-N
i i FG CN7-A t I<
+ I
1 re
I
I
13
I i 6I N CN7 -o f1
I ' 13 a-VIDEO
CND N I
I
14 614N 14 I B-VIDEO-N
I I I
615N CN7- .I I I
1s E- ;< 1a + o-VIDEO
616N CN7 _R
to le I O-WOEO-N `
617 N CN7-L 1
17 17 ' I R-VIDEO
is
618N CN7-M I
1e
I
6
R-NDEO-N
23
I I G23N CN7-T I
23 I NBRT
I I I 1
CN7-U I
I I624N
24 24 I NBRT-N
1 1 1 1 1
1
_a+-P-e
_
CRT-PANEL
PAGE
P1
REvoom
11 a5 DRA%VWG IS E %CLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
11Of BE t .OPIED OR PASSED ON 10 A THIRD PARTY WAU OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
OUl OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL WE WILL RETAIN ALL
HIGHTS f OR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN. TITLE
CRT PANEL
NOTE
CODY DRAWPIG NO.

10 " 14 " 99 C10042
A _ "Cop I_ _ C
Penu PN-IN-01
201P 2-1 BIT
~o O~ RESET
~~ RST p 1
_L_P8214
30 oi
20 2P {< 5TR 1 I
I
CYCLE START
v
1
l Pn3N 201P << 2-3 2 j SLIDE HOLD
Or
CNFPI
sw -«
20 SEOUENCC RES7AR7
I
0 RET 3
-33 I
6 No. I
205P ' 2-S TURRET INDEX
SW2
~0 T(A T
-20
206p ~~ PANEL NON OPERATION
1
9- PNAD s
I
2
207p 2-7
~~ PNAE PANEL OPERATION
6 t 2
sw3~0 CNrPI
-
20eP << 2- 6 7 I
1
CRT DISPLAY ors
32
SW! 209P I 2-9 BIT 1 MANUAL FEED +Z
I<
O << MNPZ
I
0 1
SW3 21
_- I 2-10 T MANUAL FEED +X
0 MN X 1
SW2 O
2t 1 P
'~ MNNZ
2-11 2 I MANUAL FEED -Z
2>
-« 2-12
21 NO.2 MANUAL FEED -X
~0
s 3
I
11-12 3
~
sw o 2~< 2-1 ! SPINDLE INCITING
SPI
-1t 1
SWf3 214P 1/2-t " S I
0 SPINDLE FORWARD
SPCw
13
Swf 2 215P 1 2-15 6 j SPINDLE REVERSE
O SPCC
-)2
SWID 216P ( 2-16 SPINDLE STOP
O~O-- -<C SPSP 7 1
10 I 1
sw8 217P 2-17 BIT ( PULSE HANDLE MAGID
0 PHI, 0-
e~ 4
218P 2-t6 1 PULSE HANDLE MACSO
~O
S << P1150
-9
sW~ -« 2-19
2t
O I PULSE HANDLE 2-AXIS
PHZ 2
-6 1
SW5 22DP ' 2-20 3 No.3I PULSE HANDLE X-AXIS
O ,N PHX
SW7 221P1 2-21 ! j PULSE HANDLE MAGI

O << MNT
B
-<
22
SW23 5 ( BLOCK DELETE
O ODE 2
~3 1 5
223 1 "
7
® (art:")
swl e 2I7P <<2-27 2 ; ZPARE_L
0 HoNIToR ON
-te 6
swig 226P I 3 ~P7tR~2
N04
. I AUTO SET
0 I-26
-19 1
-
229P 1C
Sw3~0 (< 2-29 ! I SPARE 3
-30
230 i
5 SCHEDULE CYCLE STOP
l<pSSP
I
sw21 231P <<2-31 6 ILLUMINATING LAMP
O 1
-21 1
«2 " 32 7 I
CNrPI 7
IOOP « 2_33 j COMMON
caw
-33
2-3 COMMON
-8- I
I<COM!
TB22
CN-P-2 PAGE
P2
RE VI"ION
1LIIS L1nAW IIID IS E XCLUSIVELY OUR PnOPEnTY AND SI IALL OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
",I BE C- -PIED on PAssF.n ON To A 1HIn0 PARTY WITH .
o,), OUR 1'nion wn'"EN APPROVAL . WE WILL RETAIN ALL G
TITLE
RIC.IITS F(nl PATENT ISSUE OR nEGISTRAIION OF DESIGN.
OPERATION PANEL INPUT (1)
NCI!
_CHANGE_ /9101" CODY A
.~ nnAwINnla.
COt)Y pe
y .t!- C10043
PN . IN,01
ORYR 0T
2 1
<< YLCK
<< ON
« ;i0F
<I ATS1
I<me
I<npsp
e
« sce
<I -20
SHRT
-21
TSKE
1
22
<< TSCL
1
23
<< TSUC
1 -24
<< CHWO
-25
«SPRR
1
-26
<< LOW
ROSP
-28
<' PON/
I< Zi
1301
%AO1
<I
I 31
.
ZBOI
<I 32
ZAO1
-<<-33
THIS MAYAN, I IS E%CLUSNEIY OUR PROPERTYAND SMALL

NOT DE COPII 0 OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTYWITH
OUT DI 'R PRIU -R WRITTEN APPIIOVAL . WE WILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHIS FOR 1ÀTENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN .
_ N_COP
PN,Oi,01
CNFP2
601P LEDA SPINDLE GEAR 'NEUTRAL'
I -~ A\a/~'
602P LEDI
SPINDLE GEAR 'ON'
I
-9
© (OPTION)
603P LEDJ
2 6-3 - PPACy MONITOR ON
I \41r
-10
604P LEDjL
3 6-4 3r*RC-2 AUTO SET
0 NO.1
> LED!
t41r 2
-19
> < LEDI

I S 6-6 >
-20 i s
6 6-7
OT21
7 6-6 >
0 0722 >
3
(?ICPh7
I 61SP CHUCK UNCLAMP DISPLAY
6 6-15 >
CHLO I G
N0.2
-6
6-16 616P " y/1^
C7 CHUCK CLAMP DISPLAY
>
s-,7 ( 4
TSCL >>
1
s-a I
TSuG >>
I
I 6-19 I
CMAL>>
NO.3
6=20 I
I TSOA>
va
I
6-21 I> 621P
CNCPI-9
F-
<( TAIL STOCK SLEEVE
Tr7sI
L
TSFM > IN POSITION
I 6-22 >I --` AJ tSdiJ
5
I
TSRT >
6-2 1
1 B TTL
6-24]I
ATn i>
I 6-2s>
>
CNFP2-23
626P
t +SV
I
ClICP2-1
s00P
+aV L 6
I i CN~1-1
6 00P
a-ze»
+sV
+SV
+12V- 6-31 »
I
+12V
6-32» 7
I
6-33»
+12V
6- 34»
+12v
CN-P-6
PAGE
P4
REVISION
THIS ORAWIIIG IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
NOT DE CCII'IEO OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC. G
OUT OUR PIIIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL WE WILL RETAIN ALL

NOTE OPERATION PANEL OUTPUT (1)
CHANGE 19101 - CODY

CODY DRAWING NO
C10045
CNFP2
3011`4 ` ' LEDd
3-1 PULSE HANDLE 10/1
-4 i~Va
3-2 302P4 lED4 PULSE HANDLE 50/1
a
3031`4 LEDb PULSE HANDLE Z-AXIS
3-3
-2 ~
Tva
3041`4 fn LEOo PULSE HANDLE X-AXIS
3-4
_ ~y4
3051`4 LEDc_
3-S PULSE HANDLE 1/1
iWK
3061`4 3 LEDm BLOCK DELETE
3-6
3071`4 -1~-~,y~ LED COOLANT MANUAL

3-7 Z
3-6 3061`4 LEDt COOLANT AUTO
W
I
I LEUp
3-9 3091`4 DRY RUN
PANEX . -16 \V
1 CARD 4 3101`4 ' a LEDq
3-10 MACHINE LOCK
-17 ~.4
3111`4 LEDr MANUAL INTERRUPT 'ON'
3-111 j
i A~4
3-12 3121`4 -1~ / LEDU INTERLOCK CANCEL
-21 3
3-13 3131`4 LED4 ILLUMINATING LAMP
I
-12 , W
' ill
SI4P4 LEDv CRT DISPLAY 'OFF'
3-14
r
- 22
'2^g' LED!?
I
3151`4
3-15 OPTIONAL STOP
-15 ya
3161`4 ` ' LEDrn
3-15 SINGLE BLOCK
1
13 i
3171`4 i
3-17 j <
i 4
3161`4 2
3-16
-26
3191`4
3-19
-25
3001`4
3-20
J
I
-24
DC24Y
CN-PA4-3
5
I t
1
1 1
I
2
PANEX
I CARD 4 1 __NCOP
-
6
1 1
1 ( CRT DISPLAY 'ON' 'OFF'
1
' I
1 4 O TBCRT 1
L_
PAGE
1`5_
Rf VI7IXkl
DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTYAND SHALL
TIIIS
!#)l BE C ;.-PIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH . OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
Do OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL WE WILL RETAIN ALL
RIOIRS "HI PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN . TITLE
IL',
NOlf - OPERATION PANEL OUTPUT (2)
D
CODY
OPAWL40 NO
10-14-u C10046
A
I
HCOP
7-1 >>
751P P
« 1-1
A ;EX CARD 4_]
LDO-N
Ji
732P
7-2 >> (((C 1-2 LD1-N 1
1
753P
7-3 >> << 1-3 LD2-N
I I I (
754P
' 7-4 >> <<1-4 LD3-N 1
7-5
i
>> 755P
I
<< 1-5 LD4-N I
( 7-6
h
756P I
<<1-5
I
LDS-N
' 757P
7 <C1-7 LD6-N i
758P
7-6 ~< 1-8 LD7-N I
~~
7-
759P
1-9 LAD-N I
1 I I t
76OP
' 7-10 ~~ << 1-10 LAl-N 1
I I
761P
7-11 >> 1-11 LA2-N I
I
1 1
7-12 762P < 1-12 LA3-N

I I I 1
( 7-13 763P
>> <<1-13 LA4-N
I
764P
7-14 >> « 1-14 WT-S70
-N I
7-15 ~~ 1-15 PAN-PST
I -N
I 1
7_15 766P 1-16 LA5-N i
1 7-17 >> CC 1-17 NC

1
I I
7-18 >> 1-18 NC I
1 1 I 1
7-19 ~~ << 1-19 NC i
(
7-20 >} 770P ~< i-20 +5V I
I i
771P 1-21
7-21 x} +5V
I I I
772P
7-22 >} 1-22 +5V
773P
7-23 ~~ 1-23 +5V I
I 1<
>> 774P << 1-24
7-24 45V
I
7-25 775P i
~J 1-25 +5V
776P
7-26 >> 1-26 +5V
1
I
7-27 >> 1-27 NC I
i
778P i< 1_28
7-28 >> CND I
779P
7-29 >> 1-29 CND
1
1 780P
7-30 >> 1-30 CND
I I 1
78tP i 1-31
7-31 >> CND 1
I
782P < 1-32
7-32 >> CND
1
I
753P
7-33 1-3] CND
I I
764P
1 7-34 << 1-34 CND 1
>l
-_ P- z - L-Qt?A4=
- 1 J
REVISION
TI11$ DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SMALL
W)T BE CI IrIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH
. OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL . WE WILL RETAIN ALL
RtrIITS F(In PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN. TITLE
PANEX CARD 4
"Off
CODY
~I10-1 "-"" CMYVMO110
" C10047
5
0 SA
OPTION
Ec .OT.D1
err
R1 OD1M2 r0
NO-2
0414 43
4-14
R2 ND-3 1
USN2
J4
N0.9
ND-4 2
0415 JS
R3 2 ND-5 I
18
ND-6
9416 J7
L3 4-16
R4 ND-7 1
U8A14
J6
ND-e
err 8423 J9
4-31 4-23
RS "0
COAT USN5 ` ND-9 1\
J10 3
`5-10
9424 ~I J11
4-24
R6 ND-11 1
USA16
NO .11 J12
I ND-12
N25 J13
2 4-25
R7 ND-13 I
USM7
J14
ND-14
9426 Ì J15
3 4-26
Re 4
usms ND-15 1
J16
"I NJ716
CN-EI-4
R9
eW
RIO ND
J19
'` ND19 6 5
J20
R12 -2
ND06
- 1
1 J21
R13 ND
J22
R14
6
R15 `~ND-23
" J24
R16
~R1
H
REVISION
THIS DRAVING IS E%CLUSIVELY RR PROPERTY AN SHALL
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED 13N TO A THIRD PARTY VITI1- OKM MACHINE TOOLS INC.
D
OR OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VUl RETAIN ALL
RIOiTS FOR PATENT ISSUE DR REGISTRATION OF DESIGl TITLE
M-CODES (1)
NOTE
VING 110 .
3-25-91 C40024
LB 1
OPTION__
MIDI M101A M102 MIDPA M103 M103A M104 M104A

CR9
j_)~(_R~25) (RID~_ ~CR~26) (R111~) (R~27) (R12) (R28)
~J13
12 1 7 127~
L
7 112
7T 12 7 12 7 12 7 12 12
L
_5
W01 M102 M103 M104
(R9) CR10) (R11) (R12)
iv ~v
F
I 10 ~ 10 10 10
M105 M105A M106 M106A M107 M107A KIDS MI08A

CR13~_ ~) C~R29) (R14) (R30) CR15) (R31) CR16) (R32)
12 12 7 1~27~ 12 7 FIF 7 F-7 12
2
-
1:1D4 -.
t(H
15
o' NH-5
D6
I N8-6
I NH-7
Do
0
I NH-8
<<--R
I NH-9
I NH-10
Dil
NH-I1
NH-1212
113
I NH-13
.. D14
THIS DRAVDIG IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY NO SHALL

NIIT HE CIPIED OR PASSED UN TO A THIRD PARTY VITH-
OUT OUR PRIOR VRITTT]4 APPROVAL VE VILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS rak PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRAT11N OF DESIGN
A c
G6C CONTACTOR CAPACITY
ITEM LOAD NON INDUCTIVE INDUCTIVE
RATED LOAD D2~V IOA SA

7
PERMISSIBLE CURRENT IDA
AC3B0V
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE DC12SV
RUSH CAPACITY 2 300VA I150VA

MINIMUM LOAD DC5V IDDrtA PAGE
REVISION
THIS DRAVUJG IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SMALL
NOT DE COPIED OR PASSED OR TD A THIRD PARTY VITH- OKUMA MACIIINE TOOIS INC .
DUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL VE'VLL RETAIN All
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE 17R REGISTRATION OF DESIGN TITLE
USER M-CODES (1)
NOTE C
3-25-91 DRAWING NI1 C40026

G6C CONTACTOR CAPACITY
ITEM LOAD NON INDUCTIVE INDUCTIVE
RATED LOAD DC24V IDA A
PERMISSIBLE CURRENT BOA

AC3B0V
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE DC125V
RUSH CAPACITY 2 300VA 1 150V A
MINIMUM LOAD DC5V IOOmA
REVISION
THIS DRAVIIG 1S EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
NOT BE COPIED IA PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITH-
OUT OUR PRIOR VRITIEN APPROVAL VE VILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION IT DESIGM TITLE
USER M-CODES (2)
NOTE
3-25-Y 1 DRAVING Na C40027

THIS DIUWINfi IS FXCLUSIVELYOURPROPEATYAND SHALL
NOT Df COPYD OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTYWITH.
OUT OUR PRU)R WRITTEN APPROVAL WE WIl1 RETAIN ALL
RIGNTL TOR PATENT ISSUE OR REOtsyRAT1oN OF DESIGN .
.-----------------------------------------------------
OPTION ------ I
I
S21 FG
1
« -2 FG
S22 FO
<<
<< -4 CH6
S23 . « -s ov
« -6 CH7
S24 « -7 OV
<< -6 CH6
525 << -9 1 ov
LP CARD 3
« -10 CHs
-11 Ov
S26
I< -12
<<
I CH4
S27 I< -1s ov

I< -11
1
1
S25 « -Is t CH3
« -16 Ov
I
S29 't -17 CH2
1
I
1
'< -16 1 o
S30 r -r I< -19 CHI
f
1 1
1 I 1 t
t 1 JJ « -2O Ov
L1
l_1 l) L - «+I 3-1
531 ------_------------------------
1
1
1
1 CNIS t
11'1 1n
59V
I- ;1 10 11
1 tl ;
60V
I la 1
L- SDU R4) TLl10
Talc
S36
S37
S35
I wj 0IIAWUJO IS V NCLUSIVELY OUR PIKJP9RTY AND SHALL

lAit DE CJMÌEU .+'I PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY mill.
out OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. WE WILL RETAIN ALL
IOI.IIIS FOR PATEIJT ISSUE OR REOISIPA71ON OF OESION.
C10071
1-1
«
I
« '-~
3-3>>I I 1-;
«
3-4 >>I I _
I
3-5>>I «1 ;
I
3-6 >>1
I
3-7>>I
I
3-6>>I
I
3-9 >>I « 1-1
I
3-10 »I « i-1
i
3-11>>I
I
3-12 >>I « 1-12
3-13 >>I
3-14 >>I « 1-14
I
«
3-15 »i I
«
I
3-17 >>I «
I
3-16 >>I >I
I
3-20>>I
i
3-21>>I
I
3-22»I
I
I
< 1-24
I
«
I
«
I
«
«
3-29 j>
3-30>>I I
3-31 >>I «I 1-31

I .
3-32»I « 1-32
I
3-33»I « 1-33
I I
3-34» « 1-33
TI HS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELYOURPROPERTY AND FIIALL

MIF SE COPIED OR PASSED ONTO A THIRD PARTYWITH "
LMIt OUR VRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL . WE WILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHi6 FITR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN .
.n e.u.~.., ~. r .n rrn
--
3-35 >> 135P

1
t
3-36 136P 1-36 Ex-syso

1
1
1 <<
3-37 137P « 1-37 1 EX-5180
3-36 961, « 1-36 EX-STB1

t 1
3-39 139P « 1-39 EX-STB1
1 3-40 140P « ,-40 1 EX-S782
3-41 >> 141P 1-41 EX-STB2

2
1
1 t
3-42 142P' « 1-42 EX-ST93
1 t
t 3-4J 143P 1
« 1-43 EX-ST83
Al;l
3-44 144P « 1-44 EX-ST94

t t
3-45 >> 145P « 1-45 EX-S794
I 3-45 146P « 1-46 t

Ex-ST95
3
3-47 >> 147P 1-47 EX-ST85

I I
1
3-48 ~' 148P « 1-48 EX-STB6
t
I 3-49 >> 149P « 1-49 1
EX-STB6
3-50 150P
1-50 1
1
CN-PA2-3- _ CN-P 1 4
PAGE
S4
Revnlom
THIS DRAWINO 15 EXCLUSIVELY OURPROPERTY AND $WALL
NOT $E COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTYWITH . OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
OUT OUII PRIORWRITTEN APPROVAL WE WILL RETAIN ALL
RXSHTS TOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESKIK TITLE
NOTE PANEX CARD 2A (2)

G
CODY
omAwnq ft
to-f4-4n C10055
1141S DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OURPROPERTY AND SHALL
w1T Of UOPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH"
0111 OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL . WE WILL RETAIN ALL
IIA;HTS TOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION Of DESIGN .
CN31-1
FG FG
1 1 ( 1
I
1 i i _2
727N 1 i TXD
27 I
1 I
_3
I 17 i i 717N i 10 RXD
1
728N ; ! i NIS
2E 3/ 1 I
1 1 '
1 I = 71 EN CTS
10 ~`
n
1 1 719N OSR
~t
19 1
I
Ovc
2 0E 411T'1
I 1 1
'
1
' _s
i 72014 co
20 1 1
706N REG 1
6
1
i 1 707H I i -1 0
REG 2
7 1
0 I 1 0 E 1
OVC
e ~ p I
9 ;~,
i i -
0 E i2 OvC 3
3
10 1 I 0 E OVC
I 4
i i 724N TX _
21~
I t -15
I
1 1" I ~ 711N TX RET/
6
2S > i i 725N i i RX 1
7
\ I I 715H RX RET/
15
723N I -1 11 RDCL
23
13 i i 713N I I -1 9 RDCL RET/

' 1 1
I i I 722N I i
_2 0
DTR
29
1
I
i 730N 1 C1
30
1 1 I 1
L-T=!!o--l - I
PAGE
T2
REVISION
THISDRAWUIGISEXCLUSIVELY OURPROPERTYANDSHALI- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
NO I 11E COPIED OR PASSED 011 TO A THIRD PARTY WRIH
OUT OUR PIIg WRITTEN APPROVAL. WE WILL RETAIN ALL - -
RICII1S FOII PATENT ISSUE OII REGISTRATION OF DESIGN . TITLE
PUNCHER
NOTE - AS 717C INIrREACF
CODY E .EE onAWwo mo C10080 _

1
E40029 CONTROL CABINET PARTS LAYOUT (1)
E40030
E40031
CONTROL CABINET PARTS LAYOUT (2)
RELAY UNIT
im
E40032 SERVO AMP & DC POWER SUPPLY
E40037 LNC-8 CPU
E40038 TBOU TERMINAL BLOCK
E40040 TB10 TERMINAL BLOCK
E40043 TBPT TERMINAL BLOCK
E40041 TBCON TERMINAL BLOCK =-
E40045 TB1 TERMINAL BLOCK
E40033 OPERATION BOX PARTS LAYOUT (1)
E40034 OPERATION BOX PARTS LAYOUT (2)
E40039 TB2/TBCRT TERMINAL BLOCK
E40035 ELECTRICAL MACHINE PARTS LAYOUT
E40036 TURRET ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT O
E40042 TBAS TERMINAL BLOCK
E40044 TBAT TERMINAL BLOCK
LNC-8 ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT
TH 103 .12 .91 Drawing No . : B40007

O O ~O
CL 0.
J r
n U
o n r~
a clc; .on
I NN
X N O ~IiU
0K0 - 6 .1
ZZZZZ
ao 00
U
000UU
~
0
TIUS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PKIPERTY AND SHALL

MIT HE COPIED DR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITH-
UUI UUk Pk1UR WRITTEN APF6tDVAL VE WILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION DF DESIGN.
t
r
101 Q'
Y K O
_('
O
0
13
0
0
N 0 d'
Z
F
O
7R
w
THIS DRAVDIG IS EXCLUSIVELY MR PROPERTY AND SMLL

full Dr. COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITH-
HUl IfuR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VDl RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATH)1 OF DESIGN TITLE LNC-8 CONTROL CABINET
WITE PARTS LAYOUT (2)
CN2 CN2
1 1
2
2 2
3 3
CHI 4 CNI 4
1 S S
2 6 2 e
_3 7 7
_4 e _4 e
_S S
6
OPTION OPTION 3
RU-UM1 RU-UM2
SPARE M-CODE SPARE M-CODE
2 PAIRS, 4PAIRS 4 PAIRS
PLC-NA PLC-A CN3
1 2
S1 4
S2
PLC-ND PLC-NE PLC-D
c 3 4
S3
S4
PI,G-NB
SS i 0
S6 c rc c
m PLC-B
z S7
a se PLC-C
SY m
[B
PLC-NC 510 CN1 CN2 a
S11
S12
1 2 3 sle 0 Y 5
I 513
RU2
S14
S1S
CN1 CN2 4 S
1 2 3 1 2 3
RU1
C
REVISION
THIS DRAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
NOT DE COPIED DR PASSED W TO A THIRD PARTY VITH- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
DUT OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL WE VILL RETAIN ALL
R1riHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATTON OF DESIGN. TITLE
RELAY UNIT
NOTE e
n
DRAVING Na
E40031
THIS DRAVDio IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SMALL
NOT IE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH-
OUT OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN.
A C
lip NO I-0 CRP SVPIID E2 El ED
I I
CN-MO-I CN-SO-I ICN-
rm,-EICN-rEO-P CN-ED-z I I 2
1 1 1 i1 I1 1
_ INN N
I. 1 I 1 1~1
I LJ I LJ
i I
CN-SO-2 I I
CN-MO-2 ~H-ED-3~CN-EO-3 CN-EO-3
a 3
I r-I 1 r'i
I I I 1 I I
I 1 ;'I 1 I~+I +
b
~l1 ~ I1 1I
1 1 1
CN-SO- 1 I I I
LJ LJ
"' 1 I
CN-
MO-3 CRP-6 CN CN-EO-4 .
1 r-I 1 r~ 4
1 I I I I 1
1 I I 1 I I CCNS)
I P3-2 " ~? CN-SO-4 1 1 I 1 1 1
1 I WI I 1 I CNIP
I I
1 LJ 1 LJ
O
3
SVP BOARD RLP
/ /EC BOARD (1)
CRP BOARD
EC BOARD (2)
(OPTION)
MAIN BOARD
EC BOARD (3)
IJP CARD (OPTION)
(OPT)ON)
PAGE I
I
REVISION
THIS DRAVIIIG IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SVW.L
NOT DE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A TIORD PARTY VITIi- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC. ---
OUT MR PRIOR VRITTTSN APPROVAL VE VDL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS raR PATENT SSSUE TR REGISTRATION Or Kim TITLE
NOTE LNC-8 CPU
3-TO-BT aRA
E40037
A
c
0
e
N
u
n
n
n
P
aP
KC15 X 22
TIIIS DPAVIIIG IS EICCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SIKL

IOT IE COPIED OR PASSED O! TO A TIRRD PARTY WITH- OKUIIIA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
OUT OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL WE VILL RETAIN ALL
RVi1TS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR RrMSTRATIQI Q DESIGN.
IAITE
m©m~~~~o6aaaaaaaaa6~~~~ama
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa600o
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY AR PROPERTY AND STIALL

!OT DE COPIED 1IR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH-
RIGHTS FOR PATENT IMIE OP REGISTRATION ff DESIGN
DRAWING NO.
E40040
THIS DRAVIIIG IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PI..TIRTY AND SINLL
NOT DE COPIED OR PASSED 1!I TO A THIRD PARTY VITI{-
OUT MR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VILL RETAIN All
RIGHTS F1R PATENT ISSN OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGK
NOTE
THIS DRAVIII( IS EXCLUSIVELY MR PROPERTY AM SlIALL
IIIT SE COPIED OR PASSED 01 TO A THIRD PARTY VITII-
OUT OUR PRIOR VRITTUI APPROVAL VE VILE RETAIN ALL
RIMS FIIR PAIEUT ISSUE UR REQSTRATICH OF DESIQI
DRAVM
C
n
P
M
O
10
REVISION
TWS DRAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SNAL INC .
OKUMA MACHINE TOOIS
NOT DE COPIED OR PASSED IN TO A TNOtD PARTY VITM-
OUT OUR PRIOR VRTTTEN APPROVAL VE VOl RETAIN AL
RIGTiTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESICK TITLE
TB1 TERMINAL BLOCK
NOTE
DRAVING Na
E40045
J
1-1931
d
d 000
00 F71
ElEIM
0 E)0 FT0
oooa
v
oooa
0 0
0 0
0
0
O 0
00
a 0
0 0 0C
0
0
000
REVISION
THIS DRAVDrj IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SWILL
NOT
RE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARITY WITH- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
OUT OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VIIL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS rOR PATENT ISSUE OR REMSTRATION Ei DESICJL TITLE LNC-g OPERATION BOX
10YE PARTS LAYOUT (1)
3-12-91 DRAVING Nm
E40033
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SIIALL
till K CWIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH-
OUT OLIR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL VE WILL RETAIN ALL
TB2 -2
1 1
3 3A 5 6 1 200300r300P SAM'
KG15 x 10
TBCRT
5
15
1e
PAGE
REVISION
OKUMA MACHINE TOOIS INC.
THIS BRAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND DKL
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITEF
OUT OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL WE VOL RETAIN ALL
RIGRTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION ff IESIM TInE
LNC-8 TB2/TBCRT
NOTE TERMINAL BLOCK
BRAVING NO'
E40039
2
REAR VIEW
TAILSTOCK FT SW
(OPTION)
F C
TOP VIEW
PAGE
REVISION
THIS BRAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY 01 SIWl
pKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
NOT DE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITH- n
OUT OIIN PRIOR VRI17EII APPROVAL VE VILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATE14T ISSUE 13t REGISTRATION OF DESIGN TITLE G
LNC-S ELECTRICAL
NOTE MACHINE PARTS LAYOUT 4
TH
3-1T-91 DRAW114G NO . E40035
5
w
J
REVISION
THIS DRAVDIG IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY A10 SMALL
NOT D£ COPIED OR PASSED O TO A THIRD PARTY VITH- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
OUT OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VILL RETAIN All
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION [IF DESIOt TITLE
LNC-8 TURRET
NOTE ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT
5-12-91 HAVING NO.

E40036
6 OR9 3 , 07 7Y A211
I E I -l l
A I A I A I A
54N 202 1203 ' 204 1205 1 206 i 207 1206 1217 6 I 70 I 71 I 72
KG15 x 35
REVISION
TICS ])RAVING Is EXCLUSIVELY DUEL PROPERTY AN SHALL
NOT DE COPIED 13R PASSED ON TO A TN= PARTY VTTN- OKUMA MACHINE TOOIS INC .
OUT OM PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VIL RETAIN AL
RIGHTS TOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN TITLE
LNC-8 TBAS
NOTE TERMINAL BLOCK
3-27-Y1 ])RAVING NO.

E40042
THIS DRAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY MR PROPERTY AND Swat
NOT DE COPIED ER PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY ViTII-
pUT OUR PRIOR VRITTEIT APPROVAL VE VOt RETAIN ALL
C40057 HIGH SPEED, SPINDLE DRIVE UNIT D3 .
E40029 LNC-8 CONTROL CABINET, PARTS LAYOUT
E40030 CONTROL CABINET PARTS LAYOUT (2)
E40037 LNC-8 CPU
E40179 TB1, LNC-8HS
E40248 TBPG, LNC-8HS ASSEMBLY
E40180 LNC-8HS, MOTOR CONNECTIONS
E40178 7000RPM SDU PCB SWITCH SETTING
D40054 PARTS LIST
T40035 WIRING TABLE
LNC-8HS, HIGH SPEED SPINDLE
SRM 12-3-91 Drawing No . : B40021A

TT1rG T91 FG
j (
FG FG
1 ' 1 ( 1 f 1 I
i fEED1
16
I I I I
G A-CH i I 1 OET ~`
i L _4 ov
- 1,
I I i I I 1 I
1 125211 FEED2
i I 1 1 I I
8-CH 2
I OE2
IL- _, ti) - I i -0 ._ . _-0- -_ _ i 0`J
r 255tH
i I 1 I I 1 1
1 _6 j>-I-rk p --I-ra p FEED REV
I Z-CH I '~ 111 I I I IOE3 I ov

rl_--~ I I I I
1 1 1 51N
4 -12v
T2V
I I I I JI i I
SELECT MPG
I LU _2 . p____._ .__ -I ~- e MPG
SPINDLE PULSE-GQL
CNPG
I l.._) l LCH-SO-3
3
_ NC!]P
PN-IN-01 SPUHDLE OVERRIDE
SS'l.N 418P 50'/.

1
419P 70'/.
\ 0--
\ 2
BW
\ _ _
3--
\ 421P
O N0. 9 90 : :
\ 4 bit 4-7
422P 100'/.
\ 5
\ 423P 110'/.
6
424P 1207.
7
425P 130%
8
\\ - 426P 150Y.
0
200%
400P
CN-P-4
THIS DRAVRIG IS Ex1.USIVELY MR PROPERTY MID $FULL

ION DE CIIPIED OR PASSED 014 TU A THIRD PARTY VIM
OUT C'UR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL VE WILL RETAIll ALL
RIGHTS FCR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATIMI OF DESIGFL TITLE HIGH SPEED
0 mqq
=_ ;9 5a s
41 N
MACHINE
RATING
NAMEPLATE
z
v0
al
~o
n
U1 0
O
A00 H
0
O
~ D_
vcu
Z
' CNlC O CN25

CN25
CN4
CPU RACK CN2P
CH-MO-1 .2 .3
U
CN-50-1.2.3 .4
CN-CRP-S
rn CN-EO-2.3.4 CNIP
CN-EI-2.3.4 O
N
c0
LEFT VIEW FRONT VIEW RIGHT VIEW
D D DRD D v W N
N
gum
;90 ..
RE '~
TBPT
N
IIIIIIIIII=
CB1 C89 7CB5
DRAWING POCKET
s
-o
mmmmmnor -rrm
DD TBCON SPINDLE DRIVE UNIT
lio
0
SDU
0
nr
D
m TBU
Z (OPTION)
u
I
N3 C
I CN3S CN15
2
LEFT' DOOR RIGHT DOOR

D
m
W
co
(CN1)
CPU PACK
IJP M Q H-0 CRP SVPaD E2 El ED

I I (CN2)
I I
CN-MO-I CN-SO-1 ICN-EO-2ICN-EO-2 CN-EO-2 A-- ilk
- /'I
N
i r -I I r-I
I I I i i I Ir,
I I
if iN i I I 1
I INI I INI a
II IWI I IWI ,°,,
I I ;I I I I I I
u
z_
V I Iu1 I IWI u
I I i i I I
I I I I I I
I LJ I LJ
.; I I
CN-SO-2 I I
CN-MO-2 ICN-EO-3ICN-EO-3 CN-EO-3
I
tiI I I ~ I I
i I I I
I Iii I ICI
°? IWI
I ICI I II~_I
Li
lul
I
~ Icil v
I i I ~ I i
CN-Sa-3 1 I i I I
I LJ I LJ
I I
CN- ° I I
CN-MO-3 CRP-6 ICN-ED-41CN-ED-4 CN-EO-4
z
I r -1 1 r~
I I I 1 I I
CN- I I I I I I
I P3-2 r, d CtJ-SO-4 1 I°I 1 IT S T (Ctu)
oE ~ IWI I IWI
a 1111 i III I 6
d 1Z.7 U O I IUI I lul CJ
1 I I 1 i I
LJ I LJ
SVP HOARD RLP
EC HOARD (1)
CRP HOARD
EC HOARD (2)
(OPTION)
MAIN HOARD
EC BOARD (3)
IJP CARD (OPTION)
(OPTION)
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SMALL

OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
tJOT HE COPIED DR PASSED CN TD A THIRD PARTY WIT}F
OUT DUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL WE `JILL RETADJ ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATIDN IIF DESIGK TITLE
LNC-8 CPU
NOTE
3-19-91 DRAWING NQ
E40037
mim
NGMy
A QdL1
N
FG 1251NIGE11252NIGE21255NI OE3151NIMPG
KG15 X 43
t
FG 251N OE 252N OE 255N OE 51N OE 5 6 6 45 46 54NT54NT54N 56N156NIA219IA220IA221IA229IA241IA242IA246IA247IA324I8227IB229I 50 161 162 180 185 197 I97CI70171703TI FG
y 0
-i
r
rn
z0 6'u
I cu
CO -+ cmz
6 Zo
N 0
A N
L 0
Z
z E E E U14 V14 W14 2 2 2-60 IL1 47 48 49 120 130 130 150 159
47
KG15 X 28
A
NJ
b N
L7
A
D
0
J
ID D ~D D J om N a w rv
~
s"
"
!2
^
~
~
~
51
~
s"
PR
12
/~~ ~~~~~~~~~- vuvMaMaCau,u /ww~~u,C.

' =~ "~ ~, =~~ =~~A
-'---- - =
APPRGVAL - ='
VF WILL "~~
RETAIN =`----------------
ALL
/ ~~r~PA~~ ~~~
' . TBpG
~~~~---- I ASSEMBLY
LEFT SIDE VIEYI
T0: SDU
REVISION
THIS DRAVDIG IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SFiALI .
MT DE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VIT}F- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
DuT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL VE VD1 RETAIN AL
RIGFTTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGATRATICH OF DESIGK TITLE
LIJC-8HS
IIDTE MOTOR CONNECTIOIJS
SRIA
12-J-91
SDU PCB
12343678 12345678
cccccccc
Sw1 SW2
123456
MINN
123456
eee9N
SW4
CNIS
PAGE
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SW1(L REVISION

NOT HE COPIED 13R PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY Wirif- OKUMA MACHINE TOOIS INC .
OUT WR PRIOR VRITTVI APPROVAL. WE WILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS F192 PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN. TITLE 7000RPM o
NOTE SDU PCB SWITCH SETTING
SRM _ 8/9
11-25-91 DRAWING NO.
E40178
MACHINING CENTER
SCHEMATICS
CH .
820036 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS (1)
820037 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS (2)
820038 CONTROL CABINET PART LOCATION (1)
820039 CONTROL CABINET PART LOCATION (2)
820040 MACHINE WIRING PARTS LOCATIONS
D20053 CONTROL CABINET PARTS LIST
D20060 MACHINE WIRING PARTS LIST
T20053 CONTROL CABINET WIRING TABLE
T20052 MACHINE WIRING TABLE
MC4VA OSP5020M ELECT . DRAWINGS
SPC 11-14-91 Drawing No . : A20004

C20064 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
C20002A POWER LINE BRANCH Al
C20003A CONTROL POWER SUPPLY A2
C20004 CONTROL POWER CIRCUIT (1) A3
C20134 CONTROL POWER CIRCUIT (2) A4
C20006 OPUS 5020M POWER SUPPLY Bl
C20007 SPINDLE CONTROL (1) Dl
C20008 SPINDLE CONTROL (2) D2
C20009B MOTOR CONTROL (1) D3
C20010 MOTOR CONTROL (2) D4
C20135 FEED-AXIS CONTROL (1) El
C20012 FEED-AXIS CONTROL (2) E2
C20016 X-AXIS POSITION ENCODER E6
C20017 Y-AXIS POSITION ENCODER E7
C20018 Z-AXIS POSITION ENCODER E8
C20019 A-AXIS CONTROL (1) E9
C20020 A-AXIS CONTROL (2) E10
C20021 A-AXIS POSITION ENCODER Ell
C20022 CRT PANEL F1
C20023 OPERATION PANEL INPUT (1) F2
C20028 OPERATION PANEL OUTPUT (1) F7
SPC 11-14-91 Drawing No . : B20036

C20030 OPERATION PANEL OUTPUT (2) F8
C20031 PANEX CARD 5A (1) F9
C20032 PANEX CARD 5A (2) F10
C20032 PANEX CARD SA (3) Fll
C20033 OPERATION PANEL F12
C20034 ECP BUS LINE G1
C20035 EC 1/0 RACK G2
C20136 EC INPUT (1) H1
C20040 EC OUTPUT (1) J1
C20047 WORK LIGHT Kl
C20048 4, 8-M CODES K2
C20049 MG-AXIS Ll
C20050 ECP CARD 3 L2
C20140 PTR Ml
C20065 FLOPPY DISK M4
C20056 PG, PH, DA CONTROL M6
C20066 RECEPTACLE Tl
C10080 PUNCHER RS232C INTERFACE T2
CIRCUIT DAGRAMS (2)
SPC 11-14-91 Drawing No . : B20037

THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELYOUR PROPERTYANDSMALL
OUT OUR PRIORWRITTENAPPROVAL . WE WILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESNN.
R4 54 T4 E
a
T137 TB7 TB7
A111 FOR FAN MOTOR

(AC220V)
Al 12
2
1F AC120V
Al 13
PT TB7 CONTROL POWER
SUPPLY
A114
PT TB7
AC100V
A115
PT TB7 FOR OPERATION
PANEL
A116
PT TB
3
A117 ACIOOV
PT TB7 FOR WORK LIGHT
A118
A119
PT TB7
OC24V
PT (CONTROL POWER
A120 SUPPLY
PT
4
tt
A121
A122
P24A O DFOORRV
PT TBI T04
CB6 30A SOLENOID
H24A _ O (
A123 6
1N _^_ nn VALVE
P PT TB1 TB4
A124
REC1
A125
PT
s
CB1 All CB2 ALA 083 A1,3 CB6 AL4 CBS
A126 :7~. .Tnr. .>t .r. .>~. .>I. . .
21 20
A127
PT
CB4 SOV
210-020 7
706
PAGE
2
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OURPROPERTYAND SHALL
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL- WE WILL RETAIN ALL
NOTE
C20003
DC24V
N24 P24
781
0 T131
1 .9
I A 8
A201 MY I
I
ly2?.I 1OL
I
I CONTI?OL POWER
CR4 I ON CONDIYIO14
ZNPIE P92 COPSE 71 IT Tlil + (A204)
102 ~D 103 103A- v
A202
2 1 TB2 787 T87
1 1 2 2
I OPERA11014
CIRCUIT OFF
P81 COPEE
104
A203 0o-
3>- -3
F
I OPERA 11011
I
CR7 CIRCUIT ON
(A211) A
FA 0 MY
A204 I 205 - .
1 --
3
G' OPERATION
0
I CIRCUIT OFF
CR4 CR6
(A204) (A206)
A205 MY
I '224'
CR31 i POWER OFF

1
CNS4 (A221) CNS4
105
2
I
A206 CR MY
6 A A
6~ 12 4
1205'222
I1 OPERATION
I CIRCUIT ON
(ACTION)
E
801 Y Qfl
A211 f I
1 13 Art I
AXIS DRIVE
UNIT ON
E
802 112 ('
A212 f im
(2-AXIS
UNBRAKE)
A
803
A213 E WE' "Im l 204 l -
AUTO POWER
P83 OFF
>
--C~NP1E COPEE 10 CN5MA CNFP5
6
A214
10 11 5 5 1
P85 POEM
CN1M CNIM CNSM CNSMA CNFP5
A215
4 TBIOM IDIOM 7 5 }-6~'~~~
6 2 I
P B6 A
CW7h C11711.9 CN7nA CN711 j 109 110 227
A216 2_
4 I
A
i
8jg ig 9g TB2 `T3 TBo-- 1 14 ~2231
EMOVE MPER
I EMERGENCY
AJUFOR C STOP
I
POEM
CNP5 L
EMi EA12 << 5 EMERGENCY
_\ STOP SPARE
3 NC NC 4
REVISION
TI IIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SIIAt L
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITK OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
OIIT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL . WE Wit I R1aAIN Al L
RIG) ITS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN. TITLE C014TI10L POWER
CIRCUIT (1)
NOTE
. C2
"'NO _0004-
AC120V
1F CND,
SC-0
CNS 3 CNS2
20 1 CR
A221 LA 1 i 11
1 A1 31 A2 10
RHP -121
v
AS }-
~- 52 CR1CR 6
I(A204)(A201)(A206 ) CNPIE w CHPIE
202
A?22 > -6 CONTROL
POWER
SUPPLY
READY-SET
CHPIE
20 3
A223
EMERGENCY 2
STOP
CR5 0950 CONTROL-ON
(A205 )
_20 4
A224
TH 7THSHT THSHT
AUTO. POWER
A225 PRL I SHUTOFF-ON
A226 CR31
_ _ R
SH-4
E2a11
2281 0 X38
CNS2(A221 )CNS 3CN2 RCR 2CN2RCNS 3CNS 3 ICR1 0 ICNS 3 CNS2 m
A227 a>---5+F62~ Sg'~~~ ~~~" E---
~ 207
A A E 3
9B 239 240 107
RLPI
CR35 CR35 RPLI
CNS 2(A227 ) (A227)
206 PREPARATION
A228
"263
64 S354 ON FOR
OPERATION
5- 1 OL5
TH 7 CR3 3 OL2
(J208)20 8 209 0203) 0206) 203120312031201
210
A229
2 95 96 99~ 96 ~I I
HYDRAULIC
PUMP UNIT
ON 4
CNP3E CNP3E
HOUR
A230 METER-ON
CHPIE CNPIE
1 CONTROL
A231
~4 T POWER-ON
IF A
CR3 3
(J208) CNS 2
213
A234 ~f3 .-- << 5
1 SPARE CONTACT 1
214
O
CR3
(J208 )
215
A235 O
SPARE CONTACT 2
216
O
CR3
(J208)
217
4 31
A236 O 6
14
SPARE CONTACT 3
218
A237 O
A238
Gee 7
A239
A240 D2
PAGE
A4
REVISION
TFIISDRAVINSIS EXCLUSIVELYOUR PROPERTY OVIDSMALL OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
NOT BE COPIED QtPASSED011TO ATHIRD PART PARTY
TOUR PRIOR WRITTEWRITTENAPPROVAL VEVILWILLRETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATIONOr DESIGK TITLE
NOTE
A
220Y
R4 S4 74 E
8106
8108
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELYOUR PROPERTY AND SHALL

NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH
AC220V
At
(R1 ISI 171 ~E
CNVAC1
41 EM
MACHINE READY
I
ORIENTATION
1 REV. COMMAND
VELOCITY
I COMMAND
E
712 1\ S -~ ZER01
I
1
SPINDLE
ZERO SPEED
g - .J 2ER2
I
1 4
711 11 SPINDLE
E 3 AGREEI i
CONSTANT
SPEED
4 AGREED
I
714 < 1s SROYI

I I
SRDY2 I
713 1 SDU ALARM

11 ALAI
vAC2 t2 ALA2 I 5
I
I
t3 AL81
-i__:: \ )< 14 ALB2 I _
PAGE
D1
REVISION
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTYAND SHALL
NOTE SPINDLE CONTROL (1)
CODY DRAWING NO.

y-:e-ey~ _ ,C20007 _
SPINDLE BLOWER
M0TOR
SPINDLE MOTOR
CNRS
SO_
15
THERMO GUARD
706 I al
vA H1 E--{
3 1 16
oL 20
I
I I
VACS
13 CNRS
1 I CN3M ~. TBIIM
RS1 I 1
14
I I I 3 I I
1 RS3
1 8 ~ I
RS) RESOLVER
I 15 -
4 i i I I
RS4
j RR1
i 7 9
7 i i i I
I I
RR2 I
11
I 1 1 6 1 I 11
__F2__ E____
--------------
I
I D-4 5
37>
I I , I i7 I
SPINDLE OVER WEIGHT

SAM2
22~ , , 20
I I
FG ---------
---- -------- <<2
I
_ SVP BOARD _
PAGE
D2
OUT OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. WE WILL RETAIN ALL
NOTE
C20008
A H C
TB2 TWIN
3- T E
S21 SPINDLE HEAD OIL

I TEMP, CONTROLLER
CNS1 300V
T21 I
11201 T34
11202
.2
0
(A229)
TH4 TB2
11203
HYDRAULIC PUMP 2
UNIT
®CHANGED TO 1 .5KW
11204
0V
2OLe
60HZ
11205 rZ"L x94
.S
0 6.PA
® L5KV
(A229) CNS5 TB2 TB11M
3
11206 SPINDLE HEAD

LUBRICATION MOTOR
V5
11207
0V
OL5
2260HZ
11208 MS7 OL7 200V LIA
0202) 04124) CHSI
n Ui T12 4
2
11209
COOLANT MOTOR
3
® 0WIGED TO 40OW
5 6
11210
2 0V
.7
0
60HZ
T3A,
016
. o
4 OOW 2.lA ___ 5
MS16 (H126) CNSI
(J203)
U16 PTION
1 112 2
14 n
4 OIL HOLE
3 DRILL MOTOR
11212
5 "6 6
15
0V
.16 ®I 6
11213 2260H2
MS6 400V L91A
04.28)
(-204) pJSS Ll0
2
11214 CHIP CONVEYOR

4
20OW CHIP CONVEYER
IS ADDED
5 "6 200V
11215 7
220V
.6
0
T24
113
PAGE
REVISION
THIS BRAVING IS E%CLISIVELY OR PROIRTY AND SWL OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
NOT !E COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A TOM PARTY VITH-
OUT OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE WILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REQSTRATM OF DESIGN. TITLE
MOTOR CONTROL (1)
NOTE CHANGED M2 TO 1.5KW t 047 TO 40DW RANJU 2 .8
:90
CHIP CONVEYOR 20OW IS ADDED CODY 5.16;0 A G
02.00 :90 BRAVING

Na C20009
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO ATHIRD PARTY WITH-
E101
E102
E103
E104
E105
E106
E107
CR32
CRB
CN2R (A211) CN2R CN53 (E105) CN53
3fB R 226 DC POWER ON (DCPS)
L
E106 -~ t 14
RPL1
61
El 12
REVISION
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OM PROPERTY AND SWILL
NOT HE COPIED OR PASSED QI TO A THIRD PARTY VIIN-
QIT QA. PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. WE WILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION 13F DESIGN. TITLE
NOTE
FEED - AXIS CONTROL (1)
6-3-91 1 DRAWING N0
.
C20135
REVISION
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELYOUR PROPERTYANDSHALL
OUT OUR PRIORWRITTEN APPROVAL. WE WILL RETAIN ALL G
TITLE
D
FEED AXIS CONTROL (2)
_NOTE G
------ FDAAWINO NO C20012

7-29-59 -
DCPS 3
DC POWER SUPPLYI
FOR SERVO AMP. I
eDU-2 ;
2-A)nS SERVO AMP
CN, CN-SA2-11
NET-OUT
<_y I LOAD METER
T
~M
3 3 2p
PAGE
E3
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELYOUR PROPERTYAND SHALL REVISION
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH. OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
NOTE FEED AXIS CONTROL (3)

L11
-
DRAWING NO.
3-29-S9 C20013
I SVPO BOARD D ~ - SERVO AMP
7 I FG 1
451N I I CLOCK
~ <1 .
44
452N CLOCK-N
I I ~2
453N I I TXDATA
,~ 3
I I
i
454N I T)IDATA-N
l
1
r-r- t 4
455N i i
~5 STROBE 2
i
456N STROBE-N
TT
457N i i AHRST-N
I 46 ~9
OVC
t ~6
I I
12~
~45~5N i i ALARM 1
3 10
~
459N 1 ALARM I
11
I 32 r l 3
I I
46ON i CURRENT ON - N
12
47 I
I
I
of OVC
`~ 14
I
461N I <13 SOAP-N
--\~ 7 OVC
1 I
CN-SAX-1 4
L
SVPO BOARD II Y - AXIS I

SERVO AMP I
I FG
18
I I
I' 471N I I CLOCK
44 ,11
I
472N I CLOCK-N
28
473N i i
~3 TXDATA
43
I
0 27
474N
-rt-i
I I
I I
4 TXDATA-N
l75N i i
5 STROBE
45
I 476N -<<
- ~I 6 STROBE-N
477N AHRST-N
~9
I I I
I I
I I
oVC
< 6
<
12j
I I
v 470N 1 1 < 10 ALARM I
31
I 479H I I ALARM I
0 32 - Tr -
I I
480N i i CURRENT ON - N
47 I I
I
--~ OVC
11
481N i i -- « 13 It SOAP-N
I I I
I I
--\~ 7 OVC
14 I I
I 1 I
PAGE
CN-SO-2_ - CN-SAY_1_
E4
REVISION
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH- O
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL . WE WILL RETAIN ALL TITLE
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN .
FEED AXIS
NOTE CONTROL (4) G
h
CODY DRAw"G ND.
-a-,, C20014
F_SVPO BOARD 11 2-AAS
SERVO AMP. I
1
to I) FG
17
1
FIG
t91N
44 ~~ CLOCK
28 492N CLOCK-N
1
493N 1 I I
43 ~3 1TIDATA
I
40 4N i i
27 tl --1 < 4
1
TXDATA-N
I 1
495N I 1
45,1
) STROBE
I I <5
1
496N i 1
I I
29 , STROBE-N
~~4
-97N i i
46 1' 1 1
0
I
ANRST-N
I I
OE I 1
12 ,i TT~
I I B OVC
1
495N i i I
31 1 10 ALARM
499N 1 I
32 I 11 ALARM
t
SOON i i
47 ~12 CURRENT ON - N
I
1
13 ~14 OVC
501N i 1 SOAP-N
L
30 ~13
1
14 OVC
I
I 1
1 1
CN-SI-1- - J CN-jA2-t
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELYOURPROPERTY AND SHALL

Mov.ruqu .K_boF "n1 rY rpbW " nW

CNEXA f_ - m
FG
I < _I
I I
SA-1 FG
FG -2 . 1
li i1 -2
5A-2 401N!! II I, ,~
,I -3S
SIN II II II
II II 14 II II
1
402Ni 1 I~
5A-15
SIN-COM _6
:', ' :
5A-14 FG :- ' 1 I
-3 I
FG :1 li -3
, I, II I,
5A-3 403N11 1, II I,
COs 1 I -36
;1 I; -1S
404N 11 l
5A-16
COS-COM 1 -20
5A-23 FG 9 I
FG -4 1
5A-16 405NII ii 4
MPR II 11 -36 I
11 11
II
-16 11 II
5A -5 _!MN I1 `~~~~_ II II
MPR-COLA . II -22
II tl t0 II tl
1-W
5A-4 407N i ~-' 1 ) 1 , I
DATA -39
Is
406N 1 I 1 I
5A-17
DATA-N -23
i i -17 i
1 1 1
5A-20 409N I i I I
> -40
E-CLOCK 1 1 ~ I
-19
5A-7 41 ON 1
E-CLOCK-N -24
I I -20
5A-19 ~ 411N
-41
n
WRST 11
13 I
412 . i i 1 1
5A-6 1 I
WRST-N 1 I I 1 -25
1 I
I
SI N 1 7 1 1
SA-6 I
I
f12VC -49
1 5A-21 OE 1 I ~~--- i i
1 OvC 1 I I 1
-16
I
j -11
49N
5A-9
-12VI 1 < -46
1 _6 1 I
1 5A-22 OE I 1 i i I
-t5 I
OvC -12 I
SA-11 CN-50-1
I
1 NC
5A-12
NC
1 SA-13
NC
1 5A-24
I NC
5A-25
1 NC
1
TYPE E
POSITION
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SMALL REVISION

NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH. OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL, WE WILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN. TITLE X-AXIS
CODY -2l-, DMwwD NO

C20016
CNEYA
FG
5A-1 I
FG -2
'I 11 '1 1'
331N
5A-2 -35
SIN I
14 1 1
5A-15 332Ni
-19
li
1
SIN-COM I _B
il~ il li
FG 1 -' I I "-" I
5A-14 1
-3 I
FG
I II II -3 II II
SA-3 333N1' '1 ~ 11 II 2
ODS -36 I
I -15 I
SA-16
< -20
COS-C014
I
>fGC
SA-23 9
-4 I
FG I
ii -4
SA-1 B ~,335NII 1I I1 11
-38
UPR I I
3 Ii ii -16 iii1
5A-5 -22
4PR-COM -10 11 Ir
11 li
I ._i I I . . I
I
S A-4 337N ~ ~ I ' I
I 3
-39
DATA
-1E
SA-17 33BN' i
-23
DATA-N i 1 i 1
-17 I
SA-20 339N ; I i
-40
E-CLOCK -19
34ON 1 I I I I
5A-7 I
E-CLOCK-N -24
1 1 -20 i i
SA-19 341N i i i
"ST -~~ -41 I
i i -13 i i I
5A-6 342N' I
WRST-N -25 4
i -7 i i
51N I 1 1 1 I
5A-B -49
+12VC 1 I i
1 I _5 I
i
I
5A-21 OE 1 1 1 1
OvC I 1 1 1 -16
r 1 -11 I 1 1
5A-9 49N ' I I 1
-4E
-12VC
5A-22 1
OvC -15
-12
5A-11 cNso_2 J 5
NC
5A-12
NC
5A-13
NC
5A-24
NC
SA-25
NC
TYPE E
POSITION
ENCODER
PAGE
E7
REVISION
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH. OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
Y-AXIS
_
-211-~11 ORAWWONO .
030017
CNEZA r
-10 FG
k
FG
-1
1
FG
1 6A-1 _2 .
1 ,
FG
ii _2
ii
421N11 11 11 11
-35
11 11 11 ~1
11 11 -14 11 11
~1 1~
6A-15 422N i 1 1~
-19
SIN-COW
FG
-3
3
423N~i i~ 2
6A-3 -36 1
COs l 1 ;
-15
11 11
6A-16 424N 11 11
1 -20
COs-COW 1. ~ 9
I1 1
6A-23 FG i _ i 1
-4
FG I 11 11 -4 11 11
GA-15 ~, 425N 11 ii
I -3e
MPR I i- 11 -1}6 ii
426N 1i ii 11 11
6A-5 -22
MPR-COM 1 )10
427N i ._~ i 3
S A-4 -39
DATA I 1
1
1
1 -te 1
1
1
1 1 1
1 1
GA-i7 420N 1 1
-23
pATA-N I -17 I
6A-20 429N I ~~ -40
E-CLOCK
i -19 i i
1 1
6A-7 430N 1 1 1
1
_24
E-CLOCK-N -20
6A-19 431N I I i -41
WRST
i i -13 i i 1 '1
6A-6 432N 1 1 1 1
4
-25
WRST-N i -7 i i
1 1 1 1
6A-B S1 _ 1
-49
+12VC 1 1 _5 I 1
1 1 1 1
1 1
6A-21 0E 1 1
-16
1 1 1 1
i OVC 1 -tl 1
1 1 1
49N 1 1 1 1
6A-9 I -4e
-1 2191C
i
DE
6A-22
OVC 1 I -12 1 I
6A-11
i NC
6A-12
NC
i
1 6A-13
NC
1 6A-24
i NC
6A-25
NC
_- J
TYPE E
POSITION
ENCODER
PAGE
Ef

NOT BE COV :EO OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WRH-
6
I CN-SAA-10
DCPS `NCI
DC POWER SUPPLYI
I
-~
%1M0Ì eL
FOR SERVO AMP.
-6
-S,
1 -7
9 9
CN1I CN-SAA-11
S
MET-OUT
LOAD METER
COM
5
THIS DRAWNC IS OPTIONAL CIRCUIT FOR A-AXIS.
WIRING IS NOT DONE .ONLY AT A-AXIS
PAGE
E9
REVISION
THIS DRAWING 15 EXCLUSIVELYOUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH.
N07E A-AXIS CONTROL (1)
CODY DRAWING NO
3-29 - 89 C20019
CN-S1-2 CN-SAA-1
18 »-- ~~ 17 FG
1
1N 1-1
I 44 » ~< 1 I CLOCK
N
f II
28 >~- L I I
1--F 1 CLOCK-N
-
I I
75N I I
I 43 »- r I
TXDATA
3
I
I I I I
733N TXDATA-N
27 >~ << 4
45 >>-Z34N << 5 STROBE
6
I I
I I I
735N I I
I 29 r-~ q I STROBE-N
I I
46 I> 775N
q9 AMRST-N
BE I I I
~~ 8 I OVC
12 >>
I I 4
I
736N I I
31 >> T"T ~~ 10 ALARM 1
I I
32 >>
737N L ~~ 11 ALARM I
I I I I
738N CURRENT ON - N
47 >> ~~ 12 I
13
>I
17E 1
i
I
-- I
1
I
~~ 14 OVC
I
739N 1-1 ~~ 13 I SOAP-N
T
I 30 >>
I
I I
L
5
I BE I I
OvC
14 >> 7
lJ
- AXIS
svPC2 ~ ARVO AMP .
OPTION CIRCUIT
(A-AXIS )
6
PAGE
E10
REVISION
THIS DRAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SMALL
NOT BE CIpIED Q2 PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITM- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
OUT OUR PR10R VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VILL RETAIN ALL
RI34TS FOR PATENT = OR REGISTRATION IIF DESIQL TITLE A - AXIS
NOTE CONTROL (2)
B-13-W DRAVING Na C20020

A
---------------------
I I
I
CN-EAIJ2 CN-EA-J1 CN-EM
6A-10 FG
FG
6A-1 FG
FG
(
-
1 A _2 i( 11
6A-2 740N 1 1 II I II II
SIN I -C
C ~~ -14 i I p
6A-15 741N I I 1 1
ell -19
SIN-CON _H -H -e I
6A-14 FG I l-J I
-3
FG 2
l 1 _3
6A-3 74 II II z l<
-36
COS
I I
I
-E ~15 1 R 11
I I
6A-I6 743
I COS-CON
i _D J -D L J -9 I l _1 I
6A-23 FG I I
t -K ---~ _4
FG ( 1 -4 ~~
6A-1H > 744 I II II
NPR I -) ~~ -3H
}
+R
I I -H I I -16 I, II
I
6A-5 > 745
I IWR-CON
I , l_1I 1 -J -
t1
j
-10 l JI
I- 3
6A-4
DATA I ~746N ,
l I
1
I
I
I
->G G~ - -18
i i -
I I
~~ -39
6A-17 747~
I _ -E3
DATA-N I ~P F -17
I 1 l 75
I ~~ -41
VRST
I I ~L -L -13 I I 4
6A-6 751 z
* ~~ -25
VRST-N
-M -M -7 I I
6A-8 > 51
I -> ~~ -49
+12vC I I S
I
6A-21 0 L ~~--)> --I--t ~~ -16
OvC i I -R -R -31 1 I
6A-9
-> ~~ -4H
-12 VC ~ I
I I I U -u -6 I I r
I
I -15
OVC22 ~T) ?12
s
5VPC2
6A-11 >>
NC
I
6A-12
I NC >>
I
I
6A-13
NC >>
I
6A-24 >>
NC
i I OPTION CIRCUIT
6A-25 >>
i (A-AXIS)
NC
6
CN-LA
I TYPE F I
I POSITION ,
I ENCODER ,
I A-AXIS UNIT 1
L _____________-_____---
PAGE
Ell
REVIS113N
THIS DRAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
NOT PE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITIF OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL VE VDl RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FQR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION O" DESIOK TITLE A-AXIS
POSITION ENCODER
NOTE D
H-73-90 DRANIIIG NcL C2002 1

I I I I
CN6u
i i 60214 i i
< 2 OV
' I 60314 1 1'

3 < 3 OV
3 1 I
4
1 I 60414 j I
< " I Ov
I I I I
4 5 1
60514 i
I I
S OV
5
5 -~ D6N
-1
< 6 I
Ov
I t 61914 2
19 I I 19 HSYNC
1 1 19 I 1
i 62014
20 ~< 20 HSYNC-N
i i 20
I 62114 1
21 .< 21 ' VSYNC
i i 21 i 1
i i 62214 I 'I
22 22 I VSYNC-N
22
I I, 62614 I
26 ~< 26 TXD
i i ~{ 26
i 62714 I ' I I 3
27 ;< 27 ' TX0-N
27
i i 62614
28 28 RST
I
28 i 1
' ' 62914 I
29 ,< 29 I RST-N
1 I 29 1 1
31
y i 63114 1 i
1
.< 31 ' RXD
i 63214 31 i i
32 32 I RXD-N
i i 32 I i 1
i i 63314 I ; I
4
33 33 I CTS
I i 63414 33 i i 1
34 < 34 ' CTS-N
I 1 34
I I rr. I I
1 1 FC
I
z <l , 1
<E
I 25
61314 1 1
13 9-VIDEO
I I 3
61414 1 1 I
1 1 1 1 < 14 1 B-VIDEO-N
1 I 14 I 1 I
61514 j I I
< 15
15 G-VIDEO
i i SIGN i 1
1
1
1
1
1 11 < ,6 1 G-VIDEO-N
,6 I
i i 61714 _ I I
1 1 0
17 I 1 7
1
R-VIDEO
I I 61814 i I
I
< 16 R-VIDEO-N
i i I8 i i
' I 1
I 62314 ' I
< 23 NBRT
i 62414 23 i i
24 < 24 1 NBRT-N
I 1 1 --(24 I
LTJ-CRP_8- 1 1
_ -6_- - J
CRT-PANEL
AC100V
CR31
CNS2 (A221) C OPERATION PA~
CNS2
F101
11 13 I
I
T97 703 TBS
--4
T83 TB5

F
CNFP1 Ci
FC6206
~~SW1 BIT I
v 501
F--~ O 1 0 ' NC RESET
I
SW2 1
--- -p O 502 1
2 SPARE KEY 2
2
SW3
~~ 3 2
I
504 4 3 SEOUENCE
RESTART
Sw4~-~> 4
O
1
SOS < S + i CUTTING FEED
I
s
sws I
506 6 5 CUTTING FEED
6 OFF
I
I sws 2
-00- >
507
I
7 6 i CUTTING
FEED +
a SW6 6
506 < 6 7 , CRT OFF
I
FC6207 BIT '
O 509 9 0 X-AXIS SELECT
9
SW9
0 510
O 10 T i Y-AXIS SELECT
10
SW10
I 511 I
O ~~ 11 2 , 2-AXIS SELECT
I
0 11
SWt I 3
512 3 4th-AXISCXIS
0 12
12
SW12
I
s13 ~~ u + ; STM-A)GS
0 13 SELECT
SWI3
S 14
O CC 14 5 , PULSE HANDLE
I
14
I STF14 I
515 6 I RAPID
15
15 I TRAVERSE -
SW15 I
516
Cr 0 16J 7 ; RAPID
TRAVERSE +
S1v16 I 16 517 BIT
FC6206 4
I
I 0 , BLOCK SKIP 1
SW17 ( 17 I
" is I I BLOCK SKIP 2
16 516
SWIG I I
519
" 19 2 ' BLOCK SKIP 3
( 19 I
SWI9
" 520 20 I - 3 I CYCLE STOP
20
SW20 I 19
521
O/O I< 21 I 4 I SINGLE BLOCK
)' 21
SW21
522 ' 5
" 0-110 22 5 ' OPTIONAL STOP
22
SW22
323 ~~ p3 I MANUAL
" D/O 6
~I 23 INTERRUPT
SW23
524
" 43/O << 2a 7 I PULSE HANDLE
1 24 SHIFT
SW24 FC6209 BIT
" 523 25 , 0 ; MIRROR
0-10
25 IMAGE X
SW25 1
326 ~~ 1 I MIRROR
" OHO
62 IMAGE Y
SW26
327 PMIRROR 8
OHO 27 2
I 27 I AGE 2
7
526 '' AXIS-COMMAND
0 25 3
2 CANCEL
STr26 T n4
1--0 - 529 ( 29 a , sTM
. . . LOCK
29 1
SJO t;( .30 5 DRY RUIN
30
I
531
O-j i 31 6 ' MACHINE LOCK
31
SW31
532
32 i MEAN (NC)
33
500
I< 34 STROBE.
i
3a
REVISION
DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SMALL
BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH. OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
THIS
NOT
OPERATION PANEL INPUT (1)
NOTE
CODY -BSIDRAw*'G NO .
-: "
C20023
__ - -- B I
~ f " FC60A-
giFPT BIT
533 0 SPINDLE CW
C~-~i 1 I
534 SPINDLE CCw
12
SW34 535
OHO--~
Sw35
536
S W36
of I 537 <' 5 I 4 I SPlNOLE ORIENTATION
SW37
Oi ~6 <6 S CHIP CONVEYOR
I
Sw36
>6
17
539 I< 7 6 I SPARE KEY 1
SW39
S40 I 7 I MIRROR MACE 4
<6
r
SW40
541 I< 9 FC9206
0
I
, SHOWER WAS14NG
0--co
SW41
tr~
-l 9 S42 I
< 10 1 I TIIRNXIGH-THE-100L COOLANT
110
SW42 543 I 11 2 I OL LOST COOLANT
~I
2
v SW43O- $u
12 3 i LUBRICATION
3
SW44 1 D
o o- 545 4 ' WORK LIGHT
13 I
I
SW45 I
546
S o-- S I AIR BLOWER ADAPTOR TYPE
0--- ~- « 14
I I 1 I
547 6 AIR BLOWER NOZZLE TYPE
« 1S J
S 545 COOLANT
«16 7 I
i16
S 1FC620C I
549
OHO 0 I SPARE KEY 3
« 17
17
SW49 I
550 APC
16 1 1 ;
I le
SW50 1
551 ATC
2
0 << I9 I
s
_
SW51 552 << 20 3 1 STEP REVERSE
20
I SW52 1 1
553
O~ I 4 I 1 STEP ADVANCE
« 21
21
SW53 554 S I RETURN CYCLE START
.u
22 5
SW54 I 555
o~ I 23 6 I 1 CYCLE START
23
SW55 556 1 24J 7 ; INTERLOCK RELEASE
24
SODA
I «34 STROBE S
PC BOARD
FCB20D
351 25 0 MANUAL FEED SELEC70R
352
353
SS3N
354
<27
3
I (CRAY CODE)
256 STEP
« 28
0
355 4
<< 24
3m S
« 30 '
7
357 6 ,
<< 31
356 7
32
I
I
SODA
<'33
- -HCOP
PAGE
F3
REVISION
EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
THIS DRAWING IS

N07E OPERATION PANEL INPUT (2)
CODY DRAWING N0 .
3-29-191 -C2002 4
FC620E
_CN_P_4
SSIN I BIT RAPID TRAVERSE OVERRIDE
910- 558
N< 2 1 Li I 0%
1
559 L2 I. 1%
O << 3
2 I
I
560 {~ 4 L3 I 5%
O
3
561 I
O L4 10%
<< 5
4
O 562 LS 30%
<<G
5 1
O 543 I<7 L6 50%
6
564 0
O- «6 L7 1 70%
7
565 I
O- <I 9 L6 190%
I
Ie I
I 566
I O- L9 I 902
9 << 10
' 567 L10 100%
10 << 11
L
5008
.C34 STROBE 6
_ NCOP
FC820E
SPINDLE SPEED OVERRIDE
SS2N 574 BIT I
16 - H1 50%
26~I -
575 I
0 << 19 H2 1 70%
2
O
3
576
<I 20 H3
BO%
O
4
577
I< 21 H4 90%
576 I
O << 22 HS 1 loos
5 5
O
6
579
<I 23 H6
I
110%
560 0
O <I 24 H7 120%
7
581 I
O- 25 048 I 1308
d
O- 362 H9 140%
25
9
I
563 ~< 27 HA 150%
10
I I 6
I 564
<< 28 He I 160%
I
585
i2 ~< 29 HC 190%
I
566
~< 30 HD 200%
5008
<33
STROBE 6 I 7
C__
__ H
PAC3E
F4
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PFlOPERTYAND SHALL REVISION
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF OESIGN. TITLE
OPERATION PANEL
NOTE INPUT (3)
CODY DRAWING NO
3-29-99
C20025
"WU-WUl4.K_toh"ttl y "H"UPO".
FC620F
SS4N CUTTING FEEDRATE OVERRIDE

590
i0- Z<< 2 S110F01 I 0%
391 5%
O
2
592
O {< 4 03 IOx
I<
3
593 5 20%
o- 04
4
594
O- ~<6 05 30x
5
o-
595
40x
2
7 06
6
596
o- «e 07 Sox
7
597
o- Do 60%
e
o- 595
10 09 lox
9
599
10 ~< I, OA 90%
o f
600
~< 12 oe 90x 3
601 95%
«13 Oc
602
«14 OD 100x
603
«15 OE 105%
604
013 ~< 16 OF 110%
C-
16
605 ~< 17 10 120x 4
606
«16 11 130%
01-
7
O)8 607
19 12 140%
608
«20 13 150x
01
19
609
9
0 ~< 21 14 160x
0
6,0 10'
~< 22 1S 170%
,21
I
« 23 16 190%
I2Z
612
<<24 17 200%
23
5000
<<34
5108E 7 I
L__nw__J

OUTOUR PRIORWRITTENAPPROVAL WE WILL RETAIN ALL
'
6
l- C
A
_-
_ -
FC6210
Pe1P
~N
CNFPS I CNFPS CN-PAS-3
N -- SPARE NC START
-7 PBIP
ONO
NO
700P
-5
2 1 I HC START
N
701P 3 2 1 NC SLIDE
NC 10 NC 2
3
<< 4
I
I
(' s m
4
S 1
SSSN << 6
702P 6 DISABLED NC PANEL OPE .

7
I
NC NC I
03P 7 PARTLY VALID NC PANEL OPE.
-O 0 << 6
NO NO 3
I
FC621t 1
CNPHD2 CNPHD2
SS37N 704P 9 OT ; PULSE HANDLE AXIS SELECT X
~1
I
2 -
,
, 705P i I 1 PULSE HANDLE AXIS SELECT Y
o-
, 3
,
, 706P ~~ 11 2 PULSE HANDLE AXIS SELECT 2
sF------ <<
,, os 1
4E
707P 12 ^ 3 1 PULSE HANDLE AXIS SELECT 4114
0-
4
9
1 t 10
SS6N 3 7 E----{<14
710P e i~-{< ! PULSE HANDLE MAGNIFICATION >' SO

O 15 6
1
71,P I
16 7 I PURSE HANDLE MAGNIFICATION 1 100
500E 5
34 EXSTHO
PANEX
CARDS
PAGE
F6
PIEVIWON
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTYAND SHALL 0
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. WE WILL RETAIN ALL D
O
NOTE OPERATION PANEL INPUT (5)
O
DRAWINO MM
EL
I X-2f-99 C20027
1
FC8248
I BIT 6u CHPP3 EI MIRROR WAGE X
to 1 1
( 1 2 >~ 623 LE2 ' MIRROR WAGE Y
2 3 h 624
3~1
2 1
LE3
i v ` I
MIRROR WAGE Z
v i
3 4 >> 625 -~ LE4 I AXIS COMMAND CANCEL
4
4 5 >> 626 -- LES I S.T.M . LOCK
i 5-1
1
5 6 '> 627 LEG 1 CRY RUN
~; i l `
1
6 7 >> 625 1 MACHINE RUN
7
7 6 >> 629 LEe " . INTERLOCK RELEASE (NC)
6 . . I
I
BIT 630 I SPINDLE CW

I 9 1
I 0
1 $31 LEIO ' SPINDLE CCW 3
10~
I
1 632 LE11 SPINDLE RELEASE (FREE)
2 11>
13 633 LEI2 WES SPINDLE ORIENTATION

I
12) 1
4 634 t2 LLE13 CHIP CONVEYOR

13>
131 ~
Ty~
I
~,1^~1
635 LE14 SPARE KEY 2
t
S 1 a~ A`v`
I
I6 636 t41 LE15 y/ ' SPARE KEY 1 4
I
15j
I
637 LEIS
1 sj MIRROR WAGE 4TH
16 "wk
I BIT 17~
638 LE17P lee SHOWER WASHING
I
0
ft
I
639 LElap k1
lr!
1 18~ "OUCH-THE-TOOL
COOLANT
I to (
640 ~ LE19P
2 19~
t9 ~~y\V
1
OIL MST COOLANT 5
13 641 LE20P LUBRICATION

20>
201
642 LE21 w01tK LIGHT
4 21~
I 21
5 643 ( LE22 Y
In AIR BLOWER ADAPTOR
2- TYPE
221
1
16 644 LE23 AIR BLOWER NOZZLE
2~>
TYPE
645 231 LE24 ~_ , Y
24~
24 X COOLANT
6
I
I 2G ~~ 5V 614
I 29 28
L ~~~
29 PC BOAR_D
L _ _ -__-_-_J
PAGE

OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. WE WILL REtAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESKIIN .
NOT
Mamn .yu. K. . tobo0~ s .pyq " tn.

FC8235 CN-PAS-2 CND j
BIT 670 LE25
I X-AXIS SELECT
I 0 1
1 2 671 LE26 Y-AXIS SELECT
I
3 572 LE27 2-AXIS SELECT

3,1 1 -"L
13
1
4 >. 673 1 LE28 IjA 4TH-AXIS SELECT
0 4 1 I~\r
4 674 LE29 STN-AXIS SELECT

I 5 1 ~tW
S 6 675
PULSE HANDLE
6 ~\y 2
I ~
16 7> 676 LE31 CUTTING FEED -
6> 677 LE32 CUTTING FEED 4
I BIT 676 I LE33 SPARE KEY 3

I D
1 679 I LE34 APC

I 10 1 ` _ ~ ,t~V 3
1
2 660 ATC
11
3 681
1 LE36 l
hi 1 STEP REVERSE
m 12 ,
1 i'/^
4 682 LE37 I STEP ADVANCE
I 13
1
5 683 LE38 RETURN CYCLE START
141
16 684 LE39 r/^ 1 CYCLE START
I
4
7 685 LE40 CRT DISPLAY OFF
I
i6 Jo I
FC8237
I BIT 17~ 686 6 LE41 //1 BLOCK SKIP 1
I 0 I
17
1 18~ 687 LE42 rA1 I BLOCK SKIP 2
lei
11
I I
2 19~
668 ~3 4 %~1 I BLOCK SKIP 3
191
5
689 , LE44
13 20> CYCLE STOP
I ,, I
m 201
4 690 ~ LE4S SINGLE BLOCK
21>
I 21 I
LE46
y\V
5 691 1 I OPTIONAL STOP
I
22
16 692 LE47 ,
rjf I MANUAL INTERRUPT
23~
231 \V
A,'L I
LEsB f/^
4
7 693 i PULSE HANDLE SHIFT
244/
2 11W I
I 6
I SVA
49 1
26 I
I PANEX
I CARD 5 PC BOARD
__-_ .- ._-__-__
PAGE
~F8
IREvts*N
RIGKTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN. TITLE
NOTE OPERATION PANEL OUTPUT (2)
DRAWING NO .
5~5 ."!'1~ C2-0029-
.
C ~~a30 un-S 117 !3
l01P '-1 S74S00
-' >> <<
-2
I
>> 102P
I
SNSO1
<< '-2
( I
-3 >> 103P SNS02
<< '-3
104P SNS03
_5 105P <' 1-5 SNS04

f
I>
-6 >> 106P 1 SNS05
« '-°
2
-7 >> 107P SM506
<< '-7
1
-6 loep I< 1-e SNS07
I>
109P I SNS0e
-° >>
llop
SNS09
-10 >> << 1-10
1
-11 I> 1l1P

«
1-11 SNSOA
112P 1 3
1-12 smsoo
-12 >> «
113P
1-13 smsoc
-13 >> < 114P '-14 SNSOD -

«
(
115P
SNSOE
-15 >> << 1-15
lisp SNSOF
-16 >> << 1-16
I
r
-17 I> 117P SNSI0 4
-1e lisp 1-is 1 SNS11

>> <<
-19 119P 1-19 SNS12

<<
1
-20 I> l20P
<< 1-20
SNS13
-2' 121P 1-21 1 SNS14

>>
-22>> 122P SNS15

1-22
I
-23 I> 123P 1-23 SN3,6
124P I
-24 >> '-24 1 SNS17
«
-25 >> 125P << 1-25 smsle
-26 I> 126P

1-26 SNSI9
1
127P
-27 '> 1 SNSIA
<< 1-27
-26I> 128P
1-2e SNSIB
<< 1
1
-29 129P
SNStc
I>
130P (
SNS10
31 >> 131P 1-3, SRSIE

«
I I
-32>> 132P SNSIF
1 '32
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY ANDSMALL

NOT 6E COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH.
I
I I
1-m Ex-5780
I I
_33> 137P EX-STBO
<< 1-37
I
' 1
EX-STB1
1-3
I
<<
1 1
« 1-39 EX-STBI
1 40 EX-ST82
I 1
I
I
I « 1-41 EX-ST82
I
I
1-42 EX-ST83
I 1
EX-ST83
1
1-43
I
<<
1-44 EX-ST64
I
<<
I
1-45 EX-STB4
<<
I
' EX-STB5
<< 1-46
I
1-47 i Ex-ST85
I
I
<< 1-48 ( Ex-STBB
I
I
I 1-49 ' EX-ST86
<<
<< 1-
L
I
r
cm-p-11
_ _-j
PAGE
Fl
REVISION
THIS DRAWING 15 EXCLUSIVELYOUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL . WE WILL RETIUN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN. TRLE
PANEX CARD 5A (2)
NOTE
D
1-2l-!! WINO NO .
C20031
c ;-n 3 a-- V2S

NCOP
« +-+
7-z >> ~< +-z
7-3 « +-3
I I
' 7-" >> « +-"
I I
7-a >> « +-s
I
7-e
(>
i 7-> » 1-7
7-e ~< +-e
I i
« +-9
I I
' 7-,o
I I
-+> >}
I
~< +-,z
I I
' 7- ,3 >} « +-,3
I
« +-+ "
I I
I I
' 7-,s
-+7 +-+
I I
«,-,e
I
' 7-,9
I
7-20 « +-20
I I
« " -z,
I I I
' 7-zz >} « +-zz
i 7-23 >} < ,-z3
7_z. >} « +-z"
I
7-zs >} « +725
1
I 7-zs « +-ze
i i
7-z> >> « ,-z7
' I i
7_ze >> ~< +-se
7-29 >} « +-29
I I
I<,-x
I I
' 7_3, >} « ,-3,
I
7-3z >} +-32
I
7-M I< ,-u
>~
' 7_3. >>. « ,-3a
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OURPROPERTY AND SMALL

NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD
WILLPARTY WITH-
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL WE RETAIN ALL
THIS DRAWINGIS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SMALL
N07 BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH-
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL WE WIU RETAIN ALL
CN-EPO-7 CN-D
C,Ot i FIG 1 ~} ; __________~~ 1 FIG 1

FIG
1 4N 1
7
ECBINI-N 4 1 1
- 4 EC-RST-N
I i
G102 EIORST-N S
1 1
20SN ! 1 S POWER DOWN - H
y i
I
i 206N
, EIOPD-N 6 6 POWER DOWN-N
I 1 t t 1 1
G103 I TX-N 7 i i 207N 7 1X-N
I I I I
I
ECBOA-N i 2t3N 1I
' 13 i 1J EC-ADO-N 2
I 211N
Gt04 I 1 14 14 1 tt
I I
i,
t
I
I
I
2 IS
I t 1
21 5N ~
, 1S 2 I
Gt05 i J 16 . I
1
i 2t6N j 1e
3 '
I 4 17 t ~ x17N
t 1
17
1 t
1 t 1 1
1e y
coos I ! ! 216N - : !
s t 1 1e s
- 1 1
1 1 1 t 3
I I 1 t
t t 219N i i
19 19
I I I 1
G,07 i ECBDO-N 23 223N

T3 EC-I/0 0-N
i -~I
I 1
1 24 ~ 221N i
i~ 21 1
1 I 1 t
I 1 t
c,oa i z zs ~ 225N
xs z
3 26 i i 226N ~ 26 3
I I I 1 1 4
1 1
t 1 227N t i
C109 I 4 27 i 27 4
i i
Gill I ECBDS-N 2S 22eN ' t , 1
2e EC- 1/0 SN
I I i
29 i 229N
6 i i 29 e 1
I
i
G,12 I 7 30 ~ 23a+ 7 (
t It 1 t Jp
1 1 t
I I
I i i 231N i
RXSTB-N 31 ~ 31 RX-STB-N i
i 5
x32N I 1 I
GI ,J I TXSTB-N 32 > 32 TX-STB-N t
1 I 1 ,
I
VCC 220N
x0 ~ 20 VCC
I I
GI 14 xt ~1 I I 221N i i ) 21
i i
22 ~ 222N ' '
I T2
I t I t
I
Gt tS JJ 233N
33
1 1 1 t
I 1
1 t j j s
' 34 i 234N
1 1 , 3"
cs I cNO ), zoeH

e a ONO ,
I t 'I ,t
' I 1
20"
9 t t t W7
1 I
G 7 i 2tON
10 > 10 t
i I 211N i I I
I 11 ~ 11
1
1
I 7
c e I 1x ~, i i 212N ,
12
pt,g ECP-BOARD 1
G1
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERLY AND SNAIL REVISION
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON 70 A TNtgD PARTY WITH- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. WE WXl RETAIN All
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESON. TITLE
ECP BUS LINE
NOTE
14
H
_ 21-a DMWWDND
B C20034
3
AC220V
IR " 'Sa E CNLK1
III TB7 CR31

'~
CHS2 (A221) CNS2
I
C201
~4
- -S 1B7
C202 << -3
« -2
EC- 1/0 RACK
REVISION
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL . WE WILL RETAIN All
EC I/0 RACK
NOTE
CODY ORAWINO No .
~72f-ff C20035
BIT
HIO1 0 X AXIS MOTOR OL
I
M102 1 I Y AXIS MOTOR OL
EN
M103 2 AXIS MOTOR OL
2I
H104 3 4TH MOTOR OL
411
H105 5TH MOTOR IIL

I
-
706
H106 {<10 5 SPINDLE NOTOR OL
CMS4 2
M107 6 1 AXIS EMERGENCY STOP
7<~<< 11 I
15
706 <12 7I L131T POWER ON
HIDS
FFFE82
CNS4 BIT
0 I
710<<
-- - << 20 _ PREPARATIVE TO OPERATION
Kilo
I
711 7
H111 1 I VAC MOTOR CONSTANT REV.
-~i 21
712
H112 21 VAC NOTOR 0 REV .
KP2 3
I
713 I VAC TROUBLE
M113 << 13 31
714
H114 41 VAC OVER SPEED
1
H115 <2 51
I
H116 <3 6I
717 1
H117 ~~<4
1 7 M-CODE ANSVER
i 4
MS3 FFFES4
CNS4 (J201) CNS BITI
721 0 1 LURE MOTOR ON
H121 1-141-~<33
13' 14 OL3 8
0217)
H122 1 LUTE MOTOR OVERLOAD
~<34
M"S'7 9~-% 9
(-202) I
723 ~<14 21 COOLANT MOTOR ON
H123
13 14 OL7 10
0209) 724
H124 <<15 3I COLLANT MOTOR OVERLOAD
L;
11
(J b5) 725 41 OIL MCILE DRILL MOTOR ON
H125 ~< 16 5
1 14 11L16 12 I
0212)
H126 <17 51 OIL HOLE DRILL MOTOR OVERLOAD
96
H127 61 CHIP CONVEYOR MOTOR ON
I
H128 71 CHIP CONVEYOR MOTOR OVERLOAD
H129
H130
BIT
0 I LUKE OIL PRESSURE OK
I 6
H131 1 I LUKE INSUFFKXNr OIL
M132 2I
H133 3
I
I
M134 41 ALARM LKiHT ON/OFF
5 WORK END BUZZER ON/OFF

H135
6 1 WORK END LOTT ON/OFF 7

H136
M137 7 1 AUTO POWER SHUT OFF POW

ON/OFF
TB1 S24V
M138
H1
REVISION
THIS WAVING IS MUSIVO.Y OUR PROPERTT AND SHALL
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITH- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
OUT OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VOl RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS F13R PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION 1TF BESIGK TITLE
EC INPUT (1)
NOTE
n i
D
mAvm
i- 6-3-9, 1 Na C20 136
- - -
CNE12
- - -- -
FFFE88
7 BIT
H201 741
CNS3
~
----4
y
5 0: HYD. U P ON
13«
M202 742 j~< 6 . I I SPINDLE HEAD COOLING UNIT ON

01 1
M203 21
H204 3; HYD. OIL LEVEL FALL
H205
<<9 4
H206
«10 5
2
H207
«l I 6 1
H208
«12 7
H210 n
H211
0
H212 752
C---4>"-'-C<22
2 1 MAGAZINE CW REV.
47
H213 753 13 31 MAGAZINE CCW REV.
48 I I
H214
OPTION (A-AXIS) ; :AX IS NIT «1
CNMAJI F-DMA 2
U~CNA CNMAJI CN+1A I 1 1
H215 S: A-AXIS UNIT JOINT
H215 61 A-AXIS CLAMP

1
1
H217 7 I A-AXIS UNCLAMP 4
H221 01 SPINDLE SPEED HIGH
M222 1 1I
a
H223 21 SPINDLE SPEED LOW
1
H224 31 SPINDLE SPEED RELEASE
5
M225 1
H226 51 SPINDLE TOOL

1 CHANGE PREPARATION
I
H227 8 I 'SPINDLE TOOL CLAMP
H228 7 SPINDLE TOOL UNCLAMP
H230 0I MAGAZINE CLAMP
M231 1 i MAGAZINE UNCLAMP

1
1
H232 21 POT HORIZONTAL
M233 3 : POT VERTICAL
M234 41 POT TOOL CLAMP

1
H235 51 POT TOOL UNCLAMP 7
H236 !i EXCHANGE ARM UPWARD
H237 71 EXCHANGE ARM DOWNWARD

10
H238
1 23 PAGE
H2
H239 S24V
< 24 E12
REVISION
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELYOUR PROPERTYANDSHALL
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
NOTE EC INPUT (2)
CODY DRAWING NO
]-29-S9
1 C20037
CNE13
CNIW BIT I
781 01 CHANGE ARM POSITION 'ES'
(A-GRIPPER ON SPINDLE SIDE)
782 CHANGE ARM POSITION 'ER'
I
1 (A-GRIPPER ON MAGAZINE SIDE)
12 I
793
}-----« 9 4 SPINDLE TOOL CLAMP
I
19 I
I
796 s SPINDLE TOOL UNCLAMP
)2
}- < 1O 2
«,1 61
I
7)
<12
FFFE92 BIT
0 1
«20
1
1I
<' 21
« 22
«13
< 1
I
«2
«3
<4
S24V <I 24 4COM
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY MIDSMALL

NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO ATHIRD PARTY WITH
FFFEYS
QIE13
\I 817 1
H331 01
4;<33
H332
<<34 1 1
H333 <<14 2
H334 <I 1S JI
H335 <<16 4 I
M336 SI
I<17
2
H337 ~~16 61
H338 7 I
<<19
1
H339
BIT
H340 0 1
1
H341 << 26 tI
3
1
H342 21
H343 1
3
1
H344 4
H345 SI
H346 6 I
1
H347
<< 32 J
7 4
H348
1
S24V
H349 ~~
TV, +COM
23
M350 1
1 1
1 E13
L- _ _( I-p7) _
PAGE
H4
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTYWITH.
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF OESpN. TITLE
NOTE
EC INPUT (4) G
FFFF80 CNEOI
SIT
J101 I 0 23»-
I 802
J102 1 r24>
I
I
I
J103 2 125
I I
J104 26 >>
J105 4
J106
2
J107
I
32
1108 7 30 »------/q(-smo8--0
I
I
I BIT FFFF82 33
Jtlo 0 31»
I I
J111 i 1 32 >>
I
J112 , 2 33 >>
3
Jt13 I 3 34 >>
I
I
J114 I 4
I
J115 5 14»
I
J116 I 6 15»
I 1.1a
J1t7 I 7 16>I
K
I
BIT FFFF84
17 >~
821 201 4
J121 0
K
202
J122
~203~
J123 I 2
Jt24
0
3
5
J125 4
J126 5
J127 s I I
J128 7
PAGE

NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO ATHIRD PARTY WITH- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC. [=
EC OUTPUT (1)
NOTE
CODY
pRAWINGNO .
C20040
. ....... . ...... . .. . ...., . . . . ... . .. . ., .. . . ..

_ CNE01
2F
BIT FFFF86
J130 0
J131 i 4
1
J132 2 5
J133 3 6
I
1
J134 4 7
J135 5
J136 1 6 K
101
CNS4
J137 7 536 WORK UCNT ON
{4
I
J138
I
J139 I
FFFF88 D2
HIT CNS3 SC-05 CNS2
I
"121 D217 D217 D217
J201 I 0 r A
SUDEWAYS LURE OIL
PUMP MOTOR ON
H123 D209 D209 D209

J202 I
COOLANT PUMP
I MOTOR ON
J202 H12 D21_ D21 D212

2
THRU-THE-TOOL
I COOLANT PUMP MOTOR ON
I
544 H12 D21 021 D21

J204 3
C"IP CONVEYOR
MOTOR ON
T93
J205 4 O OPERATION END ALARM
2 1
CNPA2 CNPA2 T83

646T83
J206 5 4- ALARM LAMP
2
CNP3E CNP3E
J207 6
" 64
e4
3 I 2I1d HOUR METER
CNS3 A A A A
S
548 229 234 235 236
J208 7 1 1
10
HYDRAULIC OIL UNIT ON
J209
J210 -COM
R >> AC120V
E02
,! -A C)
THIS DRAVPK 1S EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY MID SIIALL

1101 8E COPIED 1R PASSED ON TO A TIIIRD PARTY VITH-
OUT OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE WILL RETAIN ALL
RIC447S FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN.
2
5
I
I E03
(0-AC)
PAGE
J3
REVISION
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. WE WILL RETAIN ALL G
EC OUTPUT (3)
NOTE
CODY
3-as-Sl DRAn4 NO
C20042
.,.... ....... , . .. ......... .. .. . .... . . ..
NIGN Low NEUTRAL
SOLI x o x
SOL2~ 0 x x 1
SPINDLE SPEED CHANGE

(SPEED DEAR SHIFTER)
A-LOW SPEED RANGE
2
SPINDLE SPEED CHANGE

(SPEED GEAR SHIFTER)
B-NIGH SPEED RANGE
J303 2
J304 3 3
J309 VCC 5
J310 I CON A.C >>

N24A1
J
I
I E04
(O_PTH)
L__ __
" TIRED TO TB2
AT 'OIL MST'
PAGE
J4
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OURPROPERTY ANDSHALL
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PAR" WITH . OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC. 0
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESKIN . TITLE
EC OUTPUT (4) 1
0
NOTE
13-2r-99 DRA"nao NO
E3 C20043
2
10
TOOL CHANCE ARM (TA) A 'A' GIBPPER
n_ ~ n o
A-GRIPPER POSITION
TOOL CHANCE ON SPMDLE (SP) SIDE O X O X

STANDBY ON SPINDLE (W) SIDE 791 O X X O
TOOL CHANCE ON MAGAZINE SIDE X O O X

STANDBY ON MAGAZINE SIDE X O X O

m
PAGE
J6
REVISION
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTYWITH. OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
EC OUTPUT (6)
NOTE
CODY ~DMWINGNO .
a-»-o'I C20045
m
I E05
(0-PTH)
L__-_----
PAGE
J7
REVISION
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTYANDSMALL
NOT SE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO ATHIRD PARTY WITH. OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC,.
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. WE MALL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT -SSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN. TITLE
EC OUTPUT (7)
NOTE
CODY ~-=!-ES wuwPgND

C20046
REVISION
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELYOURPROPERTY AND SMALL
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITM- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
OUT OUR PRI0RWRITTENAPPROVAL . WE WILL RETAIN ALL
RIGMTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN .
WORK LIGHT
NOT
CODY
C20047
CN21
MIA
S TB11
K201 (~21) Y161
Mill
11 I 6 11
0
M2A
CR22 TB11
K202 (J122) I 111162
Hi
M28
1 Te11
8
B 4-M CODES
M3A 2
CR23 1 T811
K203 (123) MISS
M3e
?
19 I 10 7911
I M4A
1811
K204 11 M184
~ 1 2H
M48
) 64
11 -- it
17 I 12 B-M CODES
0 MSA
(CR5~~ -13 11
K205 Y165
I
MSe 3
2 14 7611
1
M6A
-~>
Tell
H>
K206 1s MISS
I
MSS
2S
20 I 1s 11
I M7A
(-zi) 13j1
K207 17 11 11111187
M79
I H>
21 I 1e 11
MBA -
4
c
sh -~>
(11 19 T911
M168
K20B 28)
Mae
Tel 1
15 20
1ROl2
RELAY CR21-CR2B
CONTACT RATING
RATED LOAD : AC220V: SA , DC24V: SA (RESISTIVE LOAD)

AC220V:2A . DC24V:2A (INDUCTIVE LOAD)
MAXIMUM CURRENT : SA
OPTION
PAGE
K2
PENSION
DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
THIS
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC,.
4 . 8 M-CODES
NOTE
CODY - omwNo No C20048

-2s-Es
CN-EMG
I - - -_ _
CN-EMGA r-- t
G
001 }F~-------------------- ------0--------------- ,~~ FG
1
}F~_y_~! __________--*cy____-q-__'_,^ r__________-
>I
I I
FG 2 FG
1
1 I
ii II li 2 I 1
1~ li il ~I
551' 1 ! <C SIN
1,102 I SINI 14
I I I I 1 1 11 11 Ii 111 11 i
0 I 1 Ij ~1 1~ 14 I I I, t 11
SS2N1 1 , I r
_ mt 11 _ X11
I1 -~ rc SIN-COM
SIN-COM B r-\<B
1 '1' 1 I 6 i i i i
I
1
1,103 1 FG 3 ------------ 1.1914------ 1.---------_ <A FG t
il It 3 if 1 :
I 11 1I 11 11 11 11 11 11
~553N1I 11 II 11 1 11 1 1 <E COS 2
cost 15
I 11 11 ii ii ii
15 11 11 11 11
I I 11 11 11 11 .
T-- _-_----T_
554'1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1
COS-COm
L104 I COS1-COM 9 I <D
t
_______ Y _- I 1
I I 1 1 1
I I 9
_~_,,, _-_
I
I
I FG 4 ~.__ _______ .{E-_.~_,,, ~__-____--_ ',<K FG I
I ii .I : i;
I,
ii
,1
4
I, ,I
if
11
II
11
SSSNII 11 <H MPR
L105 I MPR1 16
1I II 11 II
16
ii
~I
ii 11
I1
tltI I
1
0 1~
556' <J MPR-COM
MPR1-COM 10 -------- w
10
I 557', i i i i
<c DATA 1 3
1,106 I DATA1 1B
I I 1 1 I 1 I 1
6
I i i I
556' <F DATA-N
DATA?-N 17 ~; I I
1 I ; i i
i 0
v 1
559Ni 17 i <N ECLOCK
1,107 I ECLK1 19 >;
19
I I 1 I 1 1 1
1 560' 1 I
ECKL1-N 20 >, <P ECLOCK-N I
I
i i 20
I
I 561Ni <L WRST
1,100 WRST1 13
I 1 ly i i i i
I 1 0
1 1 1
v I I I I
1
1
, ~.--~I-
,
1 1 1
562' 1 I
7 <M WRST-N 4
WRSTI-N
I I I 1 7 I 1 1 1
I 1 1 I I
I SIN I 1 I
1 <S +12V C 1
1,109 1 +12V 5 1
I 1 I i I 5 i i 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1
OE <R OV C
OV 11 >, I I
I I I i ~~ I 1 1
11 , , I I
1 1 1 I I I I I
51N <U -12C
1,110 I -12 6
I 1
nc I I I 6 I I
12 <T OVC 1
I OV J
ECP
MG
_ BOARD 1
MG-AXIS
TYPE E
POSITION ENCODER
PAGE
Ll
REVISION
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OURPROPERTY AND SHALL
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTYWITH-
TITLE
MG-AXIS
NOTE
CODY
C20049
E70E74 CN-EP3-4
(INPUT)
LII1 I W
1
-2
I
°
I
1
I I
I
2
I
3I
2
-10
I .~ T
L114 i 3
I
-5
I I 11
i
1
I
-
L115 ( 12VC-_
II >I 3
F7DE76
CND
13 ~I
(OUTPUT)
L116 OUTCOM
4 1
I -20I
1 81T 781
640 VAC SPINDLE REVOLUTION
I COMMAND
15
L117 i 5 VAC READY-SET

ljjr:~ -1
I 17I
833 ORIEONTATION
6
COM
I
J.V7
I .
- I 4
I
I I 117I
-
835
L118 7
18
I
1
1 I
ECP CARD 3
L119
PAGE

OUT
A H C
CNP-12 ~~
pit
t> :T
2 CH1
I I I
CK2
2>1 I ( 1-26 CF72
` -2e I I I
I (
3>. cHS ( t-27 CH3
I -27 I I
Cf14
4>) -- (( 1_28 CH4
-28 I I I
CH5
`< 1-29 crls
I 5>I 29 I I
I I I CH° ( _
s>; (1-30 CHs
7>Ì 30 I I
J1 ~
,~ I 1 <(1 3t CH7 2
-3'
' ~ i i aye I
1 °> < 1- aye
I -32 I
PTR ( DTSTB I
it » - < t-33 DTSB
33
I I
13> i
. 11 1-2 TRW
_2
I I I
TRUN I
- I I
14 >ii < 1_3 TRUN
_3
I I I PTRER
~ ;--~ I ((t-34 PTRERR
-34 I I 3
I
I . I I
A> I< 1-15 I ov
I -,5 , I ov I
13 « t-ts ov
> =,s j j
I
- ~ I ( ov ov
C>: < 1-17 I
, -17
I 1 I
ov I
w
-te I 1
I I
I I
i I 5v
I I I ~< t_7 I 4
r SV
I -7 I 1 1
sv I
s> sv
c>
I
a i i
-° 1 I sv
(< ,_9
I
I
sv
I I I 5v
1-10 I
-10 I I 24V
I I
10 > (( 1-1 1 24V
11
I I 24V I
I J2 I 24V 5
-12 I
I I I ov I I
9> w ov
2
ov I
K>i i 1-22 0'V
I-
22
i I I I
ov I ( t-tsi I
_-,1,_ts ov
I I »- I
A >~- a a -(( 1-20
20 1 I ~, I
i I ( i-4
-4 I 1 ov I 6
(< 1-5 ov
I -5 I I I
I I ov
( t-s ov
PB38 ACN21I -° I I I
1 ~~1 I 25 5 (( 1-15 RESET SW
I 4 03 \~>
1 PB48 2 =t3 I I
4 1 3 I I I 256
O-i> ' < t-23 LST SN
ON -23
OFF -3I I I
4 ~~ I I ~` 7
O 41 (( t_24 LOAD SW
' -24 i 7
5528 -41 ~
, av, I( 1-14 ov
1 -t4
I
FIG
Fc
M1
REVISmN
THIS DRAVOIG 1S EIICLUSIVEIT UR PROPERTY AND ZHALL OKUMA
NOT >iE COPIED OR PASSED ON TD A 7FQtD PARTY VfTH- MACHINE TOOLS INC .
OUT OM PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VOl RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE (R REQSTRATIitt ff DESM TITLE
NOTE PTR
D
sPC
D-so-ta nRA`rm "°' C20140
<4
K5
<8
<7
<e
2
<9
«10
«11
<12
<13
.«14
<15 3
< 16
~< 17
< 1B 1B
<19 19>' ' ' <19 OV
~< 20 20 > I I < 20 STEP

>I
~< 21 2, r-T-::l< 21 OV
« 22 22 I I < 22 WRRE DATA 4
I< 23 23 -T--~< 23 0V
24 « 24 24 < 24 WRITE GATE

I I
~< 25 25'>\ I I 1 <25 Ov iI
I
I 26 >a
< 26 26 1 ( < 26 TRACK 00 I
< 27 27 >I < 27 OV
1 27 >
2B > < 28 28 > I I < 28 WRITE PROTECT
29 > 29 29> I I I < 29 OV

I
< 30 30 > I I 1 < 30 READ DATA
31 > «31 31> <31 OV

I 1
32 > ~< 32 32 >I I I < 32 SIDE ONE SELECT
~< 33 33 >' I I < 33 OV
34 > --« 34 34 >y- < 34 READY

I 1 M
I I I CN-PTl - I 1
I
l
I
2 > <
l I I I
< 3 OV I
3 >~ --<< 3 3 >
I
4 >~ -<< 4 4 > < 4 I
I I I I I I
I i 1 I I i
L- FDC BOARD
I
L_-Fr
CARD J
M4
THIS DRAWING Is EXCLUSIVELY MR PRMERTY AND awl OKUMA MACHINE TOOIS INC .
REVISION
NOT IE COPIEll M PASSED M TO A THORD PARTY WITH-
OUT OUt PRIM WRITTEN APPROVAL WE VILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGL TITLE
3 .5" FLOPPY DISK
NOTE
L
10-16-90 ~~~' ~ C20065
CNPG CN-EP3-2 CN-EP3-3 CN-SO-3
X
I 3 > TBt 1M CN3M

REV, I I 3 FEED-1 3~
' ' FEED1 ~16 FEED-1 II
n F=
OV OVC
On 4> OVC
I 4 I I I I <4 I <t
I I I I I I I I
12
REV2 i i I I i i FED2 I
5 < S FEED-2 <17 FED-2
S>
13
°V OVC I OVC I
6 < 6 6 <2
( SPINDLE I I I I
14
ROTATION I i i
I MARK( 1 I 1 FDREV
I DETECTOR 7 FEED REV 7~ <18 FEED-]REV (
DEVICE I I
~
t5 I
'T-"« 7
I I 1 2
ovC
e j °v <e ovc ej , <3 ovo
I
I I i 16 1 1 I 1 i I I I
I I 1zv ~<12 +12V 12)> 412VC '
1 <<4
\ 17 tI 1 I I _
2 9 'VC 9 >> i i I I
1e
I I I
12v I I I ' '
< 13 +12V 13>>
~PGt- I i i
I I 19 I I I I
i OV I < 15 OVC 15>>
I I 20
L
FG 14>}---------- .1___- 9
, ECN- P~-8
ECP CARD 3
J SVP I =D ,J
' OA OUT1 I I DAIS
8 > I
I I
I I DA25
FDA COMt 14 t 1
I ___-___----________~
t -~ 4
FG -------
0
DA OUT2 9 >'
DA COM2 15 >>
IFG 2>> _
o
IDA OUT3 10 >>
iDA COM3 16 >>
'FG 3>>
I
I
ECP BOARD 1
CH-SO-3
CNPHDI -, CN5MA -, CN5M

1 1 PHPI 1 1
VC
I I I I ° I I 6
I < t0 OVC
I I 1
2
PHP2 i i < 20 PHP2
3 i i t0 i i 10 i i
I I I I OVC I I
i
4 I i 11, 1 i 11 i 1
12V I
12 i i 12 i
I I I I ' I
6 13 13
i i i i i i 7
14
7 i i i i 14 i
I I I I ~ ~ 1
I ~ IS . ~ tS
1
PAGE
M6
REVISION
NOT 6E COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH-
OUT OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
PG, PH, OA CONTROL v
NOTE
O
CODY No
-79-691DRAwING C20056
OUT OUR PRIORWRITTENAPPROVAL . WE WILL RETAIN ALL
FG FG
C
1 1 1 1
I i i 7271( -2
2 7 ~~ I _ tC 1110
~- W I i
-:
1 17 ~` i 717H t~ RXD
, I I , ,
I ; i -4
72x1 Rls
20 y
1
?SON i cis
is j
I i 1 ?low 1 ; -e
DSR
i
I
i i 0 E 7 ovc
C
, I
I i i
H '
ii
6 7osH Rio t
i -1
7071 i NEC 2
7
I
e 0E Dvc
2
i i i 0E ovc
r CC
a 1 1 i I
1 1 ~ .1
10 0E u1 ovc
I I
--~_i 7211 lit
2 4 ~. C
, 1 1 I
I I 1 , 1 _1 5
1 14 > :~ 71EN 1 1 TX RET/
I i W
I 6
25 7251 i i RX 1
I I i 7
i 7151 n RX REI/
15 ~, -ti C
7231 e
23 RDa
I 9
13
i 1 7131 ROLL RE7/
C
, 1 1 1
v I i i i -2 0
7291 11 DTR
29 i i I 1
I t ~ 1
i i I 1
I I I 1 ,
5
1 I i i
i i i 1 1
3
I 7301
i i i i---~
-2 cl
T 1 n C
I CN-N0-3
rAGE
T2
,1E vis*N
11415 D11MV111O is ExCluslvEly Oust PnorEnly AND smAU
writ !1 COPED On rASSEO Oil 10 A 1111AD rAnTV W1nl. OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
Oul Oun rn10n wnrtlEN ArrAOVAL WE WILL REVAM All
ni%;iNS EON rAiCNi iSSuE On nEGISlnAtiONOF DESIGN li'LE
O
PUNCHER
"Olt
RS 2320 INIERFACE .o
CODY DnAWM10 Nr1

~-9-W ciooeo
E20188 CONTROL CABINET OUTSIDE VIEW
E20187 CONTROL CABINET INSIDE VIEW
E20021 MAIN BREAKER BOX (1)
E20022 MAIN BREAKER BOX (2)
E20023 TB2 (1)
E20024 TB2 (2)
E20025 T83 BOX
E20026 DC-POWER SUPPLY
E20027 BDU-X
E20028 BDU-Y
E20029 BDU-Z
E20030A BDU-A
E20031 FAN MOTOR 1
E20032 PSC PANEL
E20033 CPU RACK
E20034 COOLING UNIT / TH1
E20035 RELAY UNIT PANEL
E20036 EIO RACK
E20037A SDU
E20038A TB1, TB7
E20039A PT PANEL '
E20198 PS PANEL
E10110 PUNCHER PANEL
E20202 LEFT DOOR
E20203 FDD UNIT
E20204 SYSTEM PANEL
E20046 OPERATION BOX
E20047 FLAT PANEL
CONTROL CABINET PART LOCATION (1)
SPC 111-14-91 Drawing No . : B20038

DRAWING NO . DESCRIPTION PAGEI REMARKS
E20048 TB5 / TBCRT

j
E20049 PULSE HANDLE
CONTROL CABINET PART LOCATION (2)
_- I ]SPCI
- 11-14- Drawing No . : B20039
REVISD]N
TM DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY NRD AWL
NOT DE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VMF- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
OUT OJR PRDIR WRITTEN APPROVAL VE VDL RETAIN All
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN, TITLE CONTROL CABINET
NOTE OUTSIDE VIEW
DRAWING NO.
E20188
A H C
PAGE
REVISION G
THIS BRAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
NOT 1E CIPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VTRF-
BUT OUR PRIM VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FM PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION UF BESIGK TITLE
CONTROL CABINET D
[T]~
NOTE INSIDE VIEW
IA
n 11-13-9 BRAVING NQ
E20187
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELYOURPROPERTY AND SMALL
OUTOUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL . WE WILL RETAIN ALL
FITTING A
7
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
PAGE
REVISION
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. WE WILL RETAIN ALL A
MAIN BREAKER BOX (2)

NOTE
CODY KCH I -- I DRAWING NO.

3 .29 ;89 E20022
Tee Tee
KG15 X 31 KG15 X 31
S02315ONF S0131508F S0231503F S0231503F 512231503F

E5501-578-001-A E5501-090-001 ESSOI-578-011 E5501-578-011 E5501-5,79 - 011
SCA2515o3 F PAGE
E55(,I- 5, 76- oil
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY ANDSHALL

RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSI IE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN.
t
CN5 CN-DP-5
R1
51 CN-DP-6
CNS
T1
CN7 CN-DP-7
E
DC POWER SUPPLY
CN4 CNB CN-DP-8 OPTION (A-A)US)

2
RING CORE FR68 It 44 x 5

4
IN WIRE DUCT 1LOCATED
WRES RI ,S1,T7
TURNED 5 TIMES
PAGE
REVISION
DC-POWER SUPPLY
NOTE
DRAWINGNO .
B1 :?Scih~ E2-0026 -
1
2
CNIO
Y
N
VTI I
U
K
UY BDU-Y
CN11
VY 3
i
WY r Chill
N
u
t
CN-SAY-1
PAGE
REVISION
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC . G
TITLE L
A
NOTE BDU-Y
v
CODY ~-z9-es
°RAww° No.
E20028
CNIO
I
N
H
1
U
K
E
EiDU-Z
UZ
CN1I
VZ
i
wz CNI
N
PAGE
REVISION
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. WE WILL RETAIN ALL L1
NOTE BDU-Z
CODY ORAWINO NO.

3-29-e9 E20029 _
4
+S
+V
-V
-S s
FG
AC(L)
hC(N :
PSC1
PAGE
REVISION
NOTE PSC PANEL
OPIAWINO NO
3-29-8 9 E20032 -
2
F 2 2
CN-MO-3 i CN-MO-2 LoI .-MO-1 o
C m
o
y1 N
nZ
I 3
CN-CRP-6
I n
m
CN-51-2 CN-SI-1
N 4
CN-SO-1 °
D-o
CN-SO " an CN-SO-3 o CN-SO-2 N
p OP--
to
I
u N °
3
n
k
D 5
TN -F0-2
N CN-FO-t
a
2 2 2
CN-EP3-a CN-EP3-3 CN-EP3-2
Y u u
I
J 4 N
2 2 2 2
CN-EPO-8 CN-EPO-7 o CN-EPO-6 CN-EPO-S Q
< 4
O V a U
©I
PAGE
REVISION
OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL . WE WILL RETAIN ALL TITLE
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESION.
CPU RACK
NOTE
)DRAWING NO.
;a!tl E2-0033-
TH1
JOIN WITH SCREWS AND NUT .

USE VINYL CAP.
T87
TBSHT
T97
SUPPUED BY OMW
UNIT NO. E7391-090-485
5
PAGE

NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH.
TITLE
COOLING UNIT/TH1
REVISION
I 1",
NOTE
0
CODY NO.
7-29-511 DRAWING E20034 -
2
CR6 CN1 CRts CRtt
CR7 CN2 CR17 CRt2
CR8 CN3 CR18 CR13 4
CR9
17 CN4 CR19 - CRt4
CR10 CN5 CR20 CR15
CN2 CN1 CN4 CN3
CN2R CNlR CN4R CN3R
5
RPL1 RPL2
RPL2 : OPTION USED FOR

4M CODES OR
OM CODES 6
PAGE
REVISION
TITLE
RELAY UNIT PANEL
NOTE
DRAWING No.
7-29-891 E20035
CN-DR-1 DR
CNEI 1 1-PT
CNEI2 I-PT N 2
CNEI3 I-PT u
CNEOl O-TRH o
3
CNE02 0-ACI N
OPTION CARD CPCB

CNE03 CONNECTOR ( CNE03 IS AVAILABLE) O-ACI
u
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4
CNE04 CNI
O - TRP R
CNEOS CNI O-TRP

N
I~ ~I
PAGE
REVISION
TI (IS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELYOUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
OUT
OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC. G
OUR PRIORWRITTEN APPROVAL. WE WILL RETAIN ALL

EIO RACK G
NOTE
CODY
E20036
REVISION
SDU
NOTE
ADD 7-23- .9
DRAWING NO.
3-29-s9 E20037
CNI 101 C853 -i
CNS2-M 101 PT
KG30n5
101
CNI C953
CNLK2
M FM
CNLKl
101 TEFM1
imi
PT imi C853
TBFM
PT TEFM1
CNLK2 2
CNLKI
CNS2-M
TBFM
CN1
CNLK2
CNLKI
CN30-F
CNS2-M
CN2R-F 3
ACN 100
CNE02
CNE03
COPEE-F
CNP3E-F
7192
CNE02 4
PSC1 CNE03
CNS2-M
CNP I E-F
CNP2E-F
CNP3E-F
CNS2-M
CN13
Tea
5
TE13
204 TESHT
TH1 103 782
103A
CNIR-F
PAGE
K015 X 45
REVISION
TITLE
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESMIN .
TB1,TB7
NOTE
19341 - (OSP5020) change CODY 9-9-e9
CODY DRAWING NO .
]-29-59 E20038
2
X1
H1 X2
XS
H2
72 X4
X5
H3
XG
X7
E2510-D01-001-1
NOTE : TRANSFORMER HAS

LEAD WIRES.
N
W
iml
REC1
Iml
M50
Imi s
KG30 x 9
KG15 It 16
Cl detail
W C
PAGE
W
rc
REVISION
NOTE PT PANEL
Add cl /9229 - CODY 9-25-59
CODY oRAwu+o No .
E20039
R3 I S3 T3 E E U2 1,2 T2 INA4 NA4I A14
A14 A14 A1 I N2
A14 A2A2 A2
41
A2 A3 A3
MS2
'm
CR32 Fr-R331 Fr--R-35
FoT
Em
CR31 CR32 CR33 O

5
CNS1-F CNS2-F CNS3-F CNS4-F CNS5-F
-0-_-__-_____ _--____ ___-_-_--____- .-,

CNS1-M CNS2-M CN53-M CNS4-M CNS5-M
PAGE
OUR REVISION
THIS WAVING Is EXCLUSIVELY PROPERTY AND SHALL OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITFF
OUT OUR PRIM VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIQL TITLE
NOTE
PS PANEL
SPC Na E20198
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELYOUR PROPERTY AND SNAIL
NOT BE COrIED OR FASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VAIN
OUT OV< «" OR WRITTEN APPnOVAL. WE WILL RETAIN All
RIG-41S FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN.
ORAWB4 NO
L10110
A 2 C
O
O O
H111
552\
O
SS24 SS21 NM2
LEFT DOOR
REAR VIEW
PAC£
REVISION
THIS DRAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
NOT BE COPIED DR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITH- D
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE 13R REGISTRATION OF KSIGK TITLE
NOTE
LEFT DOOR 0
11 -14-Y1
rDRA
vw Na E20202
A H C
CN2 CN1
CN-FT2 CN-FT1
CN3
CN-PT3
4
LEFT DOOR
SIDE VIEW
PAGE
REVISIORN 1
THIS DRAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY NO SHALL MACHINE TOOLS INC .
OKUMA
NOT DE COPIED (R PASSED ON TO A THDID PARTY VITIF In
OUT OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VIII RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION IF DESIOL TITLE
FDD UNIT
NOTE D
VC
1-14-07 DRAVM NO . E20203
0
o
0
X Y Z
TOUCH
4 5 SENSOR
FRONT VIEW
REAR VIEW
REVISMN
PUS DRAVING Is EXCLUSIVELY OUR PRUPERTY AND SHALL
NOT PE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VRN- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
DUT OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL VE WILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATILIN IF DESIGt TITLE
NOTE
SYSTEM PANEL
11-14-91 DRAVM Na E20204

2
CN-P-I CNP-
E
CN-P-2 CNP-2
3
TBCRT
CN-P-3 CNP-3
FITTING M CN-P-4 CNP-4
CN-P-S CNP-5
CN-P-6 CNP-6
CNOP
CN-P-7 CNP-7
4
CN-P-B CNP-8
FLAT PANEL
c
3
Z
U
T95
FITTING L
BACKSIDE VIEW

NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTYWITH
IMP
relsi
CNFPS
zT
1 U
0
z
N O
0I 3
m
a
n
x
z
0
v
N
5 N
I
E N
1 ~I Nl wi " 1 NT~17TI
N z I 4
N U
1)
m
x
0
rto
O
N
5
In
cl
z
D
>n
Z 0
m
z r u u
N u
PAGE
REVISION
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OVA PROPERTYAND SHALL
NOT BE COPIED Of'. PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH-
FLAT PANEL
NOTE
CODY
3-2s-es DRAWINGNO . E20047
t
704P
71 OP
OPERATION
BOX
SSGN
711P
PHDI
4
4
PHD1 r
U
5
PULSE HANDLE
PAGE
REVISION
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTYWITH- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
PULSE HANDLE
DRAWING NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE REMARKS
E20001 AXIS MOTOR
E20199 PARTS LOCATION, MAIN BREAKER BOX
E20200 MAIN BREAKER BOX
E20004 DETAIL "A" TB2
E20005 DETAIL "B" TB2A, TB2B, TB2C
E20007 LUBE OIL UNIT
E20009A DETAIL "D" X-AXIS SERVO
E20010 TB3 PARTS LOCATIONS
E20011 TB3
E20012 DETAIL "A" OPERATION BOX
E20013 M-CODE OPTION
E20014 A-AXIS OPTION
E20015 ATC / TB10M LOCATION
E20201 TB10M
E20197 MG PANEL
E20017 PARTS LOCATION FOR TB11M
E20018 DETAIL "A" TB11M
MACHINE WIRING PARTS LOCATIONS
SPC 11-14-91 Drawing No . : B20040

THIS DRAW1NG IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
NOT HE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH-
A B C
1. MAIN BREAKER BOX E. MAGAZINE SOLENOIDS TERMINAL BOX

2. FS1 (FLOAT SWITCH, OIL UNIT) 7. LURE MOTOR
3. OIL UNIT MOTOR 6. COOLANT PUMP MOTOR
4. TRANSFORMER
S. MG PANEL BOX _ 7
PAGE
REVISION D
THIS WAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SMALL OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITH- D
OUT OUR PRIM VRITTEN APPROVAL VE VOl RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FAR PATENT ISSUE IR REGISTRATION IF DESIGN. TITLE PARTS LOCATION D
NOTE FOR MAIN BREAKER BOX

O
11-1s-+a1 nwAVn+~ Nn E20199

A C
VFUZ2 Z-AXIS FB
V2
Z-AXIS MOTOR MG FB
VFU42 6
TRANSFORMER T1
VFM2E
SPINDLE MOTOR
VFM26
TB11M
VFA12B
7
VFM22 VFM22
LSX/LSY Y-AXIS ENCODER
Y-AXIS MOTOR TB10M

PAGE
REVISION A
THIS BRAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY IIUR PROPERTY AND 9411
fXrT X COPIED Qt PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VIT}-
OKUMA MACIUNE TOOIS INC . A
OIT IxR PRMR VRITTEN APPRDVAL VE VDl RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FUt PATENT ISSUE DR REGISTRATION OF DESICJI TITLE A
NOTE
MAIN BREAKER BOX A
rTli-
A
11-14-91 BRAVING Na
E2 0200
T02 TD2
KG15x71
U I S,~ 6
U7
AS AS ASV7~
tJ
vI4
m
S023150N1' 501315007 S0231503F
PAGE
Till S DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL

NOI BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITH- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC.
UU7 OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL WE WILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE 1X2 REGISTRATION OF DESIGN.
NOTE
T141S PRAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
1401 DE COPIED OR PASSED ON 10 A THIRD PARTY WITH-
OUT OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL . VE VILL RETAIN ALL
NOTE
THIS DRAVIIIG IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
HOT HE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH-
H C

THIS DRAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SMALL
NOT HE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITH-
MOM U11 `JfAAWUII
Y-1i-C
cal 'NUS30 JO NOIIVULS103U UO 3nSSI 1N3IVd UOJ Sl11UM

l1V NIV13U TUM 3M IVAOUJJV N3IJIUM UOIUJ Uno Ul0
'3NI S-10013NIH3VW vwnmo HIMAiuvd OUIIIL V OL NO 03SSVJ UO 03IJOJ 313 LUN

11VUS aNVALU3dQUd UnOA13AISn1OX 3 SI ONIMVUCI SO I I
NOIt1ABU
OUR
THIS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELY PROPERTY AND SHALL
NOT HE COPIED CTR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY WITH-
OUR
OUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL WE WILL RETAIN ALL
CN-P-1 CNP-1
CN-P-Z CNP-2
CN-P-3 CNP-7 E TBCRT
CN-P-4 CNP-4
CN-P-5 CNP-5
E
CN-P-6 CNP-6 CHOP
CN-P-7 CNP -7
CN-P-8 CNP-8
FLAT PANEL
uz u TB5
RaS DRAWING IS EXCLUSIVELYOUR PROPERTYAND SIIALL

WIT SF COPIED On PASSED ON TO A TT11R0 PARTY WITH-
OUT
OUR Pnion WRITTEN APPROVAL WE WILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE On REGISTRATION OF DESIGN.
NOTE
A H C
2
CN-EA-J1-F CN"I-F
PAGE

I REVISION
n
INC. i --
OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS
OUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL WE WILL RETAIN ALL G
A-AXIS OPTION
NOTE
FRAM 6-27-90 DRAWING NIL E20014

THIS DRAVIIlG IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL
HOT HE COPIED OR PASSED ON TU A THIRD PARTY WITH-
000
000
770 P24
SOL2 SOL19 SOL18
771 P24
772 P24
SOLO SOL9 SOL10 sO112
000 773 P24
774 P24
000
SOLB SOLIS SOL17 775 P24
776
777
SOL11 SOL13 SOL16
000 781 861
782 862
000
SOLE SOL3 SOL14 783 885
784 B88
000
SOV 865
LS15 LS18 LS17
107 867
108 871
000
LS12 LS13 LS14 750 872
752 873
000
LS9 L510 LS11 753 874
805 875
P24 876
LS6 LS7 LS8
SPIMG en
SP2MG $78
SP3MG 882
SP4MG 883
864
SOV
SOV E
SOV E
SOV E
SOV E
so' l E
KGI5x31 KG15x31
TO O41 m
TO MG PANEL
REVISION
THIS BRAVING IS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND STwLL
NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED ON TO A THIRD PARTY VITH- OKUMA MACHINE TOOLS INC .
OUT OUR PRIOR VRITTEN APPROVAL . VE VILL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGSTRATION OF DESIEK TITLE
NOTE TB10M
BRAVING In
E20201
a
FRONT VIEW
H
0
0
1E128
81 9A
FP- FSS11A
O+ 4 3(D
O+ 3 4O+
v
c0
BACK VIEW
a f0 N
D D D IA V P
Symbol
Nomenclature
No .
LS1 Spindle speed range change limit switch, high

LS2 Spindle speed range change limit switch, release
LS3 Spindle speed range change limit switch, low
LS4 Tool in spindle unclamp limit switch

LSS Tool in spindle clamp limit switch
PB16 Manual tool change cycle pushbutton switch

PB17 Manual tool clamp pushbutton switch
PB18 Manual tool unclamp pushbutton switch

Ml Spindle drive motor
MS Spindlehead cooling and lubricating pump motor

PC1 Spindle speed encoder
COOLER Spindlehead lubricating and cooling unit
EHIci--j vo 1 I ic w ,-I 4oR Z-AY15 'tFAVEL

t ,mlot beAKP-
TI IIS DRAWINGIS EXCLUSIVELY OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL

11ICNTS FOR PATENT ISSUE OR REGISTRATION OF DESIGN .
A B C
in v
a n N
0 A a
M1 ruFM28
lm z
N
zn
N
N
0 M
N
V
U ~i
N
a0
P1316
P017
PO18
LSZ
M5
MAIN BREAKER BOX VFM28
VFM28
MAIN BREAKER
VFM28 BOX

NOT BE COPIED OR PASSED OI TO A THIRD PARTY WITH-
UUT OUR PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL WE WILL RETAIN ALL
1107E
Page No . 1
11/18/91
MC4VA
CONTROL CABINET
PARTS LIST
N :\EENG\D20053
PART NAME OMT PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER'S

PART NUMBER
** UNIT NAME : BDU-A

CN-SAA-1 E3702-HOO-003 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-20FOI
CN-SAA-1 E3708-578-001 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT20 CABLE CLAMP FOR NRP20
CN-SAA-1 E3708-HOO-002 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA MC-20-LS2
CN-SAA-10 E3702-HOO-002 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-20F01
*w UNIT NAME : BDU-X

1006-0200 PCB UNIT OCJ BDU DRIVE UNIT, SVC-A
1006-0211 POWER UNIT OCJ BDU POWER UNIT, BLD 30A
CN-SAX-1 E3702-HOO-003 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR NRP-20FOI
CN-SAX-1 E3708-578-001 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT20 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP20
CN-SAX-10 E3702-HOO-002 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-20FOI
CN-SAX-10 E3708-HOO-002 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA MC20-LS2
** UNIT NAME : BDU-Y

CN-SAY-1 E3702-HOO-003 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-20FOI
CN-SAY-1 E3708-578-001 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT20 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP20
CM-SAY-10 E3702-HOO-002 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-20F01
CN-SAY-10 E3708-HOO-002 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA MC20-LS2
** UNIT NAME : BDU-Z

CN-SAZ-1 E3702-HOO-003 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-20F01
CN-SAZ-1 E3708-578-001 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT20 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP20
CN-SAZ-10 E3702-HOO-002 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-20FOI
CN-SAZ-10 E3708-HOO-002 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA MC20-LS2
** UNIT NAME : CONTROL CABINET

1098-9050 CASE OCJ 3 .5" FLOPPY DISC CASE
E3520-FOO-001 LAMP FUJI AHX130 INCANDESCENT LAMP
E5400-ZZZ-003 NAME PLATE TMI CAUTION DISCONNECT
E5400-ZZZ-005-1 NAME PLATE TMI SPARE PARTS LABEL
E5410-ZZZ-002-2 NAME PLATE TMI MACHINE NAME PLATE
E5506-L01-001 FUSE LITTLE FUSE 218 .100
Page No . 2
11/18/91
MC4VA
CONTROL CABINET
PARTS LIST
N :\EENG\D20053
PART NAME OMT PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER'S OTY UOM
PART NUMBER
E5506-LO1-002 FUSE LITTLE FUSE 218 .100 1 EA

E5689-JOO-001 TOOL,PIN REMOVER JAE JIET-DBC-20 1 EA
E7300-ZZZ-012 CABINET CONTROL CABINET MC-4VA 1 EA
E7310-ZZZ-003-2 PANELS AND FITTINGS PANEL 1 EA
E8029-ZZZ-003 PANEL PANEL 1 EA
E8029-ZZZ-004 PANEL PANEL MC-4VA 2 EA
E8029-ZZZ-005 PANEL PANEL 1 EA
E8030-ZZZ-004 COVER BDU COVER, SMALL 1 EA
COOL UNIT E7391-090-485-1 COOLING UNIT HEAT EXCHANGER 45OW 1 EA
TB1 E5514-909-001 TERMINAL BLOCK YOSHIDA TERMINAL BLOCK KG15 51 EA
TB1 E5514-909-002 END PLATE YOSHIDA END PLATE KG30, KG15 29 EA
TB1 E5514-909-003 JUMPER BAR YOSHIDA JUMPER BAR KG15 1 EA
T67 E5511-909-002 JUMPER BAR YOSHIDA JUMPER BAR KG30 2 EA
T87 E5514-909-001 TERMINAL BLOCK YOSHIDA TERMINAL BLOCK KG15 43 EA
T87 E5514-909-002 END PLATE YOSHIDA END PLATE KG30, KG15 1 EA
T87 E5514-909-003 JUMPER BAR YOSHIDA JUMPER BAR KG15 16 EA
TH1 E3043-POI-001 SWITCH PEPI SWITCH, NC 0000+060H 1 EA
** UNIT NAME : CPU RACK' -

1911-1516 PCB UNIT OCJ MAIN CARD 16 1 EA
1911-1545 BATTERY UNIT OCJ BATTERY FOR ECP2A 1 EA
1911-1547 PCB UNIT OCJ ECP2A DA1 PCB UNIT 1 EA
1911-1703 PCB UNIT OCJ FDC BOAR02 1 EA
E0201-AOI-005 OSP UNIT A-B OSP5020H MC4VA 1 ST
CN-CRP-6 E3702-HOO-004 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-34FOI 1 EA
CN-CRP-6 E3708-578-002 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT34 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP34 1 EA
CN-EPO-5 E3702-HOO-003 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-20FOI 1 EA
CN-EPO-5 E3708-578-001 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT20 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP20 1 EA
CN-EP3-2 E3702-HOO-003 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-20FOI 1 EA
CN-EP3-2 E3708-578-001 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT20 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP20 1 EA
CN-EP3-3 E3702-HOO-003 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-20FOI 1 EA
CN-EP3-3 E3708-578-001 CONNECTOR, AT OC' OKT20 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP20 1 EA
CN-EF E3702-HOO-003 CONNECTOR I 1 CONNECTOR MRP-20FOI 1 EA
Page No . 3
11/18/91
MC4VA
CONTROL CABINET
PARTS LIST
N :\EENG\D20053
PART NAME OMT PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER'S OTY UOM
PART NUMBER
CN-EP3-4 E3708-578-001 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT20 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP20 1 EA

CN-MO-1 E3702-HOO-004 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-34FO1 1 EA
CM-MO-1 E3708-578-002 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT34 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP34 1 EA
CN-MO-3 E3702-HOO-004 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-34FOI 1 EA
CN-MO-3 E3708-578-002 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT34 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP34 1 EA
CN-SO-1 E3702-HOO-005 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-50F01 1 EA
CN-SO-1 E3708-578-003 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT50 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP50 1 EA
CN-SO-2 E3702-HOO-005 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-50F01 1 EA
CN-SO-3 E3702-HOO-003 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR, MRP-20 F01 1 EA
CN-SO-4 E3702-HOO-003 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-20FOI 1 EA
CN-S1-1 E3702-HOO-005 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-50F01 1 EA
CN-S1-1 E3708-578-003 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT50 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP50 1 EA
CN-S1-2 E3702-HOO-005 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-50F01 1 EA
CN-S1-2 E3708-578-003 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT50 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP50 1 EA
CHI E3702-AOI-010 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR - F 206037-2 1 EA
CN1 E3708-A01-006 CONNECTOR, AT AMP 206070-1 1 EA
CN2 E3702-AOI-009 CONNECTOR AMP 206030-1 1 EA
CN2 E3708-AOI-006 CONNECTOR, AT AMP 206070-1 1 EA
CNLK2 E3702-AOI-004 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR 206060-1 1 EA
CNLK2 E3708-AOI-004 CONNECTOR, AT AMP CONNECTOR AT 206062-1 1 EA
** UNIT NAME : DC-PS

1006-0031 PCB UNIT OCJ PCB UNIT, POWER SUPPLY 1 EA
E5001-501-003 RING CORE TOKIN MAGNETIC CORE FR68X44X15 4000H 1 EA
CN-DP-4 E3702-HOO-001 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-8F01 1 EA
CN-DP-4 E3708-HOO-001 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA MC-8LS2 1 EA
CN-DP-5 E3702-AOI-012 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR, 207396-1 1 EA
** UNIT NAME : E10 RACK

1911-1268 PCB UNIT OCJ EIO TRP 2 EA
1911-1269 POWER SUPPLY OCJ POWER SUPPLY, MS 1 EA
Page No . 4
11/18/91
MC4VA
CONTROL CABINET
PARTS LIST
N :\EENG\D20053

PART NUMBER
1911-1270 PCB UNIT OCJ EIO DRR

1911-1271 PCB UNIT OCJ EIO ACSSR
1911-1275 PCB UNIT OCJ EIO PC
1911-1278 PCB UNIT OCJ EIO TRH
E5400-ZZZ-004 NAME PLATE NAMEPLATE, EIO RACK 481X12
CN-DR-1 E3702-HOO-004 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-34F01
CN-DR-1 E3708-578-002 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT34 CABLE CLAMP FOR NRP34
CNE02 E3703-AOI-006 CONNECTOR AMP 171315-3
CNE11 E3702-HOO-004 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-34FOI
CNEI1 E3708-578-002 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT34 CABLE CLAMP FOR NRP34
CME12 E3708-578-002 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT34 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP34
CNE13 E3708-578-002 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT34 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP34
CRE01 E3702-HOO-004 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-34FOI
CNE01 E3708-578-002 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT34 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP34
CNE03 E3703-AOI-006 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR - M 171315-3
CNE04 E3703-AOI-007 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR - M 171319-5
CRE05 E3703-A01-007 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR - M 171319-5
** UNIT NAME : FAN MOTOR 1

E8020-ZZZ-017 BRACKET FAN BRACKET MC-4VA
AS E5501-578-001-A ARC SUPPRESSOR . OCJ S023150NF
FM1 E1310-528-013 FAN MOTOR TOBISHI FAN MOTOR,4715PS-20W-830-15
FM1 E1318-528-007 FAN MOTOR, AT TOBISHI FAN MOTOR ATA-30F
TBFM1 E5514-909-001 TERMINAL BLOCK KG15 YOSHIDA TERMINAL BLOCK KG15
TBFM1 E5514-909-002 END PLATE YOSHIDA END PLATE KG30, KG15
** UNIT NAME : FLAT PANEL

1098-0002 NAME PLATE OCJ NAME PLATE, FLAT PANEL
1911-1555 PCB UNIT OCJ PCB UNIT, PANEX CARD
CN-P-1 E3702-HOO-005 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-50FOI
CN-P-1 E3708-578-003 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT50 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP50
CN-P-2 E3702-HOO-004 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-34F01
CN-P-2 - E3708-578-002 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT34 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP34
CN-P-l E3702-HOO-004 CONNECTOR P^4DA CONNECTOR MRP-34FOI
CN-F E3708-578-002 CONNECTOR, AT OKT34 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP34
Page No . 5
11/18/91
MC4VA
CONTROL CABINET
PARTS LIST
N :\EENG\D20053
PART NAME OMT PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER'S QTY UOM
PART NUMBER
CN-P-4 E3702-HOO-004 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-34FOI 1 EA

CN-P-4 E3708-578-002 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT34 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP34 1 EA
CN-P-5 E3702-HOO-004 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-34FOI 1 EA
CN-P-6 E3702-000-004 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-34FOI 1 EA
CN-P-7 E3702-HOO-004 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR NRP-34FOI 1 EA
CN-PA5-0 E3702-HOO-004 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-34FOI 1 EA
CN-PA5-0 E3708-578-002 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT34 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP34 1 EA
CN-PA5-1 E3708-578-002 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT34 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP34 1 EA
CN-PA5-2 E3708-578-003 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT50 CABLE CLAMP FOR NRP50 1 EA
CN-PA5-3 E3702-HOO-004 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR, MRP-34FOI 1 EA
CN-PA5-3 E3708-578-002 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OK34 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP34 1 EA
CN-PA5-5 E3702-HOO-004 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR, MRP-34FOI 1 EA
CN-PA5-5 E3708-578-002 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OK34 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP34 1 EA
CNFP1 E3702-HOO-404 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-34FOI 1 EA
CNFP1 E3708-578-002 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT34 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP34 1 EA
CNFP5-F E3701-082-004 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR, 171267-1 1 EA
CNFP5-M E3703-AOI-005 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR, 171268-1 1 EA
CNPA5-3 E3702-HOO-004 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR, MRP-34FOI 1 EA
CNPA5-3 E3708-578-002 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT34 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP34 1 EA
PBip E2800-722-096 SWITCH FUJI SWITCH, PUSH BUTTON AH22-FG20- 1 EA
PB2P E2800-722-096 SWITCH FUJI SWITCH, PUSH BUTTON AH22-VR02- 1 EA
PBEN E2803-722-048 SWITCH FUJI SWITCH, PUSH BUTTON AH22-VR02- 1 EA
SSIN E2830-917-005 SWITCH, ROTARY RS-500P1-1-22P20L-22R 1 EA
SSIN E5545-721-002 KNOB FUJITSU U .ANTR2A 1 EA
SS2N E2830-917-005 SWITCH, ROTARY RS-500P1-1-22P20L 1 EA
SS2N E5545-721-002 KNOB FUJITSU U .ANTR2A 1 EA
Page No . 6
11/18/91
MC4VA
CONTROL CABINET
PARTS LIST
N :\EENG\D20053

PART NUMBER
SS3N E2830-014-001 SWITCH, ROTARY TOKYO SOKUTEI LA240

SS3N E5545-721-002 KNOB FUJITSU U .ANTR2A
SS4N E2830-917-004 SWITCH, ROTARY RS-500 P1-1-22P15L-22
SS4N E5545-721-002 KNOB FUJITSU U .ANTR2A
SS5N E2811-722-029 SWITCH FUJI SWITCH, SELECTOR AH22-J3C11A
** UNIT NAME : HOUR METER

E5420-ZZZ-004 NAME PLATE PWR METER NAMEPLATE HOUR METER 99X249
AS E5501-090-001 ARC SUPPRESSOR S0131506F ZC150V 0 .3MF
CNP3E-F E3702-AOI-011 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR-F 170894-1
CNP3E-M E3703-AOI-003 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR-M 170895-1
HMI E3300-AO2-002 HOUR METER AT&C CO . HOUR METER 57036102000XX
142 E3300-AO2-001 HOUR METER AT&C CO . HOUR METER 5704BI09000XX
** UNIT NAME : LEFT DOOR

1911-1705 PCB UNIT BRACKET, FDD
E8050-ZZZ-017 SHEET METAL FDD COVER
CABLE E3702-782-079 CABLE OCJ CONNECTOR CABLE FT-FDD
CABLE E3702-782-087 CABLE OCJ CONNECTOR CABLE FDC-FDD
FDD 1911-1415 FLOPPY DISK DRIVE OCJ FDD412A
** UNIT NAME : MAIN BREAKER BOX

E5400-ZZZ-002 NAME PLATE TMI 480V CAUTION LABEL
E5410-ZZZ-002-2 MACHINE NAME PLATE NAMEPLATE, MACHINE 125X155
E7310-ZZZ-012 BOX MAIN BREAKER BOX
AS E5501-090-001 ARC SUPPRESSOR SQ13150OF ZC150V 0 .3MF
AS (MI5) E5501-090-001 ARC SUPPRESSOR S0131506F ZC150V 0 .3MF
AS (MI5) E5501-578-001-A ARC SUPPRESSOR OCJ S02315ONF AC250V 0 .3MF
AS (MI6) E5501-578-011 ARC SUPPRESSOR OCJ S023150-3F 0 .3MF
AS(M3) E5501-578-011 ARC SUPPRESSOR NISSHIN S023150-3F
AS(M6) E5501-578-011 ARC SUPPRESSOR NISSHIN 5023150-3F
AS(M7) E5501-578-011 ARC SUPPRESSOR NISSHIN S023150-3F
C850 E2410-722-009 CIRCUIT BREAKER FUJI BREAKER, EA103A75ATSHT
CB50 E2418-722-001 CIRCUIT BREAKER, AT FUJI N6A
CB50 E2418-722-004 CIRCUIT BREAKER, AT FUJI A1-53
C857 E2410-722-011 CIRCUIT BREAKER "jJ I 3 POLE BREAKER EA33 30AT
C85 E2410-722-036 CIRCUIT BREAKER il 3 POLE BREAKER EA33 20AT
Page No . 7
11/18/91
MC4VA
CONTROL CABINET
PARTS LIST
N :\EENG\D20053

PART NUMBER
CLAIM-F E3702-HOO-019 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-60FOI

CLAIM-F E3708-HOO-007 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA MCP-60S
CN2M-F E3702-HOO-017 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-34FOI
CN2M-F E3708-HOO-006 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA MCP-34S
CN3M-F E3702-HOO-017 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-34FOI
CNEMGA-F E3702-HOO-002 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-20FOI
CNEMGA-F E3708-HOO-005 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA MCP-205
CNEXA-F E3702-HOO-002 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-20FOI
CNEXA-F E3708-HOO-007 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA MCP-20S
CNEXA-F E3702-HOO-002 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-20FOI
CNEXA-F E3708-HOO-005 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA MCP-20S
CNEZA-F E3702-HOO-002 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-20FOI
CNEZA-F E3708-HOO-005 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA MCP-20S
TB2 E5514-909-001 TERMINAL BLOCK YOSHIDA KG15

TB2 E5514-909-002 END PLATE YOSHIDA KG15 END PLATE
T02 E5514-909-003 JUMPER BAR YOSHIDA JUMPER BAR KG15

T62A E5511-722-006 TERMINAL BLOCK FUJI TERMINAL BLOCK AYBN104-5
T828 E5514-909-001 TERMINAL BLOCK YOSHIDA TERMINAL BLOCK KG15
T62C E5511-295-012 TERMINAL BLOCK FUJI TERMINAL BLOCK TG860
** UNIT NAME : OPERATION BOX

E7305-ZZZ-002-2 BOX OPERATION BOX
CHOP E3702-AOI-004 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR 206060-1
CHOP E3708-AOI-004 CONNECTOR, AT AMP CONNECTOR AT 206062-1
CN5MA-M E3703-HOO-008 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-16HOI
CN5MA-M E3708-HOO-004 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA MCP-16S
CNPHDI-F E3703-AOI-003 CONNECTOR AMP 170895-1
FITTING L E8000-ZZZ-011 BRACKET CONNECTOR BRACKET FITTING - L
FITTING M E8020-ZZZ-019 FITTING FITTING "M", MC-4VA

TB5 E5514-909-002 END PLATE YOSHIDA END PLATE KG30, KG15
** UNIT NAME : OPERATION END MODE

E5420-ZZZ-003 NAME PLATE NAMEPLATE END MODE 99X249
E5601-762-007 BUSHING HEYCO P-500
CNP2E-F E3702-AO1-011 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR-F 170894-1
Page No . 8
11/18/91
MC4VA
CONTROL CABINET
PARTS LIST
N :\EENG\D20053

PART NUMBER
CNP2E-M E3703-A01-003 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR-M 170895-1

SS21 E2840-728-006 TOGGLE SWITCH FUJISOKU ET115D-1
** UNIT NAME : POWER ON/OFF

E5601-762-007 PLUG HEYCO P-375
CNPIE-F E3702-AOI-011 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR-F 170894-1
CNPIE-M E3703-AO1-003 CONNECTOR AMP COMMECTOR-14 170895-1
NAME PLATE E5420-ZZZ-005 NAME PLATE, POWER NAMEPLATE POWER ON/OFF 99X249
NLEMR E3510-290-001 LAMP, RED SATO PARTS NEON LAMP NO5665P RED
NLSIN E3510-290-006 LAMP, GREEN SATO PARTS NEON LAMP N05665P GREEN
PB1 E2851-722-094 SWITCH FUJI AH30-L2W10L
P92 E2801-722-009 SWITCH FUJI AN30 ER01
P63 E2803-722-014 SWITCH FUJI AN30 VR01
** UNIT NAME : PS PANEL

E3208-000-007 DIN RAIL OMRON
E3208-000-008 END PIECE OMRON
AS E5501-090-001 ARC SUPPRESSOR SQ13150OF ZC150V 0 .3MF
CNS1-F E3702-A01-011 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR-F 170894-1
CNS1-M E3703-AOI-003 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR-M 170895-1
CNS2-F E3702-AOI-011 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR-F 170894-1
CNS4-F E3702-A01-011 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR-F 170894-1
CNS5-M E3703-AO1-003 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR-M 170895-1
CR31 E3100-FOO-007 CONNECTOR FUJI SC-0, 4A, 4N0000111
CR35 E3217-FOO-001 CONNECTOR FUJI SH-4, 8A, 4SH8801
CRWL E3200-000-004 RELAY OMRON RELAY, MY2N 24VDC
CRWL E3208-000-003 RELAY, AT RELAY ACCESSORY PYC-A1
CRWL E3208-000-005 RELAY, AT RELAY, AT PYF08A
Page No . 9
11/18/91
MC4VA
CONTROL CABINET
PARTS LIST
N :\EENG\D20053

PART NUMBER
DIODE E4400-H02-001 DIODE HITACHI DIODE, V06C

FITTING E8020-ZZZ-016-1 BRACKET PS PANEL FITTING
MS2 E3100-FOO-009 CONTACTOR FUJI SC-5-1, 4NCOH0111
MS3 E3100-FOO-008 CONTACTOR FUJI SC-05, 4N0000111
Ol2 E3110-FOO-019 OVERLOAD RELAY FUJI TK-5-1N, 5-8A, 4NKOHP
OL3 E3110-FOO-015 OVERLOAD RELAY FUJI TK-ON, .24- .36A, 4NKOAC
Ol5 E3110-FOO-020 OVERLOAD RELAY FUJI TK-ON, .95-1 .45A, 4NKOAH
OL5, AT E3118-FOO-002 OVERLOAD RELAY, AT FUJI SZ-HB, OVERLOAD BASE UNIT
OL6 E3110-FOO-020 OVERLOAD RELAY FUJI TK-ON, .95-1 .45A, 4NKOAH
OL7 E3110-FOO-022 OVERLOAD RELAY FUJI TK-ON, 1 .7-2 .6A, 4NKOAK
PS PANEL E8000-ZZZ-049 PANEL PS-PANEL MC-4VA
TB4 E5511-909-001 TERMINAL BLOCK YOSHIDA TERMINAL BLOCK KG30
TB4, AT E5511-909-002 JUMPER BAR YOSHIDA JUMPER BAR KG30
TB4, AT E5511-909-003 COVER YOSHIDA COVER PLATE KG30
TB4, AT E5514-909-002 END PLATE YOSHIDA END PLATE KG15
T84, AT E5514-909-003 JUMPER BAR YOSHIDA JUMPER BAR KG15
** UNIT NAME : PSC PANEL

E8005-ZZZ-023-2 PANEL PSC PANEL, MC4VA
E8020-ZZZ-023-1 BRACKET PSC BRACKET, MC4VA
C854 E2410-722-036 CIRCUIT BREAKER FUJI BREAKER, EA33 20AT
PSC1 E0901-EOO-002 POWER SUPPLY ELCO K100AU-24N
** UNIT NAME : PT PANEL

C1 E4343-M04-001 CAPACITOR MALLORY VTH10M100 10MF 100V
CB1 E2400-722-002 CIRCUIT BREAKER FUJI BREAKER CP31/3W AC250V
CB2 E2400-722-003 CIRCUIT BREAKER FUJI CIRCUIT BREAKER CP31/5W AC250V
C83 E2400-722-001 CIRCUIT BREAKER FUJI CP31/2W AC250V
C84 E2400-722-001 CIRCUIT BREAKER FUJI CP31/2W AC250V
C85 E2400-722-111 CIRCUIT BREAKER FUJI CP311/5W DC50V
CB6 E2400-722-112 CIRCUIT BREAKER FUJI CP311/30W DC50V
PT E8020-ZZZ-021-3 PANEL PT-PANEL, MC4VA
REC1 E2714-569-004 RECTIFIER NINON INTER PT768 75A
REC2 E2714-569-008 RECTIFIER NIHON INTER PT102 6F 10A
Page No . 10
11/18/91
MC4VA
CONTROL CABINET
PARTS LIST
N :\EENG\D20053

PART NUMBER
T2 E2510-DOI-001-1 TRANSFORMER DONGAN TRANSFORMER-3 83-2-136CC

TB E5511-909-001 TERMINAL BLOCK YOSHIDA TERMINAL BLOCK KG30
TB E5511-909-002 JUMPER BAR YOSHIDA JUMPER BAR KG30
TB E5514-909-002-2 END PLATE YOSHIDA END PLATE KG30, KG15
** UNIT NAME : PTR

1099-9010 PTR BOX OCJ
1911-0532 PUNCHER TAPE READER OCJ
** UNIT NAME : PTR i/F

CNP-12 E3702-AOI-008 CONNECTOR-F AMP 206306-1 23-37 REV .
CNP-12 E3708-AOI-007 CONNECTOR, AT AMP 207446-1 23 CAP
** UNIT NAME : PULSE HANDLE

E4926-782-014 COIL CORD OCJ CABLE 0 .2 SOR
E5409-183-349 NAME PLATE, PHD NAME PLATE PLATE FOR PHD
E5589-090-111 PACKING PULSE HANDLE PACKING
E5601-192-020 CABLE CLAMP KINJYO CG-16SN
EBOOO-ZZZ-013 PANEL PHD CABLE CLAM PHD CABLE CLAMP MC-4VA
E8047-090-788 BOX PULSE HANDLE BOX
E8125-882-158 BRACKET OCJ FITTING PH PANEL
CNPHDI-F E3702-AOI-011 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR-F 170894-1
CNPHDI-M E3703-AOI-003 CONNECTOR , AMP CONNECTOR-M 170895-1
CNPHD2-F E3702-A01-011 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR, 170894-1
CNPHD2-M E3703-AOI-003 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR-M 170895-1
PHD1 1911-0429 PULSE HANDLE OCJ PULSE HANDLE
SS37N E2830-917-006 ROTARY SWITCH SWITCH RS-500P1-11P30*L-22R
SS37N E5545-721-003 KNOB FUJITSU KNOB R .ANTR60A
SS6N E2841-728-002 TOGGLE SWITCH FUJISOKU SWITCH ET115E-1 L9 .5
** UNIT NAME : PUNCHER PANEL

E5420-ZZZ-001-1 NAME PLATE PUNCHER NAMEPLATE, PUNCHER
E8029-ZZZ-021 COVER JAE COVER 15X55
ACM100 E5525-H03-001 RECEPTACLE 5261 HUBBEL 5261
ACM100 E5526-HO3-001 RECEPTACLE, AT HUBBEL 224-VAL
CN31 E3702-JOO-012 CONNECTOR jAF DBU-25S-FO
CN31 E3708-JOO-008 CONNECTOR, AT DB-59-J2
Page No . 11
11/18/91
MC4VA
CONTROL CABINET
PARTS LIST
N :\EENG\D20053
PART NUMBER
CN31 E3708-JOO-013 CONNECTOR, AT JAE D20418-J 2 EA
w* UNIT NAME : RELAY CARD

EBOOO-ZZZ-020 PANEL PANEL, RELAY 1 EA
CNIR E3702-HOO-016 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-16FOI 1 EA
CNIR E3708-HOO-008 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA CONNECTOR NC-16LS2 1 EA
CN2R E3702-HOO-018 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-24FOI 1 EA
CN21t E3708-HOO-009 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA CONNECTOR, HOUSING MC-24LS2 1 EA
CN3R E3708-HOO-008 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA CONNECTOR MC-16LS2 1 EA
CN4R E3708-HOO-009 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA CONNECTOR, HOUSING MC-24LS2 1 EA
CR1 E3200-000-003 RELAY OMRON MY2 DC24V 1 EA
CR1 E3208-000-004 RELAY, AT OMRON RELAY AT, CLIP, PYC-P 1 EA
RPL1 E3900-596-001-B PCB UNIT OCJ PCB UNIT MC POWER SEG . 1 EA
E3900-596-002 PCB UNIT OCJ RELAY CARD 2 TOV M CODE 1 EA
RPL2
** UNIT NAME : SDU

CNVAC-1 E3702-HOO-005 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-50FOI 1 EA
Page No . 12
11/18/91
MC4VA
CONTROL CABINET
PARTS LIST
N :\EENG\D20053

PART NUMBER
CNVAC-1 E3708-578-003 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT50 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP50

CNVAC-3 E3702-HOO-003 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR MRP-20F01
CNVAC-3 E3708-578-001 CONNECTOR, AT OCJ OKT20 CABLE CLAMP FOR MRP20
SDU 1006-1102 PCB UNIT OCJ SVC-A
SDU 1006-1216 POWER UNIT OCJ MSA
SDU 1006-1250 COVER OCJ COVER FOR MSA
** UNIT NAME : SYSTEM PANEL

E5410-ZZZ-012 NAMEPLATE DECAL, STROKE END LIMIT CANCEL
E5410-ZZZ-013 NAMEPLATE DECAL, X Y Z 4 5 TOUCH SENSOR
E8020-ZZZ-049 SHEET METAL SYSTEM PANEL
CNP11E-F E3702-AO1-011 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR-F 170894-1
CNP11E-M E3703-A01-003 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR-M 170895-1
NLEMX E3510-290-001 LAMP, RED SATO PARTS NEON LAMP N05665P RED
NLEMY E3510-290-001 LAMP, RED SATO PARTS NEON LAMP N05665P RED
NLEMZ E3510-290-001 LAMP, RED SATO PARTS NEON LAMP N05665P RED
PB28 E2800-722-016 SWITCH FUJI AN30-FYIO
w* UNIT NAME : TB3 BOX'

E8020-ZZZ-008 BRACKET CONNECTOR BRACKET MC-4VA
E8020-ZZZ-025 BRACKET, A-AXIS A-AXIS BRACKET MC-4VA
AS E5501-090-001 ARC SUPPRESSOR SQ1315OBF ZC150V 0.3MF
CN21-F E3702-HOO-002 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-20FO1
CN21-F E3708-HOO-005 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA MCP-20S
CN5M-F E3702-HOO-016 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-16F01
CN614 E3702-HOO-017 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-34F01
CN6M E3708-HOO-006 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA MCP-345
CNA-F E3702-HOO-002 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-20FOI
CNA-F E3708-HOO-005 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA NCP-20S
CNEAA E3702-HOO-002 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-20FOI
CNEAA E3708-HOO-005 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA MCP-205
T83 E5514-909-002 END PLATE YOSHIDA END PLATE KG30, KG15
TB3 E5514-909-003 JUMPER BAR YOSHIDA JUMPER BAR KG15
TB3A E5514-909-001 TERM .BLOCK Yf'QNIDA TERMINAL BLOCK KG15
TB3A E5514-909-002 JUMPER BAR IDA END PLATE KG30, KG15
Page No . 1
11/18/91
MC4VA
MACHINE WIRING
PARTS LIST
N :\EENG\D20060
PART NUMBER
** UNIT NAME : ATC MAGAZINE

E3710-192-002 FITTING SG22 2 EA
E5552-192-007 CONDUIT VFN22 1500 MM
CLAIM-N E3703-HOO-011 CONNECTOR HONDA NCP-60NOI 1 EA
CNIM-M E3708-"00-011 CONNECTOR AT HONDA MC-60LS2 1 EA
SOL1 E2208-M02-003 SOLENOID CON" & CBL MURRELEKTRONIK MSUD-24952 WITH 90900 1 EA
SOLID E2208-MO2-003 SOLENOID CON" & CBL MURRELEKTRONIK NSUD-24952 WITH 90900 1 EA
SOL11 E2208-M02-003 SOLENOID CON" & CBL NURRELEKTRONIK MSUD-24952 WITH 90900 1 EA
SOL12 E2208-MO2-003 SOLENOID CON" & CBL MURRELEKTRONIK MSUD-24952 WITH 90900 1 EA
SOL13 E2208-M02-003 SOLENOID CONN & CBL MURRELEKTRONIK NSUD-24952 WITH 90900 1 EA
SOLO E2208-M02-003 SOLENOID CONN & CBL MURRELEKTRONIK MSUD-24952 WITH 90900 1 EA
SOLS E2208-M02-003 SOLENOID CON" & CBL MURRELEKTRONIK NSUD-24952 WITH 90900 1 EA
SOLE E2208-M02-003 SOLENOID CON" & COL MURRELEKTRONIK MSUD-24952 WITH 90900 1 EA
SOL7 E2208-M02-003 SOLENOID CON" & CBL MURRELEKTRONIK NSUD-24952 WITH 90900 1 EA
SOLE E2208-M02-003 SOLENOID CON" & CBL MURRELEKTRONIK MSUD-24952 WITH 90900 1 EA
SOL9 E2208-M02-003 SOLENOID CON" & CBL MURRELEKTRONIK NSUD-24952 WITH 90900 1 EA
** UNIT NAME : AXIS MOTOR

X-AXIS 1005-1001 MOTOR OMW BLNHIOIE-12S 1 EA
X-AXIS 1005-8004 ENCODER OMW FB TYPE ENCODER 1 EA
X-AXIS E3702-782-064 CABLE OMY X-AXIS MOTOR CABLE 1 EA
Y-AXIS 1005-1001 MOTOR OMY BLMH101E-12S 1 EA
Y-AXIS 1005-8004 ENCODER OMY FB TYPE ENCODER 1 EA
Y-AXIS E3702-782-065 CABLE OMW Y-AXIS MOTOR CABLE 1 EA
Z-AXIS 1005-1101 MOTOR OMY BLMHIOIE-12SB 1 EA
Z-AXIS 1005-8004 ENCODER OMW FB TYPE ENCODER 1 EA

Z-AXIS E3702-782-066 CABLE OMW Z-AXIS MOTOR CABLE 1 EA
** UNIT NAME : CN2M CABLE

E5552-192-159 CONDUIT KINJYO VFM28 L1750 SG28/SG28 1 EA
CN2M E3703-HOO-009 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR, HOUSING MCP-34MOI 1 EA
CN2M E3708-HOO-010 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA CONNECTOR, AT MC-34LS2 1 EA

Page No . 2
11/18/91
MC4VA
MACHINE WIRING
PARTS LIST
N :\EENG\D20060

PART NUMBER
** UNIT NAME : CON CABLE

E5552-192-159 FLEXIBLE TUBING OMW VFN28 L1750 SG28/SG28
CN314 E3703-HOO-009 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR, HOUSING MCP-34M01
CON E3708-HOO-010 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA CONNECTOR, AT MC-34LS2
** UNIT NAME : CON CABLE

CNSM-F E3708-HOO-008 CONNECTOR AT HONDA MC-16LS2
CNSM-M E3703-HOO-008 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-16M01
CN5M-M E3708-HOO-008 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA CONNECTOR MC-16LS2
CN5MA-F E3702-HOO-016 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-16FOI
** UNIT NAME : CN6M CABLE

CN-P-8 E3702-HOO-004 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR NRP-34FOI
CN-P-8 E3708-578-002 CONNECTOR, AT OMW OKT34 CABLE CLAMP FOR NRP34
CN6M-M E3703-HOO-009 CONNECTOR HONDA CONNECTOR, HOUSING MCP-34M01
CN6M-M E3708-HOO-010 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA CONNECTOR, AT MC-34LS2
** UNIT NAME : CNEMG CABLE

E5552-192-155 CONDUIT KINJYO VFM22 L3000 SG22/MS22-22
CNEMG E3702-JOO-001 CONNECTOR JAE JL02-8B-22-B14SC-FO
CNEMGA E3703-HOO-010 CONNECTOR HONDA MCP-20MOI
CNEMGA E3708-HOO-002 CONNECTOR, AT HONDA MC-20LS2
** UNIT NAME : COOLANT MOTOR CABLE

E5552-192-154 CONDUIT KINJTO VFN12 L2600 SG12/AG12
** UNIT NAME : LSX LS1t CABLE

E5552-192-156 CONDUIT KINJYO VFM22 L2700 SG22/SG22
** UNIT NAME : LUBE MOTOR CABLE

E5552-192-153 CONDUIT KINJYO VFN12 L1700 SG12/SG12
** UNIT NAME : TRANSFORMER

E3710-192-004 FITTING SG42
E5552-192-009 CONDUIT VFM42
T1 E2510-DOI-004 TRANSFORMER, 30KVA DnNGAN 83-XXX-4-5372 EK
Page No . 3
11/18/91
MC4VA
MACHINE WIRING
PARTS LIST
N :\EENG\D20060

PART NUMBER
+* UNIT NAME : WARNING LIGHTS

E3600-TOO-001-1 WARNING LIGHT, RED TONEMASTER ELEC MF400 RED AC115V WARN LIGHT
E3600-TOO-002 WARNING LIGHT, AMBER TONEMASTER ELEC MF400 AMBER AC115V WARN LIGHT
E3600-TOO-002-1 WARNING LIGHT, AMBER TONEMASTER ELEC MF400 AMBER AC115V WARN LIGHT
CNPA1-F E3702-AOI-007 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR-F 170923-1
CNPA1-M E3703-AO1-002 CONNECTOR AMP 170924-1
CNPA2-F E3702-AOI-007 CONNECTOR AMP CONNECTOR-F 170923-1
CNPA2-M E3703-AOI-002 CONNECTOR AMP 170924-1

EL 501 OSP 5020 Electrical Maintenance RevD

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

EL 501 OSP 5020 Electrical Maintenance RevD

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

5000/5020 CONTROL

LATHE / MACHINING CENTER

Course Code : EL 501

1. Instructor and Class Introductions

5. Okuma Documentation Two

6. Machine Definition Three

7. Machine Operation Four

1. OSP 5020 Construction Five

The following terms or acronyms pertain to some of the terminology used at

AB0 Axis board

Okuma America Corporation

Clock A device usually based on a quartz crystal that gives off

FUB-P4R2 Photocoupler(4 bytes)Relay outputs(2 bytes)

PIP Peripheral Interface Program

Okuma America Corporation

CHECK THE FOLLOWING BEFORE TURNING ON POWER

Depress the Emergency stop button.

PRECAUTIONS TO OBSERVE WHEN USING A CHUCK

Avoid imbalance in the workpiece clamped in the chuck.

Machine the jaws to the shape of the workpiece.

Okuma America Corporation

CHECKUP AROUND THE MACHINE

PRECAUTIONS FOR MACHINE OPERATIONS

1) Always follow the instructions given in the operation manuals.

6) While the spindle is revolving, never touch chips or the workpiece.

Okuma America Corporation

1) Always make sure that the setup is complete.

WORKPIECE LOADING and UNLOADING

1) Load and unload workpieces securely.

1) Never touch the spindle or tool while the spindle is rotating.

Okuma America Corporation

AT THE END OF THE DAY

1) Clean the machine.

CONTROL OFF button on the operation panel.

WHEN A PROBLEM OCCURS

OTHER GENERAL PRECAUTIONS

1) Wear suitable safety clothes.

Okuma America Corporation

OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

SPECIAL FUNCTIONS #1,2,3 or 4

ALARM & ERROR LIST

The following is a brief description of the subject matter of each manual.

OPERATION & MAINTENANCE Manual

Okuma America Corporation

SPECIAL FUNCTIONS Manuals

ALARM & ERROR LIST

This manual has information pertaining to the BL-IID,VACII, and VACIII.

This manual contains layouts of the parts on the machine.

Okuma America Corporation

Topic Manual Section

Okuma America Corporation

Topic Manual Section

Okuma America Corporation

Topic Manual Section

Okuma America Corporation

Topic Manual Section

Okuma America Corporation

Topic Manual Section

Okuma America Corporation

Topic Manual Section

Okuma America Corporation

Topic Manual Section

Okuma America Corporation

Topic Manual Section